diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:47:48 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:47:48 -0700 |
| commit | 172b92cf96a86f1ab5674aabeb492ceccb1d5608 (patch) | |
| tree | 421e4e6bbb5ce72957c07503489c7d83a191a081 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926-8.txt | 4067 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 86140 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 218375 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926-h/15926-h.htm | 4834 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926-h/images/008.png | bin | 0 -> 128014 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926.txt | 4067 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15926.zip | bin | 0 -> 86106 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
10 files changed, 12984 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/15926-8.txt b/15926-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4b39ef --- /dev/null +++ b/15926-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4067 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, October, +1884, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, October, 1884 + A Massachusetts Magazine + +Author: Various + +Release Date: May 28, 2005 [EBook #15926] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BAY STATE MONTHLY, VOL. II *** + + + + +Produced by Cornell University, Joshua Hutchinson, David +Garcia and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + + + + + +THE + +Bay State Monthly + +_A Massachusetts Magazine_ + +OF + +LITERATURE, HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, AND STATE PROGRESS + + + + + * * * * * + + VOLUME II + + * * * * * + + + BOSTON + JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY + PUBLISHERS + No. 31 MILK STREET + 1885 + + + + Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1885, by John N. + McClintock and Company, in the office of the Librarian of Congress + at Washington. All rights reserved. + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME II. + + * * * * * + + + Ames, Lieutenant Governor Oliver James W. Clarke, A.M. 185 + Bartholdi Colossus William Howe Downes 153 + Battle of Shiloh General Henry B. Carrington 330, 367 + Bermuda Islands, Early History of James H. Stark 277 + Blaine, James Gillespie 1 + Boston, Taverns of in Ye Olden Time David M. Balfour 106 + Boston Herald 22 + Our National Cemeteries Charles Cowley. LL.D. 58 + Cleveland, Grover Henry H. Metcalf 61 + Cleveland, Grover, and The Roman + Catholic Protectory Charles Cowley, LL.D. 243 + Dark Day Elbridge H. Goss 254 + Easy Chair Elbridge H. Goss 306 + Editor's Table 120 + Elizabeth: A Romance of Francis C. Sparhawk + Colonial Days 82, 159, 236, 296, 375 + Fitchburg, Historical Sketch of Ebenezer Bailey 226 + Fitchburg in 1885 Atherton P. Mason, M.D. 341 + Gaston William Arthur P. Dodge 245 + Gems from the Easy Chair 372 + Glorifying Trial by Jury Charles Cowley, LL.D. 82 + Gold, Past and Future of David M. Balfour 359 + Groton, Boundary Lines of Old--III + IV Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 12, 69 + Lancaster, Historical Sketch of Hon. Henry S. Nourse 261 + Lee, William George L. Austin, M.D. 309 + Lothrop, Daniel John N. McClintock, A.M. + (Illustrated) 121 + Middlesex Canal Lorin L. Dame, A.M. 96 + Names and Nicknames Gilbert Nash 255 + National Bank Failures George H. Wood 373 + New England Conservatory of Music Mrs. M.J. Davis (Illustrated) 132 + Phillips, Wendell 306 + Pittsfield, Historical Sketch of Frank W. Kaan (Illustrated) 193 + Protection of Children Ernest Nusse 89 + Publishers Department--Chromo-- + Lithography 89, 174 + Robinson, George Dexter Fred W. Webber, A.M. 177 + Rogers, Robert, the Ranger Joseph B. Walker 211 + Reuben Tracy's Vacation Trips. II. Elizabeth Porter Gould 368 + Saugus, Historical Sketch of E.P. Robinson (Illustrated) 140 + Shepard, Charles A.B. George L. Austin, M.D. 312, 316 + Summer on the Great lakes, A Fred. Myron Colby 42 + Sunday Travel and the Law Chester F. Sanger 231 + Wachusett Mountain and Princeton Atherton P. Mason 35 + Webster, Daniel, Reminiscences of Hon. George W. Nesmith, LL.D. 252 + Wallace, Hon. Rodney Rev. S. Leroy Blake, D.D. 317 + + +POETRY. + + A Glimpse Mary H. Wheeler 276 + Fitchburg Mrs. Caroline A. Mason 328 + Heart and I Mary Helen Boodey 295 + My Mountain Home William C. Sturoc 366 + Roused From Dreams Adelaide Cilley Waldron 225 + Sails 81 + Washington and the Flag Henry B. Carrington 41 + + +STEEL ENGRAVINGS. + + James G. Blaine 1 + Grover Cleveland 61 + Daniel Lothrop 121 + George D. Robinson 177 + Oliver Ames 185 + William Gaston 245 + William Lee 309 + Charles A.B. Shepard 313 + Rodney Wallace 317 + + * * * * * + +[Illustration: James G. Blaine] + + + + +THE BAY STATE MONTHLY. + +_A Massachusetts Magazine._ + +VOL. II. OCTOBER, 1884. No. 1. + + * * * * * + + + + +JAMES GILLESPIE BLAINE. + + +In the long list of illustrious men who have held the high office +of President of the United States, a few names stand out with such +prominence as to be constantly before the American people. While Adams, +Jefferson, Monroe, Jackson, Grant, and others, did the country service +that never will be forgotten, it is indisputable that Washington, +Lincoln, and Garfield gained a firmer hold upon the confidence and +affection of the masses than any others. And now, as we approach another +presidential campaign, the result of which is to place in the highest +office of the nation a new man, it is alike a source of pride and +satisfaction that the Republican party has put in nomination a man, who, +if elected, will bring to the discharge of his duties as high a degree +of honesty as Washington, as thorough an acquaintance with human nature +as Lincoln, and as profound a knowledge of political economy as +Garfield. Through all the years of his manhood he has been a central +figure in American politics, and his achievements are indelibly written +on almost every page of American history for the last quarter of a +century. With such a man as a candidate the country may well +congratulate itself that if he proves to be the choice of the majority +he will, by his ability and experience, bring as great renown to the +office as any of his predecessors, and that under his guidance the +material prosperity and intellectual growth of the nation will be such +as to gain for his administration great popular favor, the admiration of +his friends, and the respect of all nations. + +James Gillespie Blaine, the nominee of the Republican party for +President of the United States, was born on January 31, 1830, in +Washington County, in the southwestern corner of Pennsylvania, in West +Brownsville, a village on the west bank of the Monongahela. Here Neil +Gillespie, before the British army left America at the close of the +Revolution, had established his family, purchasing the land of the +Indians. Nearly twenty years later the Blaines came from Carlisle, +seeking investment and development in this new West, and the father of +James G. Blaine, who had left Carlisle when a child, married the +daughter of Neil Gillespie the second. + +The first of the Blaine family of whom much is known was Colonel Ephraim +Blaine, who lived at Chester, and in the Revolution was purveyor-general +of the Pennsylvania troops, and incidentally of the whole Revolutionary +array. He married Rebekah Galbraith in 1765. Elaine is a well-known +Scotch name. Galbraith and Gillespie are Scotch-Irish; in fact, the +ancestors of James G. Blaine were nearly all Scotch and Irish. It is a +circumstance worthy of comment that Blaine comes from a stock which has +furnished the United States with many of her ablest public men, notably +among them being Andrew Jackson and Horace Greeley. + +Colonel Ephraim Blaine had two sons named Robert and James, and each of +these sons named his son for Colonel Ephraim Blaine. Old Ephraim Blaine +did not leave his property to his sons, but to these two grandsons, (1) +Ephraim, who remained in Carlisle, and (2) Ephraim Lyon Blaine, who grew +up in western Pennsylvania. Ephraim Lyon Blaine was named for his +mother, Miss Lyon, the daughter of Samuel Lyon from about Carlisle. +Ephraim Lyon Blaine married Miss Gillespie, a devout member of the Roman +Catholic Church, but most of their seven children--five boys and two +girls--adhered to the traditional faith of the Blaines. The second of +these sons, James Gillespie Blaine, is the subject of this sketch. He +would have inherited large blended fortunes, had not his father, like +his grandfather, been a spendthrift. Therefore, soon after James G. +Blaine was born his parents had to move out of the big house which they +could no longer keep up, and occupy a frame-house called the Pringle +dwelling, also in West Brownsville, about a quarter of a mile distant. +Here young Elaine lived and went to school both in Brownsville and in +West Brownsville, until his father was elected prothonotary of the +county, in 1843, when the whole family removed to Little Washington, +twenty-four miles distant. + +James G. entered Washington College in 1843, being then thirteen years +of age, and became at once prominent as a scholar among the two or three +hundred other lads from all parts of the country. He was also a leader +in athletic sports. He was not a bookworm, but he was a close student +and possessed the happy faculty of assimilating knowledge from books and +tutors far more easily and quickly than most of his fellows. In +debating-societies he held his own well, and was conspicuous by his +ability to control and direct others. + +After leaving college young Blaine started for Kentucky to carve out his +own fortune. He went to Blue Lick Springs and became a professor in the +Western Military Institute, in which there were about four hundred and +fifty boys. A retired officer who was a student there at the time +relates that Professor Blaine was a thin, handsome, earnest young man, +with the same fascinating manners he has now. He was popular with the +boys, who trusted him and made friends with him from the first. He knew +the given name of every one, and he knew his shortcomings and his strong +points. He was a man of great personal courage, and during a fight +between the faculty of the school and the owners of the springs, +involving some questions about the removal of the school, he behaved in +the bravest manner, fighting hard but keeping cool. Revolvers and knives +were freely used, but Blaine only used his well-disciplined muscle. +Colonel Thornton F. Johnson was the principal of the school, and his +wife had a young ladies' school at Millersburg, twenty miles distant. +There Blaine met Miss Harriet Stanwood, who subsequently became his +wife. She was a Maine girl of excellent family sent to Kentucky to be +educated. + +After teaching for a while Blaine left Kentucky and went to Philadelphia +to study law. While there he taught for a short time at the blind asylum +and also wrote for the newspapers. He soon, however, was irresistibly +attracted to the State of Maine, and left his native State for a home in +the community with which his name is now indissolubly connected. It is +somewhat remarkable that this ambitious young man should have gone East +instead of West, choosing a State which the young men were fast +leaving--one whose population in the last forty years has increased very +little. He is, indeed, almost the only man who has gone East in the last +half-century and risen to any prominence. + +Mr. Blaine went to Maine in 1853, and soon afterward married Miss +Stanwood, whose family are well known in New England. Through their +influence he soon found an occupation in journalism, and until 1860 was +actively engaged in editing at different times the Kennebec Journal and +the Portland Daily Advertiser. He retained a part ownership in the +Kennebec Journal until it began to hamper him in his political career, +and then he sold out. A friend has said of him as a journalist: "I have +often thought that a great editor, as great perhaps as Horace Greeley, +was lost when Mr. Blaine went into politics. He possesses all the +qualities of a great journalist: he has a phenomenal memory; he +remembers circumstances, dates, names, and places more readily than any +other man I ever met." + +Wielding a strong, vigorous, aggressive pen, Mr. Blaine soon made its +power felt among politicians. He went to Maine at a time when the Whig +and Democratic parties were breaking up. Previous to 1854 the Democratic +party had governed the State for a quarter of a century, but its power +was broken in the September election of that year, through a temporary +union of the anti-slavery and temperance elements. In 1855 the different +wings of the new party were well consolidated, and in the famous Frémont +campaign of 1856 they carried the State, electing Hannibal Hamlin +governor by twenty-four thousand majority. Mr. Blaine, during all these +exciting times, did not by any means confine himself to writing +political leaders. He took an active part in politics, attending +Republican meetings throughout the State, and soon made himself one of +the recognized Republican leaders in Maine. Of this period of his +career, the late Governor Kent, of Maine, who himself stood in the front +rank of public men in his State, once wrote as follows:-- + +"Almost from the day of his assuming editorial charge of the Kennebec +Journal, at the early age of twenty-three, Mr. Elaine sprang into a +position of great influence in the politics and policy of Maine. At +twenty-five he was a leading power in the councils of the Republican +party, so recognized by Fessenden, Hamlin, the two Morrills, and others, +then, and still, prominent in the State. Before he was twenty-nine he +was chosen chairman of the executive committee of the Republican +organization in Maine--a position he has held ever since, and from which +he has practically shaped and directed every political campaign in the +State, always leading his party to brilliant victory. Had Mr. Blaine +been New-England born, he would probably not have received such rapid +advancement at so early an age, even with the same ability he possessed. +But there was a sort of Western _dash_ about him that took with us +Down-Easters; an expression of frankness, candor, and confidence, that +gave him from the start a very strong and permanent hold on our people, +and, as the foundation of all, a pure character and a masterly ability +equal to all demands made upon him." + +Mr. Blaine's early political addresses, and especially the ability which +he displayed in them as a debater, won him great local reputation, and, +during the Frémont campaign, he achieved a distinction as a speaker +which insured him a seat in the Legislature, in 1858, though he was not +yet thirty years of age and had been but five years in his adopted +State. The ability which he displayed as a legislator was so marked that +his constituents returned him four years in succession, and the +Legislature, recognizing his talents, elected him speaker in 1860 and +1861, a rare honor for so young a man. As a presiding officer he +displayed those fine qualifications which afterward made him one of the +most brilliant of the long line of able men who have occupied the +speaker's chair in the National House of Representatives. + +By this time Mr. Blaine had become a professional politician. In other +words he had given up all other occupations and made politics his sole +employment. This is a fact worthy of serious consideration, for few men +in this country have avowedly chosen politics as a calling and succeeded +in it as James G. Blaine has succeeded. Most of our statesmen, like +Webster and Lincoln, have been eminent lawyers. Blaine studied law +thoroughly, but never applied for admission at the bar. Some, like +Greeley, have been eminent journalists. Blaine made journalism merely a +means to an end, discarding it as soon as it had served his purpose. +Blaine has made a systematic and thorough study of politics and +political affairs. Constitutional history and international law he made +it his business to master. Above all, he has studied men, has learned by +careful observation how to handle, to mould, to use his fellow-beings. +No man in America to-day is more learned in everything pertaining to the +science of statesmanship than James G. Blaine. It is the fashion in this +country to decry professional politicians, to uphold the doctrine that +the office should seek the man and not the man the office. Yet there can +be no more honorable profession than the service of one's country, and +surely no man should be blamed for fitting himself for that service as +thoroughly and as carefully as for any other profession. + +A man of Mr. Blaine's ability, of his rare knowledge of parliamentary +usages, and, above all, of his ambitions, was not likely to remain long +content with the position of a representative in the State Legislature. +As early as 1859 he had an ambition to go to Congress, and he was talked +of as a candidate in 1860. But Anson P. Morrill was nominated, Mr. +Blaine not having strength enough to obtain the honor. In 1862 Mr. +Blaine was nominated to the office, although he was not then so desirous +of it as he had been two years before. His patriotic utterances in the +convention which nominated him met with a hearty response, and he was +elected over his Democratic competitor by the largest majority that had +ever been given in his district, it exceeding three thousand. This +majority he held in six succeeding and consecutive elections, running it +up in one exciting contest to nearly four thousand. + +During his first term in Congress Mr. Blaine gave himself up to study +and observation, but in the next Congress, the Thirty-ninth, he gained +some prominence, and from that time to the end of his congressional +career he occupied a foremost place among the Republican leaders. His +reputation was that of an exceedingly industrious committeeman. He was a +member of the post-office and military committees, and of the committees +on appropriations and rules. He paid close attention to the business of +the committees, and took an active part in the debates of the House, +manifesting practical ability and genius for details. The first +remarkable speech which he made in Congress was on the subject of the +assumption by the general government of the war debts of the States, in +the course of which he urged that the North was abundantly able to carry +on the war to a successful issue. This vigorous speech attracted so much +attention that two hundred thousand copies of it were circulated in 1864 +as a campaign document by the Republican party. In the winter of 1865-66 +Mr. Blaine was very energetic in promoting the passage of reconstruction +measures. In the early part of 1866 he proposed a resolution which +finally became the basis of that part of the fourteenth amendment +relating to congressional representation. In the second session of the +Thirty-ninth Congress he also distinguished himself by the "Blaine +amendment" to the military bill, which was universally discussed in the +public press of the day. + +In 1867 Mr. Blaine made a trip to Europe, returning in time to fight +against the greenback heresy, of which he was the foremost opponent. In +December he made an elaborate speech on the finances, in which he +analyzed Mr. Pendleton's greenback theory. "The remedy for our financial +troubles," said he, "will not be found in a superabundance of +depreciated paper currency. It lies in the opposite direction, and the +sooner the nation finds itself on a specie basis the sooner will the +public treasury be freed from embarrassment and private business be +relieved from discouragement. Instead, therefore, of entering upon a +reckless and boundless issue of legal tenders, with their constant +depreciation, if not destruction, of value, let us set resolutely to +work and make those already in circulation equal to so many gold +dollars." + +This was the last great question in the discussion of which Mr. Blaine +took part on the floor of the House, his colleagues in 1869 electing him +to the office of speaker, vacated by the promotion of Schuyler Colfax to +the vice-presidency. The vote stood one hundred and thirty-five votes +for Blaine to fifty-seven for Kerr, of Indiana. Mr. Blaine proved +himself eminently fitted for the position. As a speaker he may be +classed with Henry Clay and General Banks, who are acknowledged to have +been the best speakers we have ever had. Blaine was their equal in every +respect. The whole force of such a statement as this cannot be felt +unless it is fully understood that the speaker of the House of +Representatives stands next to the President in power and importance in +the United States. The business of Congress is done largely by +committees, and the committees of the House are appointed and shaped by +the speaker. Then, to say that Blaine was one of our three ablest +speakers is to say a great deal, for a long line of very able men have +filled the speaker's chair. His quickness, his thorough knowledge of +parliamentary law and of the rules, his firmness, clear voice, +impressive manner, his ready comprehension of subjects and situations, +and his dash and brilliancy, really made him a great presiding officer. +He rose to a high place not only in the estimation of his Republican +friends, but also of his Democratic opponents, and he was re-elected to +the speakership in 1871 and again in 1873. In 1875, the Democratic +majority took control, and Mr. Blaine resumed his place on the floor to +win fresh laurels as a debater, and to discomfit the majority in many a +projected scheme which his quick eye detected and his ready words +exposed. + +The governor of Maine, on the tenth of July, 1876, appointed Mr. Blaine +to the national Senate, in place of Mr. Morrill, who had resigned to +become secretary of the treasury. He was afterward elected for the +unexpired term and the full term following. On his appointment he wrote +to his constituents thus:-- + + Beginning with 1862, you have, by continuous elections, sent me as your + representative to the Congress of the United States. For such marked + confidence, I have endeavored to return the most zealous and devoted + service in my power, and it is certainly not without a feeling of pain + that I now surrender a trust by which I have always felt so signally + honored. It has been my boast, in public and in private, that no man on + the floor of Congress ever represented a constituency more distinguished + for intelligence, for patriotism, for public and personal virtue. The + cordial support you have so uniformly given me through these fourteen + eventful years is the chief honor of my life. In closing the intimate + relations I have so long held with the people of this district, it is + a great satisfaction to me to know that with returning health I shall + enter upon a field of duty in which I can still serve them in common + with the larger constituency of which they form a part. + + +While in the Senate Mr. Blaine advocated the Chinese immigration bill, +and opposed the electoral commission and Bland silver legislation. Here, +as throughout his political career, he was never on the fence on any +question. His position has always been clear and he has always taken +strong grounds. + +Mr. Elaine was a candidate for the presidential nomination in 1876, and +came within twenty-seven votes of being successful. His vote increased +from two hundred and ninety-one on the first ballot to three hundred and +fifty-one on the seventh, but he was beaten by a combination against him +of the delegates supporting Morton, Conkling, Hartranft, Bristow, and +Hayes, who united upon Hayes, and made him the nominee. He was also one +of the leading candidates for the presidential nomination at the +Republican National Convention in Chicago, in June, 1880. Out of a total +of seven hundred and fifty-five he received, on the first ballot, two +hundred and eighty-four votes. On the thirteenth and fourteenth ballots +he received his highest vote, two hundred and eighty-five, which very +gradually declined to two hundred and fifty-seven on the thirty-fifth +ballot. On the thirty-sixth ballot General Garfield was nominated by a +combination of the elements opposed to General Grant and a third term. +As before, Mr. Blaine yielded to the inevitable, remaining true to his +party principles, and contributing his aid to the election of James A. +Garfield. + +When President Garfield made up his Cabinet he offered Mr. Blaine the +control of the state department. This is how Mr. Blaine accepted the +offer: + + WASHINGTON, December 20, 1880. + + _My dear Garfield_,--Your generous invitation to enter your Cabinet + as secretary of state has been under consideration for more than three + weeks. The thought had really never occurred to my mind until, at our + late conference, you presented it with such cogent arguments in its + favor, and with such warmth of personal friendship in aid of your kind + offer. I know that an early answer is desirable, and I have waited only + long enough to consider the subject in all its bearings, and to make up + my mind, definitely and conclusively. I now say to you, in the same + cordial spirit in which you have invited me, that I accept the position. + It is no affectation for me to add that I make this decision, not for + the honor of the promotion it gives me in the public service, but + because I think I can be useful to the country and to the party; useful + to you as the responsible leader of the party and the great head of the + government. I am influenced somewhat, perhaps, by the shower of letters + I have received urging me to accept, written to me in consequence of the + mere unauthorized newspaper report that you had been pleased to offer me + the place. While I have received these letters from all sections of the + Union, I have been especially pleased, and even surprised, at the + cordial and widely extended feeling in my favor throughout New England, + where I had expected to encounter local jealousy and, perhaps, rival + aspiration. + + In our new relation I shall give all that I am and all that I can hope + to be, freely and joyfully, to your service. You need no pledge of my + loyalty in heart and in act. I should be false to myself did I not prove + true both to the great trust you confide to me and to your own personal + and political fortunes in the present and in the future. Your + administration must be made brilliantly successful and strong in the + confidence and pride of the people, not at all directing its energies + for re-election, and yet compelling that result by the logic of events + and by the imperious necessities of the situation. To that most + desirable consummation I feel that, next to yourself, I can possibly + contribute as much influence as any other one man. I say this not from + egotism or vainglory, but merely as a deduction from a plain analysis of + the political forces which have been at work in the country for five + years past, and which have been significantly shown in two great + national conventions. I accept it as one of the happiest circumstances + connected with this affair that in allying my political fortunes with + yours--or, rather, for the time merging mine in yours--my heart goes + with my head, and that I carry to you not only political support, but + personal and devoted friendship. I can but regard it as somewhat + remarkable that two men of the same age, entering Congress at the same + time, influenced by the same aims and cherishing the same ambitions, + should never, for a single moment in eighteen years of close intimacy, + have had a misunderstanding or a coolness, and that our friendship has + steadily grown with our growth and strengthened with our strength. It is + this fact which has led me to the conclusion embodied in this letter; + for however much, my dear Garfield, I might admire you as a statesman, I + would not enter your Cabinet if I did not believe in you as a man and + love you as a friend. Always faithfully yours, + + JAMES G. BLAINE. + + +Mr. Blaine's diplomatic career began with his appointment as secretary +of state on March 5, 1881, and ended with his resignation on December +19, three months after President Garfield's death. The two principal +objects of his foreign policy, as defined by himself on September 1, +1882, were these: "First, to bring about peace, and prevent future wars +in North and South America; second, to cultivate such friendly +commercial relations with all American countries as would lead to a +large increase in the export trade of the United States, by supplying +those fabrics in which we are abundantly able to compete with the +manufacturing nations of Europe." President Garfield, in his inaugural +address, had repeated the declaration of his predecessor that it was +"the right and duty of the United States to assert and maintain such +supervision and authority over any interoceanic canal across the isthmus +that connects North and South America as will protect our national +interests." This policy, which had received the direct approval of +Congress, was vigorously upheld by Secretary Blaine. The Colombian +Republic had proposed to the European powers to join in a guaranty of +the neutrality of the proposed Panama Canal. One of President Garfield's +first acts under the advice of Secretary Blaine was to remind the +European governments of the exclusive rights which the United States had +secured with the country to be traversed by the interoceanic waterway. +These exclusive rights rendered the prior guaranty of the United States +government indispensable, and the powers were informed that any foreign +guaranty would be not only an unnecessary but unfriendly act. As the +United States had made, in the Clayton-Bulwer treaty of 1850, a special +agreement with Great Britain on this subject, Secretary Blaine +supplemented his memorandum to the powers by a formal proposal for the +abrogation of all provisions of that convention which were not in accord +with the guaranties and privileges covenanted for in the compact with +the Colombian Republic. In this state paper, the most elaborate of the +series receiving his signature as secretary of state, Mr. Blaine +contended that the operation of the Clayton-Bulwer treaty practically +conceded to Great Britain the control of any canal which might be +constructed in the isthmus, as that power was required, by its insular +position and colonial possessions, to maintain a naval establishment +with which the United States could not compete. As the American +government had bound itself by its engagements in the Clayton-Bulwer +treaty not to fight in the isthmus, nor to fortify the mouths of any +waterway that might be constructed, the secretary argued that if any +struggle for the control of the canal were to arise England would have +an advantage at the outset which would prove decisive. "The treaty," he +remarked, "commands this government not to use a single regiment of +troops to protect its interests in connection with the interoceanic +canal, but to surrender the transit to the guardianship and control of +the British navy." The logic of this paper was unanswerable from an +American point of view. + +The war between Chili and Peru had virtually ended with the capture of +Lima on January 17, 1881. The state department made strenuous exertions +to bring about the conclusion of an early peace between Chili and the +two prostrate states which had been crushed in war. The influence of the +government was brought to bear upon victorious Chili in the interest of +peace and magnanimity; but, owing to an unfortunate misapprehension of +Mr. Blaine's instructions, the United States ministers did not promote +the ends of peace. Special envoys were accordingly sent to South +America, accredited to the three governments, with general instructions +which should enable them to bring those belligerent powers into friendly +relations. After they had set out from New York Mr. Blaine resigned, and +Mr. Frelinghuysen reversed the diplomatic policy with such precipitate +haste that the envoys on arriving at their destination were informed by +the Chilian minister of foreign affairs that their instructions had been +countermanded, and that their mission was an idle farce. By this +reversal of diplomatic methods and purposes the influence of the United +States government on the South American coast was reduced to so low a +point as to become insignificant. Mr. Blaine's policy had been at once +strong and pacific. It was followed by a period of no policy, which +enabled Chili to make a conqueror's terms with the conquered and to +seize as much territory as pleased her rapacious generals. + +The most conspicuous act of Mr. Blaine's administration of the state +department was his invitation to the peace congress. The proposition was +to invite all the independent governments of North and South America to +meet in a peace congress at Washington on March 15, 1882. The +representatives of all the minor governments on this continent were to +agree, if possible, upon some comprehensive plan for averting war by +means of arbitration, and for resisting the intrigues of European +diplomacy. Invitations were sent on November 22, with the limitations +and restrictions originally designed. Mr. Frelinghuysen lost no time in +undermining this diplomatic congress, and the meeting never took place. + +On the morning of Saturday, July 2, President Garfield was to start from +Washington by the morning limited express for New York, en route for New +England and a reunion with his old college mates at the Williams College +commencement. His secretary of state accompanied him to the train, and +has recorded the great, almost boyish, delight with which the President +anticipated his holiday. They entered the waiting-room at the station, +and a moment later Guiteau's revolver had done its work. The country +still vividly remembers the devotion with which the head of the Cabinet +watched at the President's bedside, and the calm dignity with which, +during those long weeks of suspense, he discharged the painful duties of +his position. On September 6 the President was removed from Washington +to Elberon, whither he was followed the same day by Mr. Blaine and the +rest of the Cabinet. The apparent improvement in the President's +condition warranted the belief that he would continue to gain, and Mr. +Blaine went for a short rest to his home in Augusta. He was on his way +back to Elberon when the fatal moment came, and reached there the next +morning. It is the universal testimony of the press and people that, +during the weary weeks which intervened between the President's injury +and death, Mr. Blaine's every action and constant demeanor were +absolutely faultless. Selected by Congress to pronounce a formal eulogy +upon President Garfield, Mr. Blaine, on February 19, 1882, before +President Arthur and his Cabinet, both Houses of Congress, the Supreme +Court, the foreign legations, and an audience of ladies and gentlemen +which crowded the Hall of Representatives, delivered a most just, +comprehensive, and admirable address upon the martyr's great career and +character. + +Since his withdrawal from President Arthur's Cabinet and his retirement +to private life at Augusta, Mr. Blaine has busied himself with his +history, entitled Twenty Years of Congress, the first volume of which +was given to the public last April. When finished, this work will cover +the period from Lincoln to Garfield, with a review of the events which +led to the political revolution of 1860. The story he tells in his first +volume is given with the simplicity and compactness of a trained +journalist, and yet with sufficient fulness to make the picture distinct +and clear in almost every detail. The book is as easy to read as a +well-written novel; it is clear and interesting, and commands the +attention throughout, the more for the absence of anything like +oratorical display or forensic combativeness. In literary polish it is +not beyond criticism, though occasional infelicities of expression and +instances of carelessness do not outweigh the general clearness and +force of style. It is not at all points unerring in portraiture, nor +infallible in judgment, though the writer's impartiality of spirit and +desire to be just are conspicuous, and he gives cogent reasons for +opinions expressed. But in broad and comprehensive appreciation of the +forces by which the development of public opinion has been affected, the +work is one of great merit. It seems to be entirely free from those +personal qualities which have characterized Mr. Blaine in politics. It +is very remarkable that a man so prominent as a partisan in political +affairs could have written a book so free from partisanship. + +Mr. Blaine is now in his fifty-fifth year. Although above medium height, +he is so compactly and powerfully built that he scarcely seems tall. His +features are large and expressive; he is slightly bald and his neatly +trimmed beard is prematurely gray; his brows are lowering--his eyes +keen. On the floor of Congress he manifested marvelous power and nerve. +His voice is rich and melodious; his delivery is fluent and vigorous; +his gestures are full of grace and force; his self-possession is never +lost. He has appeared on the stump in almost every Northern State, and +is an exceedingly popular and effective campaign speaker. But it is not +when on the platform, speaking alone, that he has shown his greatest +strength. He is strongest when hard pressed by opponents in +parliamentary debate. He is a thorough believer in the organization of +men who think alike for advancing their views. He believes that in order +to carry out any great project it is necessary to have a party +organization, not for the purpose of advancing individual interests, but +to push ahead a great line of policy. He is a positive with the courage +of his convictions, and believes in aggressive politics. As a +consequence of this he has always had both very strong friends and very +bitter enemies. It is probable that no man in this country has had a +stronger personal following since the days of Harry Clay. + +Blaine is a man of great physical capacities. He has great powers of +application. His mind works quickly. He is as restless as the ocean and +has the power of accomplishing an immense amount of work. Another +quality which he possesses--rare but invaluable to a public man--is that +of remembering names and faces, of remembering men and all about them. +This ability is partly natural, partly the result of his training. He +has made it a study to get acquainted with men. + +His knowledge of facts, dates, events, men in our history, is not only +remarkable, but almost unprecedented. It would be difficult to find a +man in the United States who can, on the instant, without reference to +book or note, give so many facts and statistics relating to the social +and political history of our country. This has been the study of his +life, and his memory is truly encyclopædic. + +Mr. Blaine was not a poor man when he entered Congress in 1863, and he +is not a millionaire now. For twenty years he has owned a valuable coal +tract of several hundred acres near Pittsburgh. This yielded him a +handsome income before he entered Congress, and the investment has been +a profitable one during his public life. He is said to have speculated +more or less, and to have made and lost millions. Yet in general his +business affairs have been managed with prudence and shrewdness, and he +now has a handsome fortune. His home in Augusta, near the State House, +is a plain two-story house. Several institutions in the State have +received benefactions from him, and his charity and generosity are +appreciated at home. He is a member of the Congregational Church in +Augusta, and constant attendance at divine service is a practice that he +has always inculcated upon his family. He has constantly refused to take +religious matters into politics, but his respect for his mother's belief +has made him tolerant and charitable toward all sects. In his own house +he is a man of culture and refinement, a genial host, a courteous +gentlemen. No man in public life is more fortunate in his domestic +relations. He is the companion and confidant of every one of his six +children, and they fear him no more than they fear one of their own +number. Mrs. Blaine is a model wife and mother. The eldest son, Walker +Blaine, is a graduate of Yale College and of the Law School of Columbia +College. He is a member of the bar of several States, and has been +creditably engaged in public life in Washington. The second son, Emmons +Blaine, is a graduate of Harvard College and the Cambridge Law School. +The third is James G. Blaine, Jr., who was graduated from Exeter Academy +last year. The three daughters are named Alice, Margaret, and Harriet. +The eldest was married more than a year ago to Brevet-Colonel J.J. +Coppinger, U.S.A. + +But however Mr. Blaine may have distinguished himself as an author, a +diplomatist, or a man of varied experience and knowledge, in the present +political campaign, in which he is destined to play so important a part, +he will necessarily be largely judged in a political sense, and as a +politician. What does the record show in these directions? Has he been +true or false to his political convictions? Assuredly no man, be he +friend or foe, can point to a single instance in Mr. Blaine's long and +varied political career, in which he has betrayed his political trust or +failed to respond to the demands of his political professions. Through +the anti-slavery period; during the trying years of the war; through the +boisterous struggle for reconstruction, and constantly since, Mr. +Blaine's voice has always been heard pleading for the cause of equality, +arguing for freedom, and combating all propositions that aimed to +restrict human rights or fetter human progress. That he has sometimes +been swayed by partisan rather than statesmanlike considerations is +highly probable, but even that can but prove his zeal and devotion to +party principles. + +No one claims for him political infallibility, and his warmest admirer +will admit that he, like other men, has faults. But those who look upon +Mr. Blaine as an impetuous and rash politician have but to read his +letter of acceptance to see how unjust that judgment is. Calm, +dignified, and scholarly, it discusses with consummate ability the +issues that to-day are engaging the attention of the American people, +and whether it be the tariff question or our foreign policy, he shows a +familiarity with the subject that at once stamps him as a man of +remarkable versatility and rare accomplishments. As the standard-bearer +of the great Republican party, he will unquestionably inspire in his +followers great enthusiasm and determination, and, if elected to the +high office to which he has been nominated, there is every reason to +believe that he will make a Chief Magistrate of whom the entire people +will justly be proud. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE BOUNDARY LINES OF OLD GROTON.--III. + +By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green. + + +The running of the Provincial line in 1741 cut off a large part of +Dunstable, and left it on the New Hampshire side of the boundary. It +separated even the meeting-house from that portion of the town still +remaining in Massachusetts, and this fact added not a little to the deep +animosity felt by the inhabitants when the disputed question was +settled. It is no exaggeration to say that, throughout the old township, +the feelings and sympathies of the inhabitants on both sides of the line +were entirely with Massachusetts. A short time before this period the +town of Nottingham had been incorporated by the General Court, and its +territory taken from Dunstable. It comprised all the lands of that town, +lying on the easterly side of the Merrimack River; and the difficulty of +attending public worship led to the division. When the Provincial line +was established, it affected Nottingham, like many other towns, most +unfavorably. It divided its territory and left a tract of land in +Massachusetts, too small for a separate township, but by its +associations belonging to Dunstable. This tract is to-day that part of +Tyngsborough lying east of the river. + +The question of a new meeting-house was now agitating the inhabitants +of Dunstable. Their former building was in another Province, where +different laws prevailed respecting the qualifications and settlement of +ministers. It was clearly evident that another structure must be built, +and the customary dispute of small communities arose in regard to its +site. Some persons favored one locality, and others another; some wanted +the centre of territory, and others the centre of population. Akin to +this subject I give the words of the Reverend Joseph Emerson, of +Pepperell,--as quoted by Mr. Butler, in his History of Groton (page +306),--taken from a sermon delivered on March 8, 1770, at the dedication +of the second meeting-house in Pepperell: "It hath been observed that +some of the hottest contentions in this land hath been about settling of +ministers and building meeting-houses; and what is the reason? The devil +is a great enemy to settling ministers and building meeting-houses; +wherefore he sets on his own children to work and make difficulties, and +to the utmost of his power stirs up the corruptions of the children of +God in some way lo oppose or obstruct so good a work." This explanation +was considered highly satisfactory, as the hand of the evil one was +always seen in such disputes. + +During this period of local excitement an effort was made to annex +Nottingham to Dunstable; and at the same time Joint Grass to Dunstable. +Joint Grass was a district in the northeastern part of Groton, settled +by a few families, and so named from a brook running through the +neighborhood. It is evident from the documents that the questions of +annexation and the site of the meeting-house were closely connected. The +petition in favor of annexation was granted by the General Court on +certain conditions, which were not fulfilled, and consequently the +attempt fell to the ground. Some of the papers relating to it are as +follows: + +A Petition of sundry Inhabitants of the most northerly Part of the first +Parish in _Groton_, praying that they may be set off from said +_Groton_ to _Dunstable_, for the Reasons mentioned. + +Read and _Ordered_, That the Petitioners serve the Towns of +_Groton_ and _Dunstable_ with Copies of this Petition, that +they show Cause, if any they have, on the first Friday of the next +Sitting of this Court, why the Prayer thereof should not be granted. + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 264), March 11, 1746.] + + +_Francis Foxcroft_, Esq; brought down the Petition of the northerly +Part of _Groton_, as entred the 11th of _March_ last, and refer'd. +Pass'd in Council, _viz._ In Council _May_ 29th 1747. Read again, +together with the Answers of the Towns of _Groton_ and _Dunstable_, +and _Ordered_, That _Joseph Wilder_ and _John Quincy_, Esqrs; together +with such as the honourable House shall join, be a Committee to take +under Consideration this Petition, together with the other Petitions and +Papers referring to the Affair within mentioned, and report what they +judge proper for this Court to do thereon. Sent down for Concurrence. + +Read and concur'd, and Major _Jones_, Mr. _Fox_, and Col. +_Gerrish_, are joined in the Affair. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 11), May 29, 1747.] + + +_John Hill_, Esq; brought down the Petition of the Inhabitants of +_Groton_ and _Nottingham_, with the Report of a Committee of +both Houses thereon. + +Signed _Joseph Wilder_, per Order. + +Pass'd in Council, _viz._ In Council _June_ 5th 1747. The +within Report was read and accepted, and _Ordered_, That the +Petition of _John Swallow_ and others, Inhabitants of the northerly +Part of _Groton_ be so far granted, as that the Petitioners, with +their Estates petition'd for, be set off from _Groton_, and annexed +to the Town of _Dunstable_, agreable to _Groton_ Town Vote of +the 18th of _May_ last; and that the Petition of the Inhabitants of +_Nottingham_ be granted, and that that Part of _Nottingham_ +left to the Province, with the Inhabitants theron, be annexed to said +_Dunstable,_ and that they thus Incorporated, do Duty and receive +Priviledges as other Towns within this Province do or by Law ought to +enjoy. + +And it is further _Ordered_, That the House for publick Worship be +placed two Hundred and forty eight Rods distant from Mr. _John Tyng's_ +North-East Corner, to run from said Corner North fifty two Degrees West, +or as near that Place as the Land will admit of. + +Sent down for Concurrence. + +Read and concur'd with the Amendment, _viz._ instead of those +Words, ... _And it is further Ordered, That the House for publick +Worship be_ ... insert the following Words ... _Provided that +within one Year a House for the publick Worship of_ GOD _be +erected, and_.... + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Repesentatives (page 26), June 6, 1747.] + + +To his Excellency William Shirley Esquire Captain General and Governour +in Chief in and over his Majestys Province of the Massachusetts Bay in +New England The Hon'ble: the Council and Hon'ble: House of +Representatives of the said Province in General Court Assembled at +Boston the 31'st. of May 1749. + +The petition of the Inhabitants of the Town of Dunstable in the Province +of the Massachusetts Bay + +Most Humbly Shew + +That in the Year 1747, that part of Nottingham which lyes within this +Government and part of the Town of Groton Called Joint Grass preferred +two petitions to this Great and Hon'ble: Court praying that they might +be Annexed to the Town of Dunstable which petitions Your Excellency and +Honours were pleased to Grant upon Conditions that a meeting house for +the Publick Worship of God should be built two hundred and forty Eight +Rods 52 Deg's: West of the North from North East Corner of M. John Tyngs +land But the Inhabitants of the Town Apprehending Your Excellency and +Honours were not fully Acquainted with the Inconveniencys that would +Attend placeing the Meeting House there Soon after Convened in Publick +Town Meeting Legally Called to Conclude upon a place for fixing said +meeting house where it would best Accommodate all the Inhabitants at +which meeting proposals were made by some of the Inhabitants to take the +Advice and Assistance of three men of other Towns which proposal was +Accepted by the Town and they accordingly made Choice of The Hon'ble: +James Minot Esq'r. Maj'r: Lawrence and M'r. Brewer and then Adjourned +the Meeting. + +That the said Gentlemen mett at the Towns Request and Determined upon a +place for fixing the said meeting house which was approved of by the +Town and they Accordingly Voted to Raise the sum of one hundred pounds +towards defraying the Charge of Building the said House But Upon +Reviewing the Spot pitched upon as aforesaid many of the Inhabitants +Apprehended it was more to the southward than the Committee Intended it +should be And thereupon a Meeting was Called on the Twenty Sixth day of +May last when the Town voted to Build the meeting house on the East side +of the Road that leads from Cap't: Cummings's to M'r Simon Tompsons +where some part of the Timber now lyes being about Forty Rods Northward +of Isaac Colburns house which they Apprehended to be the Spot of Ground +the Committee Intended to fix upon. + +And for as much as the place Last Voted by the Town to Build their +meeting house upon will best Accommodate all the Inhabitants, + +Your pet'rs. therefore most humbly pray Your Excellency and Honours +would be pleased to Confirm the said Vote of the Town of the 26'th: day +of May last and order the meeting house for the Publick Worship of God +to be Erected on the peice of Ground aforementioned, + +And in duty bound they will ever pray &c. + + Simon tompson + Eben Parkhurst + + Com'tee for the + Town of Dunstable + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxv, 507, 508.] + + +The Committee appointed on the Petition of a Committee for the Town of +_Dunstable,_ reported according to Order. + +Read and accepted, and thereupon the following Order pass'd, _viz._ _In +as much as the House for the publick Worship of_ _GOD in_ Dunstable _was +not erected within the Line limitted in the Order of this Court of_ June +6th 1747, _the Inhabitants of_ Groton _and_ Nottingham _have lost the +Benefit of Incorporation with the Town of_ Dunstable: Therefore + +_Voted_, That a Meeting House for the publick Worship of GOD be +erected as soon as may be on the East Side of the Road that leads from +Capt. _Cummins_ to _Simon Thompson's,_ where the Timber for +such a House now lies, agreeable to a Vote of the said Town of +_Dunstable_ on the 26th of _May_ last; and that the said Inhabitants +of _Groton_ and _Nottingham_ be and continue to be set off and +annexed to the Town of _Dunstable_, to do Duty and receive +Priviledge there, their Neglect of Compliance with the said Order of +_June_ 6th 1747, notwithstanding, unless the major Part of the +Inhabitants and rateable Estate belonging to said _Groton_ and +_Nottingham_ respectively, shall on or before the first Day of +_September_ next in writing under their Hands, transmit to the +Secretary's Office their Desire not to continue so incorporated with the +town of _Dunstable_ as aforesaid; provided also, That in Case the +said Inhabitants of _Groton_ and _Nottingham_ shall signify +such their Desire in Manner and Time as aforesaid, they be nevertheless +subjected to pay and discharge their Proportion of all Publick Town or +Ministerial Rates or Taxes hitherto granted or regularly laid on them; +excepting the last Sum granted for building a Meeting House. And that +the present Town Officers stand and execute their Offices respectively +until the Anniversary Town-Meeting at _Dunstable_ in _March_ +next. Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (pages 46, 47), June 26, 1749.] + + +Whereas the Great & Generall Court of the the [_sic_] Province of +the Massachusetts Bay in June Last, On the Petitions of Dunstable & +Nottingham has Ordered that the Inhabitants of Groton and Nottingham, +Which by Order of the s'd Court the 6th of June 1747 Were On Certain +Conditions Annexed to s'd Dunstable & (Which Conditions not being +Complyed with) be Annexed to s'd. Dunstable to do duty & Receive +priviledge there their neglect of Complyance notwithstanding, Unless the +major part of the Inhabitants and ratable Estate belonging to the s'd. +Groton & Nottingham respectively Shall on or before the first day of +September next in Writing under their hands Transmitt to the Secretarys +Office their desire not to Continue so Incorporated With the town of +Dunstable as afores'd. Now therefore Wee the Subscribers Inhabitants of +Groton & Nottingham Sett of as afores'd. do hereby Signifie Our desire +not to Continue so Incorporated with the town of Dunstable as afores'd. +but to be Sett at Liberty As tho that Order of Court had not ben passed + +Dated the 10th day of July 1749 + +Inhabitants of Groton + + Timothy Read + Joseph fletcher + John Swallow + Samuel Comings + Benjamin Robbins + Joseph Spalding iuner + + +Inhabitants of Nottingham + + Samuell Gould + Robert Fletcher + Joseph perriaham Daken [Deacon?] + iohn Collans + Zacheus Spaulding + and ten others + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxv, 515.] + + +A manuscript plan of Dunstable, made by Joseph Blanchard, in the autumn +of 1748, and accompanying these papers among the Archives (cxv, 519), +has considerable interest for the local antiquary. + +In the course of a few years some of these Groton signers reconsidered +the matter, and changed their minds. It appears from the following +communication that the question of the site of the meeting-house had +some influence in the matter:-- + +Groton, May 10, 1753. We have concluded to Joine with Dunstable in +settling the gospell and all other affairs hart & hand in case Dunstable +woud meet us in erecting a meting house in center of Lands or center of +Travel. + + Joseph Spaulding jr. + John Swallow. + Timothy Read. + Samuel Cumings. + Joseph Parkhurst. + +[Nason's History of Dunstable, page 85.] + + +The desired result of annexation was now brought about, and in this way +Joint Grass became a part and portion of Dunstable. The following +extracts give further particulars in regard to it:-- + +A Petition of a Committee in Behalf of the Inhabitants of +_Dunstable_, within this Province, shewing, that that Part of +_Dunstable_ by the late running of the Line is small, and the Land +much broken, unable to support the Ministry, and other necessary +Charges; that there is a small Part of _Groton_ contiguous, and +well situated to be united to them in the same Incorporation, lying to +the West and Northwest of them; that in the Year 1744, the Inhabitants +there requested them that they might be incorporated with them, which +was conceeded to by the Town of _Groton_; that in Consequence of +this, upon Application to this Court they were annexed to the Town of +_Dunstable_ with the following Proviso, viz. "That within one Year +from that Time a House for the publick Worship of GOD should be erected +at a certain Place therein mentioned": Which Place was esteemed by all +Parties both in _Groton_ and _Nottingham_, so incommodious, +that it was not complied withal; that on a further Application to this +Court to alter the Place, Liberty was given to the Inhabitants of +_Groton_ and _Nottingham_, to withdraw, whereby they are deprived of +that contiguous and necessary Assistance which they expected: Now as the +Reasons hold good in every Respect for their Incorporation with them, +they humbly pray that the said Inhabitants of _Groton_ by the same Bounds +as in the former Order stated, may be reannexed to them, for the Reasons +mentioned. + +Read and _Ordered_, That the Petitioners serve the Inhabitants of +_Groton_ therein refer'd to, as also the Clerk of the Town of +_Groton_, with Copies of this Petition, that so the said Inhabitants, +as also the Town of _Groton_, shew Cause, if any they have, on the +first Tuesday of the next _May_ Session, why the Prayer thereof +should not be granted. + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (pages 138, 139), April 4, +1753.] + + +_John Hill_, Esq; brought down the Petition of a Committee of the Town +of _Dunstable_, as entred the 4th of _April_ last, and refer'd. Pass'd +in Council, viz. In Council _June_ 5th 1753. Read again, together with +the Answer of the Inhabitants of that Part of _Groton_ commonly called +_Joint-Grass,_ and likewise _William Lawrence_, Esq; being heard in +Behalf of the Town of _Groton_, and the Matter being fully considered, +_Ordered_, That the Prayer of the Petition be so far granted, as that +_Joseph Fletcher, Joseph Spaulding, Samuel Comings, Benjamin Rabbins, +Timothy Read, John Swallow, Joseph Parkhurst_, and _Ebenezer Parkhurst_, +Jun. with their Families and Estates, and other Lands petitioned for, be +set off from the Town of _Groton_, and annexed to the town of +_Dunstable_, agreable to the Vote of the Town of _Groton_ on the 18th of +_May_ 1747, to receive Priviledge and do Duty there, provided that +_Timothy Read_, Constable for the Town of _Groton_, and Collector of the +said Parish in said Town the last Year, and _Joseph Fletcher_, Constable +for the said Town this present Year, finish their Collection of the +Taxes committed or to be committed to them respectively; and also that +the said Inhabitants pay their Proportion of the Taxes that are already +due or shall be due to the said Town of _Groton_ for the present Year, +for which they may be taxed by the Assessors of _Groton_, as tho' this +Order had not past: provided also that the Meeting-House for the publick +Worship of GOD in _Dunstable_ be erected agreable to the Vote of +_Dunstable_ relating thereto in _May_ 1753. Sent down for Concurrence. + +Read and concur'd. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 21), June 7, 1753.] + + +The part of Nottingham, mentioned in these petitions, was not joined to +Dunstable until a later period. On June 14, 1754, an order passed the +House of Representatives, annexing "a very small Part of Nottingham now +lying in this Province, unable to be made into a District, but very +commodious for Dunstable;" but the matter was delayed in the Council, +and it was a year or two before the end was brought about. + +The west parish of Groton was set off as a precinct on November 26, +1742. It comprised that part of the town lying on the west side of the +Nashua River, north of the road from Groton to Townsend. Its +incorporation as a parish or precinct allowed the inhabitants to manage +their own ecclesiastical affairs, while in all other matters they +continued to act with the parent town. Its partial separation gave them +the benefit of a settled minister in their neighborhood, which, in those +days, was considered of great importance. + +It is an interesting fact to note that, in early times, the main reason +given in the petitions for dividing towns was the long distance to the +meeting-house, by which the inhabitants were prevented from hearing the +stated preaching of the gospel. + +The petitioners for the change first asked for a township, which was not +granted; but subsequently they changed their request to a precinct +instead, which was duly allowed. The papers relating to the matter are +as follows:-- + +Province of The Massechuetts Bay in New England. + +To His Excellency W'm: Shirley Esq'r: Goveinr in & over y'e Same And To +The Hon'le: his Majestis Council & House of Representetives in Gen'll: +Court Assembled June 1742: + +The Petition of Sundry Inhabitants & Resendant in the Northerly Part of +Groton Humbly Sheweth that the Town of Groton is at Least ten miles in +Length North & South & seven miles in wedth East & West And that in +Runing two miles Due North from the Present Meeting House & from thence +to Run Due East to Dunstable West Line. And from the Ende of the S'd: +two miles to Run West till it Comes to the Cuntry Rode that is Laide out +to Townshend & soon S'd: Rode till it Comes to Townshend East Line then +tur[n]ing & Runing Northly to Nestiquaset Corner which is for Groton & +Townshend then tur[n]ing & Runing Easterly on Dunstable South Line & So +on Dunstable Line till it comes to the Line first mentioned, Which Land +Lyeth about Seven miles in Length & four miles & a Quarter in Wedth. + +And Thare is Now Setled in those Lines here after mentioned is about the +Number of Seventy families all Redy And may [many?] more ready to Settle +there and as soon as scet off to the Petitioners & those families +Settled in y'e Lines afore s'd: Would make A Good township & the +Remaining Part of Groton Left in a regular forme And by reason of the +great Distance your Petitioners are from the Present Meeting House are +put to very Great Disadvantages in Attending the Public Worship of God +many of Whom are Oblidged to travel Seven or Eight miles & that the +Remaining Part of Groton Consisting of such good land & y'e +Inhabitants so Numerous that thay Can by no means be Hurt Should your +Petitioners & those families Settled in y'e Lines afore s'd: Be +Erected to a Seprate & Distinct Township: That the in Contestable +situation & accomodations on the s'd: Lands was y'e one great reason +of your Petitioners Settling thare & Had Not those Prospects been so +Clear to us We should by no means have under taken The Hardship We have +already & must go Throu. + +Wherefore Your Petitioners Would farther Shew that Part of y'e Land here +Prayed for all Redy Voted of by the S'd town to be a Presinct & that the +most of them that are in that Lines have Subscribed with us to be a +Dest[i]ncte Township Wherefore Your Petitioners Humbly Pray your Honnors +to Grante us our Desire according to This our Request as we in Duty +Bound Shall Ever Pray &c. + + + Joseph Spaulding iur + Zachariah Lawrance + William Allen + Jeremiah Lawrance + William Blood + Nathaniel Parker + Enoch Lawarnce + Samuel Right + James larwance + Josiah Tucker + Sam'll fisk + Soloman blood + John Woods + Josiah Sartell + benj'n. Swallow + Elies Ellat + Richard Worner + Ebenezer Gillson + Ebenezer Parce + James Blood iu + Joseph Spaulding + Phiniahas Parker iur + Joseph Warner + Phineahas Chambrlin + Isaac laken + Isacc Williams + John Swallow + Joseph Swallow + Benj'n: Robins + Nathan Fisk + John Chamberlin + Jacob Lakin + Seth Phillips + John Cumings + Benj'n: Parker + Gersham Hobart + Joseph Lawrance + John Spaulding + Isaac Woods + + +In the House of Rep'ives June. 10, 1742. + +Read and Ordered that the Pet'rs serve the Town of Groton with a Copy of +this Pet'n that they shew cause if any they have on the first fryday of +the next session of this Court why the Prayer thereof should not be +granted + +Sent up for concurrence + +T Cushing Spkr + +In Council June 15. 1742; + +Read & Non Concur'd + +J Willard Sec'ry + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxiv, 779, 780.] + + +To his Excellency William Shirley Esq'r. Captain General and Governour +in Cheiff in and over his Majesties Province of y'e. Massachusetts Bay +in New England: To y'e. Honourable his Majesties Council and House of +Representatives in General Court Assembled on y'e: Twenty sixth Day of +May. A:D. 1742. + +The Petition of as the Subscribers to your Excellency and Honours +Humbley Sheweth that we are Proprietors and Inhabitants of y'e. Land +Lying on y'e. Westerly Side Lancester River (so called) [now known as +the Nashua River] in y'e North west corner of y'e. Township of +Groton: & Such of us as are Inhabitants thereon Live very Remote from ye +Publick worship of God in s'd Town and at many Times and Season of +y'e. year are Put to Great Difficulty to attend y'e. same: And the +Lands Bounded as Followeth (viz) Southerly on Townshend Rode: Westerly +on Townshend Line: Northerly on Dunstable West Precint, & old Town: and +Easterly on said River as it now Runs to y'e. First mentioned Bounds, +being of y'e. Contents of about Four Miles Square of Good Land, well +Scituated for a Precint: And the Town of Groton hath been Petitioned to +Set of y'e. Lands bounded as afores'd. to be a Distinct and Seperate +Precint and at a Town Meeting of y'e. Inhabitants of s'd. Town of +Groton Assembled on y'e Twenty Fifth Day of May Last Past The Town +voted y'e Prayer of y'e. s'd. Petition and that y'e Lands before +Described should be a Separate Precinct and that y'e. Inhabitants +thereon and Such others as hereafter Shall Settle on s'd. Lands; +should have y'e Powers and Priviledges that other Precincts in s'd. +Province have or Do Enjoy: as p'r. a Coppy from Groton Town Book +herewith Exhibited may Appear: For the Reasons mentioned we the +Subscribers as afores'd. Humbley Prayes your Excellency and Honours to +Set off y'e s'd Lands bounded as afores'd. to be a Distinct and +Sepperate Precinct and Invest y'e Inhabitants thereon (Containing +about y'e N'o. of Forty Famelies) and Such others as Shall hereafter +Settle on s'd. Lands with Such Powers & Priviledges as other Precincts +in s'd. Province have &c or Grant to your Petitioners Such other +Releaf in y'e. Premises as your Excellency and Honours in your Great +Wisdom Shall think Fit: and your Petitioners as in Duty bound Shall Ever +pray &c. + + Benj Swallow + W'm: Spalden + Isaac Williams + Ebenezer Gilson + Elias Ellit + Samuel Shattuck iu + James Shattuck + David Shattuck + David Blood + Jonathan Woods + John Blood iuner + Josiah Parker + Jacob Ames + Jonas Varnum + Moses Woods + Zachery Lawrence Jun'r + Jeremiah Lawrence + John Mozier + Josiah Tucher + W'm Allen + John Shadd + Jam's. Green + John Kemp + Nehemiah Jewett + Eleazar Green + Jonathan Shattuck + Jonathan Shattuck Jun'r + + +In the House of Rep'tives Nov'r. 26. 1742 + +In Answer to the within Petition ordered that that Part of the Town of +Groton Lying on the Westerly Side of Lancaster River within the +following bounds viz't bounding Easterly on said River Southerly on +Townsend Road so called Wisterly on Townsend line and Northerly on +Dunstable West Precinct with the Inhabitants thereon be and hereby are +Set off a distinct and seperate precinct and Vested with the powers & +priviledges which Other Precincts do or by Law ought to enjoy Always +provided that the Inhabitants Dwelling on the Lands abovementioned be +subject to pay their Just part and proportions of all ministeriall Rates +and Taxes in the Town of Groton already Granted or Assessed. + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +T Cushing Spk'r. + +In Council Nov'r. 26 1742 Read and Concurr'd + +J Willard Secry + +Consented to, W Shirley, + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxiv, 768, 769.] + + +When the new Provincial line was run between Massachusetts and New +Hampshire, in the spring of 1741, it left a gore of land, previously +belonging to the west parish of Dunstable, lying north of the territory +of Groton and contiguous to it. It formed a narrow strip, perhaps three +hundred rods in width at the western end, running easterly for three +miles and tapering off to a point at the Nashua River, by which stream +it was entirely separated from Dunstable. Shaped like a thin wedge, it +lay along the border of the province, and belonged geographically to the +west precinct or parish of Groton. Under these circumstances the second +parish petitioned the General Court to have it annexed to their +jurisdiction, which request was granted. William Prescott, one of the +committee appointed to take charge of the matter, nearly a quarter of a +century later was the commander of the American forces at the battle of +Bunker Hill. It has been incorrectly stated by writers that this +triangular parcel of land was the gore ceded, in the summer of 1736, to +the proprietors of Groton, on the petition of Benjamin Prescott. The +documents relating to this matter are as follows:-- + +To his Honnor Spencer Phipes Esq'r Cap't Geniorl and Commander In Cheaf +in and ouer his majists prouince of the Massachusets Bay in New england +and to The Hon'ble his majestys Counsel and House of Representatiues In +Geniral Courte assambled at Boston The 26 of December 1751 + +The Petition of Peleg Lawrance Jarimah Lawrance and william Prescott a +Cum'ttee. for the Second Parish In Groton in The County of Middle sikes. + +Humbly Shew That Theare is a strip of Land of about fiue or six hundred +acors Lys ajoyning To The Town of Groton which be Longs To the town of +Dunstable the said strip of land Lys near fouer mill in Length and +bounds on the North Line of the said second Parrish in Groton and on the +South Side of Newhampsher Line which Peeace by Runing the sd Line of +Newhampsher was Intierly Cut off from the town of Dunstable from +Receueing any Priuelidge their for it Lys not Less then aboute Eight +mill from the Senter of the town of Dunstable and but about two mill and +a half from the meeting house in the said second Parish in Groton so +that they that settel on the sd Strip of Land may be much beter +acommadated to be Joyned to ye town of Groton and to the sd second +Parish than Euer thay Can any other way in this Prouince and the town of +Dunstable being well sencable thare of haue at thare town meeting on the +19 Day of December Currant voted of the sd Strip of Land allso Jarnes +Colburn who now Liues on sd Strip Land from the town of Dunstable to be +annexed to the town of Groton and to the sd second Parish in sd town and +the second Parish haue aCordingly voted to Recue the same all which may +appear by the vote of sd Dunstable and said Parish which will be of +Grate advantige to the owners of the sd. strip of Land and a benefit to +the said second Parish in Groton so that your Petitioners Humbly Pray +that the sd. strip of Land may be annexed to the said second Parish in +Groton so far as Groton Nor west corner to do Duty and Recue Priulidge +theare and your petionrs In Duty bound shall Euer Pray + + Peleg Lawrence + Will'm Prescott + Jeremiah Lawrence + + +Dunstable December 24 1751 + +this may Certifye the Grate and Genirol Courte that I Liue on the slip +of Land within mentioned and it tis my Desier that the prayer of this +Petition be Granted + +James Colburn + +In the House of Rep'tives Jan'ry 4. 1752 + +Voted that the prayer of the Petition be so farr granted that the said +strip of Land prayed for, that is the Jurisdiction of it be Annex'd to +the Town of Groton & to y'e Second Precinct in said Town & to do dutys +there & to recieve Priviledges from them. + +Sent up for Concurrence + +T. Hubbard Spk'r. + +In Council Jan'y 6. 1752 Read & Concur'd + +J Willard Secry. + +Consented to + +S Phips + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxvi, 162, 163.] + + +The west parish of Groton was made a district on April 12, 1753, the day +the Act was signed by the Governor, which was a second step toward its +final and complete separation. It then took the name of Pepperell, and +was vested with still broader political powers. It was so called after +Sir William Pepperrell, who had successfully commanded the New England +troops against Louisburg; and the name was suggested, doubtless, by the +Reverend Joseph Emerson, the first settled minister of the parish. He +had accompanied that famous expedition in the capacity of chaplain, only +the year before he had received a call for his settlement, and his +associations with the commander were fresh in his memory. It will be +noticed that the Act for incorporating the district leaves the name +blank, which was customary in this kind of legislation at that period; +and the governor, perhaps with the advice of his council, was in the +habit subsequently of filling out the name. + +Pepperell, for one "r" is dropped from the name, had now all the +privileges of a town, except the right to choose a representative to the +General Court, and this political connection with Groton was kept up +until the beginning of the Revolution. In the session of the General +Court which met at Watertown, on July 19, 1775, Pepperell was +represented by a member, and in this way acquired the privileges of a +town without any special act of incorporation. Other similar districts +were likewise represented, in accordance with the precept calling that +body together, and they thus obtained municipal rights without the usual +formality. The precedent seems to have been set by the Provincial +Congress of Massachusetts, which was made up of delegates from the +districts as well as from the towns. It was a revolutionary step taken +outside of the law. On March 23, 1786, this anomalous condition of +affairs was settled by an act of the Legislature, which declared all +districts, incorporated before January 1, 1777, to be towns for all +intents and purposes. + +The act for the incorporation of Pepperell is as follows:-- + +Anno Regni Regis Georgij Secundi vicesimo Sexto + +An Act for Erecting the second Precinct in the Town of Groton into a +seperate District + +Be it enacted by the Leiu't. Gov'r: Council and House of Representatives + +That the second Precinct in Groton bounding Southerly on the old Country +Road leading to Townshend, Westerly on Townshend Line Northerly on the +Line last run by the Governm't. of New Hampshire as the Boundary betwixt +that Province and this Easterly to the middle of the River, called +Lancaster [Nashua] River, from where the said Boundary Line crosses said +River, so up the middle of y'e. said River to where the Bridge did +stand, called Kemps Bridge, to the Road first mentioned, be & hereby is +erected into a seperate District by the Name of -------- and that the +said District be and hereby is invested with all the Priviledges Powers +and Immunities that Towns in this Province by Law do or may enjoy, that +of sending a Representative to the generall Assembly only excepted, and +that the Inhabitants of said District shall have full power & Right from +Time to time to joyn with the s'd: Town of Groton in the choice of +Representative or Representatives, in which Choice they shall enjoy all +the Priviledges which by Law they would have been entitled to, if this +Act had not been made. And that the said District shall from Time to +time pay their proportionable part of the Expence of such Representative +or Representatives According to their respective proportions of y'e. +Province Tax. + +And that the s'd. Town of Groton as often as they shall call a Meeting +for the Choice of a Representative shall give seasonable Notice to the +Clerk of said District for the Time being, of the Time and place of +holding such Meeting, to the End that said District may join them +therein, and the Clerk of said District shall set up in some publick +place in s'd. District a Notification thereof accordingly or otherwise +give Seasonable Notice, as the District shall determine. + +Provided Nevertheless and be it further enacted That the said District +shall pay their proportion: of all Town County and Province Taxes +already set on or granted to be raised by s'd. Town as if this Act had +not been made, and also be at one half the charge in building and +repairing the Two Bridges on Lancaster River aforesaid in s'd: +District. + +Provided also and be it further Enacted That no poor Persons residing in +said District and Who have been Warn'd by the Selectmen of said Groton +to depart s'd: Town shall be understood as hereby exempted from any +Process they would have been exposed to if this Act had not been made. + +And be it further enacted that W'm Lawrence[1] Esq'r Be and hereby is +impowered to issue his Warrant directed to some principal Inhabitant in +s'd. District requiring him to notify the Inhabitants of said District +to meet at such Time & place as he shall appoint to choose all such +Officers as by Law they are Impowered to Choose for conducting the +Affairs for s'd. District. + +In the House of Rep'tives April 5, 1753 + +Read three several times and pass'd to be Engross'd + +Sent up for Concurrence + +T. Hubbard Spk'r. + +In Council April 5 1753 AM + +Read a first and Second Time and pass'd a Concurrence + +Tho's. Clarke Dp'ty. Secry + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxvi, 360-362.] + +[Footnote 1: This name apparently inserted after the original draft was +made.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE BOSTON HERALD. + + +The newspapers of America have had their greatest growth within the past +quarter-century. Their progress in commercial prosperity during this +period has been remarkable. Before the Civil War the journals in this +country which returned large profits on the capital invested could +almost be numbered upon the fingers of one hand. Now they can be counted +up into the hundreds, and a well-established and successful newspaper is +rated as one of the most profitable of business ventures. This advance +in financial value has accompanied, and for the most part is due to, the +improvement in the character of the publications, which has been going +on steadily year by year. There has been a constant increase of +enterprise in all directions, especially in that of gathering news, and +with this has come the exercise of greater care and better taste in +presenting the intelligence collected to the reading public. The quality +of the work of reporters and correspondents has been vastly bettered, +and the number of special writers engaged has been gradually enlarged; +subjects which were once relegated to the monthlies and quarterlies for +discussion are now treated by the daily press in a style which, if less +ponderous, is nevertheless lucid and not unbefitting their importance. +In short, the tone of the American newspaper has been elevated without +the loss of its popular characteristics, and the tastes of its readers +have thereby--unconsciously, perhaps, but none the less surely--been +refined. For at least the length of time mentioned at the beginning of +this article, journalism has been regarded as worthy to rank beside, if +not exactly to be classed with, the "learned professions." The newspaper +writer has emerged from the confines of Bohemia, never to return, and +has taken a recognized position in the literary world. His connection +with a reputable journal gives him an unquestioned standing, of which +his credentials are the diploma. + +In view of these great changes in journalism, the record of the progress +of a successful newspaper during the last four decades contains much +matter of general interest, and if excuse were needed, this would +warrant the publication here of a brief history of The Boston Herald. + +Like most, if not all, of the leading journals of the country, The +Boston Herald had a very humble origin. Forty years ago some journeymen +printers on The Boston Daily Times began publishing a penny paper, +called The American Eagle, in advocacy of the Native American or +"Know-nothing" party. + +Its publishers were "Baker, French, Harmon & Co." The full list of +proprietors was Albert Baker, John A. French, George W. Harmon, George +H. Campbell, Amos C. Clapp, J.W. Monroe, Justin Andrews, Augustus A. +Wallace, and James D. Stowers, and W.H. Waldron was subsequently +associated with them. The Eagle was successful at the outset, but its +fortunes declined with those of the party of which it was the exponent, +and in the summer of 1846 it was found to be moribund. The proprietors +had lost money and labor in the failing enterprise, and now lost +interest. After many protracted discussions they resolved to establish +an evening edition under another name, which should be neutral in +politics, and, if it proved successful, to let the Eagle die. The +Herald, therefore, came into existence on August 31, 1846, and an +edition of two thousand was printed of its first number. The editor of +the new sheet was William O. Eaton, a Bostonian, then but twenty-two +years of age, of little previous experience in journalism. + +The Herald, it must be admitted, was not a handsome sheet at the outset. +Its four pages contained but five columns each, and measured only nine +by fourteen inches. But, unpromising as was its appearance, it was +really the liveliest of the Boston dailies from the hour of its birth, +and received praise on all hands for the quality of its matter. + +The total force of brain-workers consisted of but two men, Mr. Eaton +having the assistance, after the middle of September, of Thomas W. +Tucker. David Leavitt joined the "staff" later on, in 1847, and made a +specialty of local news. The editorial, composing, and press rooms were +the same as those of the Eagle, in Wilson's Lane, now Devonshire Street. + +"Running a newspaper" in Boston in 1846 was a different thing altogether +from journalism at the present day. The telegraph was in operation +between Boston and New York, but the tolls were high and the dailies +could not afford to use it except upon the most important occasions. +Moreover, readers had not been educated up to the point of expecting to +see reports of events in all parts of the world printed on the same day +of their occurrence or, at the latest, the day following. + +For several years before the extension of the wires overland to Nova +Scotia, the newsgatherers of Boston and New York resorted to various +devices in order to obtain the earliest reports from Europe. From 1846 +to 1850 the revolutionary movements in many of the countries on the +continent were of a nature to be especially interesting to the people of +the United States, and this stimulated enterprise among the American +newspapers. Mr. D.H. Craig, afterward widely known as agent of the +Associated Press, conceived the idea of anticipating the news of each +incoming ocean-steamer by means of a pigeon-express, which he put into +successful operation in the year first named. He procured a number of +carrier-pigeons, and several days before the expected arrival of every +English mail-steamer took three of them to Halifax. There he boarded the +vessels, procured the latest British papers, collated and summarized +their news upon thin paper, secured the dispatches thus prepared to the +pigeons, and fifty miles or so outside of Boston released the birds. The +winged messengers, flying homeward, reached the city far in advance of +the steamers, and the intelligence they brought was at once delivered to +Mr. W.G. Blanchard, then connected with the Boston press, who had the +brief dispatches "extended," put in type, and printed as an "extra" for +all the papers subscribing to the enterprise. Sheets bearing the head +"New York Herald Extra" were also printed in Boston and sent to the +metropolis by the Sound steamers, thus anticipating the arrival of the +regular mail. + +It is interesting, in these days of lightning, to read an account of how +the Herald beat its local rivals in getting out an account of the +President's Message in 1849. A column synopsis was received by telegraph +from New York, and published in the morning edition, and the second +edition, issued a few hours later, contained the long document in full, +and was put on the street at least a half-hour earlier than the other +dailies. How the message was brought from Washington is thus described: +J.F. Calhoun, of New Haven, was the messenger, and he started from the +capital by rail at two o'clock on the morning of December 24; a steamtug +in waiting conveyed him, on his arrival, from Jersey City to New York; a +horse and chaise took him from the wharf to the New Haven dépôt, then in +Thirty-second Street, where he mounted a special engine and at 10 P.M. +started for Boston. He reached Boston at 6.20 the next morning, after an +eventful journey, having lost a half-hour by a derailed tender and an +hour and a half by the smashup of a freight-train. + +The Herald, feeble as it was in many respects at first, managed to +struggle through the financial diseases incident to newspaper infancy so +stoutly that at the opening of 1847, when it had attained the age of +four months, its sponsors were able to give it a New-Year dress of new +type, to increase the size of its pages to seven columns, measuring +twenty-one by seventeen inches, and to add a morning and a weekly +edition. The paper in its new form, with a neat head in Roman letters +replacing the former unsightly title, and printed on a new Adams press, +presented a marked improvement. + +Mr. Eaton continued in charge of the evening edition, while the new +morning issue was placed in the hands of Mr. George W. Tyler. The Herald +under this joint management presented its readers with from eight to ten +columns of reading-matter daily. Two columns of editorials, four of +local news, and two of clippings from "exchanges," were about the +average. News by telegraph was not plenty, and, as has already been +intimated, very little of it was printed during the first year. Yet, the +Herald was a live and lively paper, and published nothing but "live +matter." Much prominence was given to reports of affairs about home, and +in consequence the circulation soon exhibited a marked improvement. + +At this time the proprietors entered on a novel journalistic experiment. +They allowed one editor to give "Whig" views and another to talk +"Democracy." The public did not take kindly to this mixed diet, and Mr. +Eaton, the purveyor of Democratic wisdom, was permitted to withdraw, +leaving Mr. Tyler, the Whiggite, in possession of the field. + +Meantime, Mr. French had bought out the original proprietors one by one, +with the exception of Mr. Stowers, and in March their names appeared as +publishers at the head of the paper. The publication-office was removed +to more spacious quarters, and the press was thereafter run by +steam-power rented from a neighboring manufactory. At the end of the +month a statement of the circulation showed a total of eleven thousand +two hundred and seventy. + +In May, 1847, The American Eagle died peacefully. About this period +Messrs. Tucker and Tyler left the Herald, and Mr. Stowers disposed of +his interest to Samuel K. Head. The new editor of the paper was William +Joseph Snelling, who acquired considerable local fame as a bold and +fearless writer. He died in the December of the following year. Under a +new manager, Mr. Samuel R. Glen, the Herald developed into a successful +news gatherer. + +Special telegrams were regularly received from New York, a Washington +correspondent was secured, and the paper covered a much broader field +than it ever had before. Eight to ten columns of reading-matter were +printed daily, and it was invariably bright and entertaining. The +circulation showed a steady increase, and on August 17, 1848, was +declared to be eighteen thousand seven hundred and fifteen daily, a +figure from which it did not recede during the autumn and winter. After +the death of Mr. Snelling, Mr. Tyler was recalled to the chief editorial +chair, and heartily co-operated with Mr. Glen and the proprietors in +keeping the paper abreast of the times. On April 2, 1849, the custom of +printing four editions daily was inaugurated. The first was dated 5 +o'clock, A.M., the second, 8, the third, 12 M., and the fourth, 2.30 +P.M. That day the force of compositors was increased by four men, and +the paper was for the first time printed on a Hoe double-cylinder press, +run by steam-power, and capable of producing six thousand impressions an +hour. Mr. Head withdrew from the firm about this time, and Mr. French +was announced as sole proprietor throughout the remainder of the year. +In October the announcement was made that the Herald had a larger +circulation than any other paper published in Boston or elsewhere, and +the publisher made a successful demand for the post-office advertising, +which by law was to be given to the paper having the greatest +circulation. + +During this year (1849) the Herald distanced its competitors and +accomplished a feat that was the talk of the town for a long time +afterwards, by reporting in full the trial of Professor Webster +for the murder of Dr. Parkman. Extras giving longhand reports of this +extraordinary case were issued hourly during the day, and the morning +edition contained a shorthand report of the testimony and proceedings +of the day previous. The extras were issued in New York as well as in +Boston, the report having been telegraphed sheet by sheet as fast as +written, and printed there simultaneously with the Herald's. The type +of the verbatim report was kept standing, and within an hour after the +verdict was rendered pamphlets containing a complete record of the +trial were for sale on the street. The year 1850 found the Herald as +prosperous as it had been during the previous twelvemonth. In September, +the editorial, composing, and press rooms were transferred to No. 6 +Williams Court, where they remained until abandoned for the new Herald +Building, February 9, 1878, and the business-office was removed to No. +203 (now No. 241) Washington Street. Early in 1851, through some +inexplicable cause, Mr. French suddenly found himself financially +embarrassed. In July he disposed of the paper to John M. Barnard, and +soon after retired to a farm in Maine. Mr. Tyler was retained in charge +of the editorial department; but Mr. Glen resigned and was succeeded as +managing editor by Mr. A.A. Wallace. During the remainder of the year +the Herald did not display much enterprise in gathering news. Its +special telegraphic reports were meagre and averaged no more than a +"stickful" daily, and it was cut off from the privileges of the +Associated Press dispatches. In 1852 there was a marked improvement in +the paper, but it did not reach the standard it established in 1850. +Two new presses, one of Hoe's and the other a Taylor's Napier, were this +year put in use, which bettered the typography of the sheet. In 1853 the +Herald was little more than a record of local events, its telegraphic +reports being almost as brief and unsatisfactory as during the first +year of its existence. But the circulation kept up wonderfully well, +growing, according to the sworn statements of the proprietor, from +sixteen thousand five hundred and five in January to twenty-three +thousand two hundred and ten in December. The Herald of 1854 was a much +better paper than that of the year previous, exerting far more energy in +obtaining and printing news. On April 1 it was enlarged for the second +time and came out with columns lengthened two inches, the pages +measuring twenty-three by seventeen inches. The circulation continued to +increase, and, by the sworn statements published, grew from twenty-five +thousand two hundred and sixteen in January to thirty thousand eight +hundred and fifty-eight in June. Success continued through the year +1855. In February, Mr. Barnard, while remaining proprietor, withdrew +from active management, and Edwin C. Bailey and A. Milton Lawrence +became the publishers. There were also some changes in the editorial and +reportorial staff. Henry R. Tracy became assistant editor, and Charles +H. Andrews (now one of the editors and proprietors) was engaged as a +reporter. There were then engaged in the composing-room a foreman and +eight compositors, one of whom, George G. Bailey, subsequently became +foreman, and later one of the proprietors. Printers will be interested +to know that the weekly composition bill averaged one hundred and +seventy-five dollars. This year but one edition was published in the +morning, while the first evening edition was dated 12 M., the second, +1.30 P.M., and a "postscript" was issued at 2.30 P.M., to contain the +latest news for city circulation. Twelve to fourteen columns of +reading-matter were printed daily, two of which were editorial, two news +by telegraph, two gleanings from "exchanges," and the remainder local +reports, correspondence, etc. The average daily circulation during 1855 +was claimed to have been thirty thousand, but was probably something +less. + +Early in 1856 a change took place in the proprietorship, Mr. Barnard +selling out to Mr. Bailey, and Mr. Lawrence retiring. + +Mr. Bailey brought to his new task a great deal of native energy and +enterprise, and he was ably seconded by the other gentlemen connected +with the paper, in his efforts to make the Herald a thoroughly live +journal. He strengthened his staff by engaging as assistant editor, +Justin Andrews, who had for some years held a similar position on The +Daily Times, and who subsequently became one of the news-managers of the +Herald, holding the office until, as one of the proprietors, he disposed +of his interest in 1873. + +During Mr. Bailey's first year as proprietor he enlarged the facilities +for obtaining news, and paid particular attention to reporting the +events of the political campaign when Frémont was run against Buchanan +for the presidency. The result of the election was announced with a +degree of detail never before displayed in the Herald's columns or in +those of its contemporaries. The editorial course of the paper that year +is perhaps best explained by the following paragraph, printed a few days +after the election: "One of our contemporaries says the Herald has +alternately pleased and displeased both parties during this campaign. +That is our opinion. How could it be different if we told them the +truth? And that was our only aim." The circulation during election week +averaged forty-one thousand six hundred and ninety-three copies daily; +throughout the year it was nearly thirty thousand--considerably larger +than during the preceding year--and the boast that it was more than +double that of any other paper in Boston undoubtedly was justified by +the facts. Mechanically, the paper was well got up; in July the two +presses which had been in use for a number of years were discarded, +and a new four-cylinder Hoe press, having a capacity of ten thousand +impressions an hour, was set up in their place. Ten compositors were +employed, and the weekly composition bill averaged one hundred and sixty +dollars. In 1857 the Herald was a much better paper than it had ever +been, the Messrs. Andrews, upon whom the burden of its management +devolved, sparing no effort to make it newsy and bright in every +department. Beginning the year with a daily circulation of about thirty +thousand, in April it reached forty-two thousand, and when on the +twenty-third of that month the subscription list, carriers' routes, +agencies, etc., of The Daily Times were acquired by purchase, there was +another considerable increase, the issue of May 30 reaching forty-five +thousand one hundred and twenty. In 1858 the Herald continued its +prosperous career in the same general direction. Its telegraphic +facilities were improved, and events in all parts of the country were +well reported, while local news was most carefully attended to. The +editors and reporters this year numbered eleven, and the force in the +mechanical departments was correspondingly increased. A new six-cylinder +Hoe press was put in use, alongside the four-cylinder machine, and both +were frequently taxed to their utmost capacity to print the large +editions demanded by the public. The bills for white paper during the +year were upwards of seventy thousand dollars, which, in those ante-war +times, was a large sum. The circulation averaged over forty thousand +per diem. In 1859 the system of keeping an accurate account of the +circulation was inaugurated, and the actual figures of each day's issue +were recorded and published. From this record it is learned that the +Herald, from a circulation of forty-one thousand one hundred and +ninety-three in January, rose to fifty-three thousand and twenty-six in +December. Twelve compositors were regularly employed this year, and the +weekly composition bill was two hundred dollars. The year 1860 brought +the exciting presidential campaign which resulted in the election of +Abraham Lincoln. Great pains were taken to keep the Herald's readers +fully informed of the movements of all the political parties, and its +long reports of the national conventions, meetings, speeches, etc., in +all parts of the country, especially in New England, brought it to the +notice of many new readers. The average daily circulation for the year +was a little over fifty-four thousand, and the issue on the morning +after the November election reached seventy-three thousand seven hundred +and fifty-two, the largest edition since the Webster trial. E.B. +Haskell, now one of the proprietors, entered the office as a reporter in +1860, and was soon promoted to an editorial position. A year later R.M. +Pulsifer, another of the present proprietors, entered the business +department. + +The breaking out of the Civil War in the spring of 1861 created a great +demand for news, and an increase in the circulation of all the daily +papers was the immediate result. It is hardly necessary to say here that +the Herald warmly espoused the cause of the Union, and that the events +of that stirring period were faithfully chronicled in its columns. To +meet a call for news on Sunday, a morning edition for that day was +established on May 26; the new sheet was received with favor by the +reading public, and from an issue of ten thousand at the outset its +circulation has reached, at the present time, nearly one hundred +thousand. The Herald's enterprise was appreciated all through the war, +and as there were no essential changes in the methods of its management +or in the members of its staff, a recapitulation of statistics taken +from its books will suffice here as a record of its progress. In 1861 +the average circulation was sixty thousand; the largest edition +(reporting the attack on the sixth Massachusetts regiment in Baltimore), +ninety-two thousand four hundred and forty-eight; the white paper bill, +one hundred and eight thousand dollars; the salary list, forty thousand +dollars; telegraph tolls, sixty-five hundred dollars. In 1862 the +average circulation was sixty-five thousand one hundred and sixteen; the +largest edition, eighty-four thousand; the white paper bill, +ninety-three thousand five hundred dollars; the salary list, forty-three +thousand dollars; telegraph tolls, eight thousand dollars. In 1863 the +average circulation was thirty-six thousand one hundred and +twenty-eight; the largest issue, seventy-four thousand; the paper bill, +ninety-five thousand dollars; salaries, forty-six thousand five hundred +dollars; telegraphing, eight thousand dollars. In July the four-cylinder +Hoe press was replaced by one with six cylinders, from the same maker. +In 1864 the average circulation was thirty-seven thousand and +eighty-eight; largest issue, fifty thousand eight hundred and eighty; +paper bill, one hundred and twenty-eight thousand dollars; salaries, +fifty-eight thousand dollars; telegraph, ten thousand five hundred +dollars. The cost of white paper rose to such a figure that the +proprietors of Boston dailies were compelled to increase the price of +their journals, and a mutual agreement was made on August 15 whereby the +Herald charged three cents a copy and the others five cents. On June 1, +1865, the price of the Herald was reduced to its former rate of two +cents. The average circulation that year was thirty-seven thousand six +hundred and seventeen; the largest day's issue, eighty-three thousand +five hundred and twenty; the paper bill was about the same as in 1864, +but the telegraphic expenses ran up to fifteen thousand dollars. The +circulation in 1866 averaged forty-five thousand eight hundred and +forty-eight, and on several occasions rose to seventy thousand and more. +Twenty-one compositors were regularly employed, and the average weekly +composition bill was five hundred dollars. Paper that year cost one +hundred and fifty-two thousand dollars, and the telegraph bill was +fifteen thousand five hundred dollars. In 1867 seventy persons were on +the Herald's payroll, a larger number than ever before. The circulation +showed a steady gain, and the average for the year was fifty-two +thousand one hundred and eighteen. The paper bill was one hundred +and fifty-six thousand dollars, and the expense of telegraphing, +twenty-three thousand dollars. In 1868 the circulation continued to +increase, and the daily average reached fifty-four thousand seven +hundred and forty; white paper cost one hundred and fifty-three thousand +dollars, and telegraphing, twenty-eight thousand dollars. + +In 1869 occurred an important event in the Herald's history. Mr. Bailey, +who had acquired an interest in 1855 and became sole proprietor a year +later, decided to sell out, and on April 1 it was announced that he had +disposed of the paper to Royal M. Pulsifer, Edwin B. Haskell, Charles H. +Andrews, Justin Andrews, and George G. Bailey. All these gentlemen were +at the time and had for some years previously been connected with the +Herald: the first-named in the business department, the next three on +the editorial staff, and the last as foreman of the composing-room. In +announcing their purchase, the firm, which was then and ever since has +been styled R.M. Pulsifer and Company, said in the editorial column: "We +shall use our best endeavors to make the Herald strictly a newspaper, +with the freshest and most trustworthy intelligence of all that is going +on in this busy age; and to this end we shall spare no expense in any +department.... The Herald will be in the future, as it has been in the +past, essentially a people's paper, the organ of no clique or party, +advocating at all proper times those measures which tend to promote the +welfare of our country, and to secure the greatest good to the greatest +number. It will exert its influence in favor of simplicity and economy +in the administration of the government, and toleration and liberality +in our social institutions. It will not hesitate to point out abuses or +to commend good measures, from whatever source they come, and it will +contain candid reports of all proceedings which go to make up the +discussions of current topics. It will give its readers all the news, +condensed when necessary and in an intelligible and readable form, with +a free use of the telegraph by reliable reporters and correspondents." +That these promises have been sacredly fulfilled up to the present +moment cannot be denied even by readers and contemporary sheets whose +opinions have been in direct opposition to those expressed in the +Herald's editorial columns. No pains or expense have been spared to +obtain the news from all quarters of the globe, and the paper's most +violent opponent will find it impossible to substantiate a charge that +the intelligence collected with such care and thoroughness has in a +single instance been distorted or colored in the publication to suit the +editorial policy pursued at the time. The expression of opinions has +always, under the present management, been confined to the editorial +columns, and here a course of absolute independence has been followed. + +The Herald, immediately upon coming under the control of the new +proprietors, showed a marked accession of enterprise, and that this +change for the better was appreciated by the reading public was proved +by the fact that during the year 1869 the circulation rose from a daily +average of fifty-three thousand four hundred and sixty-five in January +to sixty thousand five hundred and thirty-five in December, the increase +having been regular and permanent, and not caused by any "spurts" +arising from extraordinary events. On New Year's day, 1870, the Herald +was enlarged for the third time, to its present size, by the addition of +another column and lengthening the pages to correspond. On September 3, +of that year, the circulation for the first time passed above one +hundred thousand, the issue containing an account of the battle of Sedan +reaching a sale of over one hundred and five thousand copies. The +average daily circulation for the year was more than seventy-three +thousand. Finding it impossible, from the growing circulation of the +paper, to supply the demand with the two six-cylinder presses printing +from type, it was determined, early in the year, to stereotype the +forms, so that duplicate plates could be used simultaneously on both. +The requisite machinery was introduced therefor, and on June 8, 1870, +was put in use for the first time. For nearly ten years the Herald was +the only paper in Boston printed from stereotype plates. In 1871 the +average daily circulatian was eighty-three thousand nine hundred, a gain +of nearly eleven thousand over the previous year. On a number of +occasions the edition reached as high as one hundred and twelve +thousand. On October 1 George G. Bailey disposed of his interest in the +paper to the other proprietors, and retired from the firm. In 1872 there +was a further increase in the circulation, the daily average having been +ninety-three thousand five hundred. One issue (after the Great Fire) +reached two hundred and twenty thousand, and several were not much below +that figure. The first Bullock perfecting-press ever used east of New +York was put in operation in the Herald office in June, 1872; this press +feeds itself from a continuous roll of paper, and prints both sides, +cutting and delivering the papers complete. On January 1, 1873, Justin +Andrews, who had been connected with the Herald, as one of its editors +since 1856, and as one of the proprietors who succeeded Mr. Bailey in +1869, sold his interest to his partners, and retired from newspaper life +altogether. Since that date, the ownership in the Herald has been vested +in R.M. Pulsifer, E.B. Haskell, and Charles H. Andrews. The circulation +in 1873 exceeded one hundred and one thousand daily; in 1874 one hundred +and seven thousand; in 1875 one hundred and twelve thousand; in 1876 one +hundred and sixteen thousand five hundred. On November 8, of that year, +the day after the presidential election, the issue was two hundred and +twenty-three thousand two hundred and fifty-six. The two six-cylinder +Hoe presses had given place, in 1874, to two more Bullock machines, and +a Mayall press was added in 1876; the four were run to their utmost +capacity on the occasion just mentioned, and the magnitude of the day's +work will be better understood when it is stated that between 4 A.M. and +11 P.M. fourteen tons of paper were printed and sold, an amount which +would make a continuous sheet the width of the Herald two hundred and +fifty miles long. In 1877 a fourth Bullock press was put in use, and the +Mayall was removed to Hawley Street, where type, stands for fifty +compositors, a complete apparatus for stereotyping, and all the +necessary machinery, materials, and implements are kept in readiness to +"start up" at any moment, in case a fire or other disaster prevents the +issue of the regular editions in the main office. + +On February 9, 1878, the Herald was issued for the first time from the +new building erected by its proprietors at No. 255 Washington Street. +This structure has a lofty and ornate front of gray granite with +trimmings of red granite; it covers an irregular shaped lot, something +in the form of the letter L. From Washington Street, where it has a +width of thirty-one feet nine inches, it extends back one hundred and +seventy-nine feet, and from the rear a wing runs northward to Williams +Court forty feet. This wing was originally twenty-five feet wide on the +court; but in 1882 an adjoining lot, formerly occupied by the old Herald +Building, was purchased and built upon, increasing the width of the wing +and its frontage on the court to eighty-five feet. The structure forms +one of the finest and most convenient newspaper-offices in the country. +In the basement are the pressroom, where at the present time six Bullock +perfecting-presses (two with folders attached) are run by two +45-horse-power engines; the stereotype-room, where the latest +improvements in machinery have enabled the casting, finishing, and +placing on the press of two plates in less than eight minutes after the +receipt of a "form"; the two dynamos and the engine running them, which +supply the electricity for the incandescent lights with which every room +in the building is illuminated; and the storage-room for paper and other +supplies. On the first floor are the business-office, a very handsome +and spacious apartment facing Washington Street, and finished in +mahogany, rare marbles, and brasswork; the delivery and mailing rooms, +whence the editions are sent out for distribution at the Williams-court +door. On the second floor are the reception-room, the library, and the +apartments of the editor-in-chief, managing editor, and department +editors. On the third floor are the general manager's office and the +rooms of the news and city editors and the reporters. The entire fourth +floor is used as a composing-room, where stand "frames" for ninety-six +compositors; the foreman and his assistants have each a private office, +and a private room is assigned to the proofreaders. All the editors' and +reporters' rooms are spacious, well lighted, and admirably ventilated; +they are finished in native woods, varnished, and are handsomely +furnished. Electric call-bells, speaking-tubes, and pneumatic-tubes +furnish means of communication with all the departments, and no expense +has been spared in supplying every convenience for facilitating work and +the comfort of the employees. + +With increased facilities came continued prosperity. The business +depression in 1877 affected the circulation of the Herald, as it did +that of every newspaper in the country, and the circulation that year +was not so large as during the year previous; still, the daily average +was one hundred and three thousand copies. + +The array of men employed in the various departments of the Herald at +the present time would astonish the founders of the paper. In 1846 the +editorial and reportorial staff consisted of two men; now it comprises +seventy-seven. Six compositors were employed then; now there are one +hundred and forty-seven. One pressman and an assistant easily printed +the Herald, and another daily paper as well, in those days, upon one +small handpress; now forty men find constant employment in attending the +engines and the six latest improved perfecting-presses required to issue +the editions on time. The business department was then conducted with +ease by one man, who generally found time to attend to the mailing and +sale of papers; now twenty-one persons have plenty to do in the +counting-room, and the delivery-room engages the services of twenty. +Then stereotyping the forms of a daily newspaper was an unheard-of +proceeding; now fourteen men are employed in the Herald's foundery. The +salaries and bills for composition aggregated scarcely one hundred and +fifty dollars a week then; now the weekly composition bill averages over +three thousand dollars, and the payroll of the other departments reaches +three thousand dollars every week, and frequently exceeds that sum. Then +the Herald depended for outside news upon the meagre dispatches of +telegraph agencies in New York (the Associated Press system was not +inaugurated until 1848-49, and New England papers were not admitted to +its privileges until some years later), and such occasional +correspondence as its friends in this and other States sent in free of +charge. Now it not only receives the full dispatches of the Associated +Press, but has news bureaus of its own in London, Paris, New York, and +Washington, and special correspondents in every city of any considerable +size throughout the country. All these are in constant communication +with the office and are instructed to use the telegraph without stint +when the occasion demands. The Herald has grown from a little four-paged +sheet, nine by fourteen inches in dimensions, to such an extent that +daily supplements are required to do justice to readers as well as +advertisers, and it is necessary to print an eight-paged edition as +often as four times a week during the busy season of the year. + +The Herald has achieved a great success; it has broadened from year to +year since the present proprietors assumed control. It has been their +steadily followed purpose gradually to elevate the tone of their paper, +till it should reach the highest level of American journalism. They have +done this, and, at the same time, they have retained their enormous +constituency. The wonderful educating power of a great newspaper cannot +easily be overestimated. It is the popular university to which thousands +upon thousands of readers resort daily for intelligent comment on the +events of the world--the great wars, the suggestions of science, the +achievements of the engineers, home and foreign politics, etc. That such +a great newspaper as the Herald, wherein the elucidating comment is kept +up from day to day by cultivated writers trained in journalism, must +perform many of the functions of a university is clear. The news columns +of the Herald are a perfect mirror of the great world's busy life. The +ocean-cable is employed to an extent which would have seemed recklessly +extravagant ten years ago. It has its news bureaus in the great capitals +of civilization; its roving correspondents may be found, at the date of +this writing, exploring the Panama Canal, the interior of Mexico, +studying the railway system of Great Britain, investigating Mormon +homelife, scouring the vast level stretches of Dakota, traversing the +great Central States of the Union for presidential "pointers," making a +tour of the Southern States to secure trustworthy data as to the +progress achieved in education there, and journeying along the coast of +hundred-harbored Maine for the latest information as to the growth of +the newer summer resorts in that picturesque region. In large and quiet +rooms in the home office a force of copy-readers is preparing the +correspondence from all over the world for the compositors; at the news +desks trained men are working day and night over telegrams flashed from +far and near, eliminating useless words, punctuating, putting on +"heads," and otherwise dressing copy for the typesetters. The enormous +amount of detail work in a great paper is not easily to be conveyed to +the non-professional reader. From the managing editor, whose brain is +employed in inventing new ideas for his subordinates to carry into +execution, to that very important functionary, the proof-reader, who +corrects the errors of the types, there is a distracting amount of +detail work performed every day. The Herald is managed with very little +friction; the great machine runs as if oiled. With an abundance of +capital, an ungrudging expenditure of money in the pursuit of news, a +great working-force well disciplined and systematized, it goes on +weekday after weekday, turning out nine editions daily, and on Sundays +giving to the public sixteen closely-crowded pages, an intellectual +bill-of-fare from which all may select according to individual +preference. + +The organization of the Herald force is almost ideally perfect. Its +three proprietors, all of whom are still on the ascending grade of the +hill of life, share in the daily duties of their vast establishment. +Colonel Royal M. Pulsifer is the publisher of the paper, and has charge +of the counting-room, the delivery, press, and composition rooms, the +three last departments being under competent foremen. A large share of +the wonderful business success of the Herald is due to his sagacity and +liberality. He is a publisher who expends at long range, not expecting +immediate returns. Under this generous and wisely prudent policy of +spending liberally for large future returns the Herald has grown to its +present proportions. The editor-in-chief of the paper is Mr. Edwin B. +Haskell, who directs the political and general editorial policy of the +paper. He has the courage of his independence, and is independent even +of the Independents. Since he assumed the editorial chair, the Herald +has fought consistently for honest money, for a reformed civil service, +for the purification of municipal politics, for freer trade, and local +self-government. The editor of the Herald writes strong Saxon-English, +believing that in a daily newspaper the people should be addressed in a +plain, understandable style. He has an unexpected way of putting things, +his arguments are enlivened by a rare humor, and clinched frequently by +some anecdote or popular allusion. The third partner, Mr. Charles H. +Andrews, is one of those newspaper men who are born journalists. He has +the gift of common sense. His judgment is always sound. The news end of +the Herald establishment is under control of Mr. Andrews, and to no man +more than to him is due the wonderful development of the Herald's news +features. The executive officer of the Herald ship is the managing +editor, Mr. John H. Holmes, who is known to newspaper workers all over +the country as a man of great journalistic ability. He has the +cosmopolitan mind; is free from local prejudices, and can take in the +value of news three thousand miles away as quickly as if the happening +were at the office door. An untiring, sleepless man, prodigal of his +energies in the development of the Herald into a great world-paper, +Mr. Holmes is a type of that distinctively modern development, the +"newspaper man." Men of adventurous minds, of breadth of view, and +delighting in positive achievements, take to journalism in these days as +in the sixteenth century they became navigators of the globe, explorers +of distant regions, and founders of new empires. + +Years ago the Herald outgrew the provincial idea that the happenings of +the streets must be of more importance, and, consequently, demanding +more space, than events of universal interest in the chief centres of +the world. The policy of the paper has been, while neglecting nothing of +news value at home, and while photographing all events of local +importance with fulness and accuracy, to keep its readers _au courant_ +with the world's progress. In all departments of sporting intelligence +the Herald is an acknowledged authority; its dramatic news is fuller +than that of any paper in the country; it "covers," to use a newspaper +technicality, the world's metropolis on the banks of the Thames not with +a single correspondent, but with a corps of able writers; during the +recent troubles in Ireland one of its special correspondents traversed +that distracted country, giving to his paper the most graphic picture of +Irish distress and discontent, and he capped the climax of journalistic +achievement by interviewing the leading British statesmen on the Irish +theme, making a long letter, which was cabled to the Herald and +recabled back the same day to the London press, which had to take, at +second-hand, the enterprise of the great New-England daily. At Paris, +the world's pleasure capital, the chief seat of science, it is ably +represented, and its Italian correspondence has been ample and +excellent. When public attention was first drawn to Mexico by the +opening up of that land of mystery and revolutions by American +railway-builders, the Herald put three correspondents into that field, +and made Mexico an open book to the reading public. It is one of the +characteristics of the paper's policy to take up and exhaust all topics +of great current interest, and then to pass quickly on to something new. +In dealing with topics of interest of local importance, the paper has +long been noted for exhaustive special articles by writers of accuracy +and fitness for their task. Its New York City staff comprises a general +correspondent, a political observer, a chronicler of business failures, +an accomplished art critic, a fashion writer, a theatrical +correspondent, and three general news correspondents, using the wires. +The Herald is something more than a Boston paper. It has a wide reach, +and employs electricity more freely than did the oldtime newspaper the +post-horse. + +In its closely-printed columns the Herald has, during the last decade, +given to its readers a cyclopædia of the world's daily doings. +Portraitures of men of affairs done by skilled writers, the fullest +records of contemporaneous events, the gossip and news of the chief +towns of the globe,--all this has made up a complete record to which the +future historian may turn. + +To manage such a paper requires a coördination of forces and an +intellectual breadth of view deserving to be ranked with the work and +attributes of a successful general. Not to wait for the slow processes +of legislation, to be up and ahead of the government itself, to be alert +and untiring--this is the newspaper ideal. How near the Herald has come +to this, its enduring popularity, its great profits, and its wide fame +and influence, best show. + + * * * * * + + + + +WACHUSETT MOUNTAIN AND PRINCETON. + +By Atherton P. Mason. + + +Almost the first land seen by a person on board a vessel approaching the +Massachusetts coast is the summit of Wachusett Mountain; and any one +standing upon its rocky top beholds more of Massachusetts than can be +seen from any other mountain in the State. For these two reasons, if for +no others, a short historical and sceno-graphical description of this +lonely and majestic eminence, and of the beautiful township in which it +lies, would seem to be interesting. + +Wachusett, or "Great Watchusett Hill," as it was originally called, lies +in the northern part of the township of Princeton, and is about fifty +miles due west from Boston. The Nashaways, or Nashuas, originally held +this tract and all the land west of the river that still bears their +name, and they gave to this mountain and the region around its base the +name of "Watchusett." Rising by a gradual ascent from its base, it has +the appearance of a vast dome. The Reverend Peter Whitney[2] speaking of +its dimensions, says: "The circumference of this monstrous mass is about +three miles, and its height is 3,012 feet above the level of the sea, as +was found by the Hon. John Winthrop, Esq., LL.D., in the year 1777: and +this must be 1,800 or 1,900 feet above the level of the adjacent +country." More recent measurements have not materially changed these +figures, so they may be regarded as substantially correct. + +The first mention, and probably the first sight, of this mountain, or of +any portion of the region now comprised in Worcester County, is recorded +in Governor Winthrop's journal, in which, under the date of January 27, +1632, is written: "The Governour and some company with him, went up by +Charles River about eight miles above Watertown." The party after +climbing an eminence in the vicinity of their halting-place saw "a very +high hill, due west about forty miles off, and to the N.W. the high +hills by Merrimack, above sixty miles off," The "very high hill" seen by +them for the first time was unquestionably Wachusett. + +"On the 20th of October, 1759, the General Court of Massachusetts, +passed an act for incorporating the east wing, so called, of Rutland, +together with sundry farms and some publick lands contiguous thereto," +as a district under the name of Prince Town, "to perpetuate the name and +memory of the late Rev. Thomas Prince, colleague pastor of the Old South +church in Boston, and a large proprietor of this tract of land." The +district thus incorporated contained about nineteen thousand acres; but +on April 24, 1771, its inhabitants petitioned the General Court, that +it, "with all the lands adjoining said District, not included in any +other town or District," be incorporated into a town by the name of +Princeton; and by the granting of this petition, the area of the town +was increased to twenty-two thousand acres. + +The principal citizen of Princeton at this period was the Honorable +Moses Gill, who married the daughter of the Reverend Thomas Prince. He +was a man of considerable note in the county also, holding office as one +of the judges of the court of common pleas for the county of Worcester, +and being "for several years Counsellor of this Commonwealth." His +country-seat, located at Princeton, was a very extensive estate, +comprising nearly three thousand acres. Mr. Whitney appears to have been +personally familiar with this place, and his description of it is so +graphic and enthusiastic, that it may be interesting to quote a portion +of it. + +"His noble and elegant seat is about one mile and a quarter from the +meeting-house, to the south. The mansion-house is large, being fifty by +fifty feet, with four stacks of chimneys. The farmhouse is forty feet by +thirty-six. In a line with this stands the coach and chaise house, fifty +feet by thirty-six. This is joined to the barn by a shed seventy feet in +length--the barn is two hundred feet by thirty-two. Very elegant fences +are erected around the mansion-house, the outhouses, and the garden. +When we view this seat, these buildings, and this farm of so many +hundred acres under a high degree of profitable cultivation, and are +told that in the year 1776 it was a perfect wilderness, we are struck +with wonder, admiration, and astonishment. Upon the whole, the seat of +Judge Gill, all the agreeable circumstances respecting it being +attentively considered, is not paralleled by any in the New England +States: perhaps not by any this side the Delaware." + +Judge Gill was a very benevolent and enterprising man, and did much to +advance the welfare of the town in its infancy. During the first thirty +years of its existence, it increased rapidly in wealth and population, +having in 1790 one thousand and sixteen inhabitants. For the next +half-century it increased slowly, having in 1840 thirteen hundred and +forty-seven inhabitants. Since then, like all our beautiful New-England +farming-towns, it has fallen off in population, having at the present +time but little over one thousand people dwelling within its limits. Yet +neither the town nor the character of the people has degenerated in the +last century. Persevering industry has brought into existence in this +town some of the most beautiful farms in New England, and in 1875 the +value of farm products was nearly a quarter of a million dollars. +Manufacturing has never been carried on to any great extent in this +town. "In Princeton there are four grist mills, five saw mills, and one +fulling mill and clothiers' works," says Whitney in 1793. Now lumber and +chair-stock are the principal manufactured products, and in 1875 the +value of these, together with the products of other smaller +manufacturing industries, was nearly seventy thousand dollars. + +Princeton is the birthplace of several men who have become well known, +among whom may be mentioned Edward Savage (1761-1817), noted as a +skilful portrait-painter; David Everett (1770-1813), the journalist, and +author of those familiar schoolboy verses beginning:-- + + "You'd scarce expect one of my age + To speak in public on the stage"; + + +and Leonard Woods, D.D., the eminent theologian. + +This locality derives additional interest from the fact that Mrs. +Rowlandson, in her book entitled Twenty Removes, designates it as the +place where King Philip released her from captivity in the spring of +1676. Tradition still points out the spot where this release took place, +in a meadow near a large bowlder at the eastern base of the mountain. +The bowlder is known to this day as "Redemption Rock." It is quite near +the margin of Wachusett Lake, a beautiful sheet of water covering over +one hundred acres. This is a favorite place for picnic parties from +neighboring towns, and the several excellent hotels and boarding-houses +in the immediate vicinity afford accommodations for summer visitors, who +frequent this locality in large numbers. + +The Indian history of this region is brief, but what there is of it is +interesting to us on account of King Philip's connection with it. At the +outbreak of the Narragansett War, in 1675, the Wachusetts, in spite of +their solemn compact with the colonists, joined King Philip, and, after +his defeat, "the lands about the Wachusetts" became one of his +headquarters, and he was frequently in that region. For many years their +wigwams were scattered about the base of the mountain and along the +border of the lake, and tradition informs us that on a large flat rock +near the lake their council-fires were often lighted. + +Until 1751, but three families had settled in the Wachusett tract. In +May of that year Robert Keyes, a noted hunter, settled there with his +family, upon the eastern slope of the mountain, near where the present +carriage-road to the summit begins. On April 14, 1755, a child of his +named Lucy, about five years old, strayed away, presumably to follow +her sisters who had gone to the lake, about a mile distant. She was +never heard of again, though the woods were diligently searched for +weeks. Whitney speaks of this incident, and concludes that "she was +taken by the Indians and carried into their country, and soon forgot +her relations, lost her native language, and became as one of the +aborigines." In 1765 Keyes petitioned the General Court to grant him "ye +easterly half of said Wachusett hill" in consideration of the loss of +"100 pounds lawful money" incurred by him in seeking for his lost child. +This petition was endorsed "negatived" in the handwriting of the +secretary. With this one exception the early settlers of Princeton seem +to have suffered very little at the hands of the Indians. + +Princeton, in common with its neighbors, underwent much religious +controversy during the first half-century of its existence. The first +meeting-house, "50 foots long and 40 foots wide," was erected in 1762 +"on the highest part of the land, near three pine trees, being near a +large flat rock." This edifice was taken down in 1796, and replaced by a +more "elegant" building, which in turn was removed in 1838. The three +pine trees are now no more, but the flat rock remains, and on account of +the fine sunset view obtained from it has been named "Sunset Rock." + +The first minister in Princeton was the Reverend Timothy Fuller, settled +in 1767. In 1768 the General Court granted him Wachusett Mountain to +compensate him for his settlement over "a heavily burdened people in a +wilderness country." It was certainly at that time neither a profitable +nor useful gift, and it was a pity to have this grand old pile pass into +private hands. Mr. Fuller continued as pastor until 1776. His successors +were the Reverend Thomas Crafts, the Reverend Joseph Russell, and the +Reverend James Murdock, D.D. At the time when Dr. Murdock left, in 1815, +Unitarian sentiments had developed extensively, and "the town and a +minority of the church" called the Reverend Samuel Clarke, who had been +a pupil of Dr. Channing. The call was accepted and, as a result, a +portion of the church seceded and built a small house of worship; but in +1836 the church and society reunited and have remained so ever since. + +In 1817 a Baptist society was organized, and had several pastors; but in +1844 the society began to diminish, and not long after ceased to exist. +The meeting-house was sold and is now an hotel--the Prospect House. In +1839 a Methodist Episcopal Church was organized which still flourishes. + +Besides Wachusett Mountain there are two other hills in Princeton that +are deserving of mention--Pine Hill and Little Wachusett. The former is +about two miles from the centre of the town and not far from Wachusett, +and the latter is about half a mile to the north of the centre. Neither +of these hills is large or high, their elevation being about one +thousand feet less than that of Wachusett, but they appear like two +beautiful children of the majestic father that looms above them. All +these hills were once heavily wooded, but much timber has been cut off +during the last century, and forest-fires have devastated portions at +different times; yet there is still an abundance left. Whitney speaks of +the region as abounding in oak of various kinds, chestnut, white ash, +beech, birch, and maple, with some butternut and walnut trees. The +vigorous growth of the primeval forest indicated the strength and +richness of the soil which has since been turned to such profitable use +by the farmers. The houses in which the people live are all substantial, +convenient, and, in many cases, beautiful, being surrounded by neatly +kept grounds and well-tilled land. + +In a hilly country such as this is, springs and brooks of course abound. +The height of land upon which Princeton is situated is a watershed +between the Connecticut and Merrimack Rivers, and of the three beautiful +brooks having their source in the township, one, Wachusett Brook, runs +into Ware River, and thence to the Connecticut, while the other two, +East Wachusett and Keyes Brooks, get to the Merrimack by Still River and +the Nashua. + +Mention has been made of Wachusett Lake. Properly speaking, this cannot +perhaps be considered as being in Princeton, inasmuch as about four +fifths of its surface lie in the adjoining township of Westminster. +Besides Wachusett Lake there is another called Quinnepoxet, which lies +in the southwestern part of the township, a small portion of it being in +Holden. It is smaller than its northern neighbor, covering only about +seventy acres, but it is a very charming sheet of water. + +A brief account of the geology of this region may perhaps prove +interesting. In the eastern portion of Princeton the underlying rock is +a kind of micaceous schist, and in the western is granitic gneiss. The +gneiss abounds in sulphuret of iron, and for this reason is peculiarly +liable to undergo disintegration; hence the excellent character of the +soil in this portion of Worcester County where naked rock is seldom seen +in place, except in case of the summits of the hills scattered here and +there; and these summits are rounded, and show the effects of +weathering. As we go westerly upon this gneiss range, and get into the +limits of Franklin and Hampshire Counties, a larger amount of naked rock +appears, the hills are more craggy and precipitous, and in general the +soil is poorer. The three principal elevations in Princeton are mainly +composed of gneiss. This variety of rock is identical with granite in +its composition, the distinctive point between the two being that gneiss +has lines of stratification while granite has none. The rock of which +Wachusett is mainly composed has rather obscure stratification, and +hence may be called granitic gneiss. What stratification there is does +not show the irregularity that one would suppose would result from the +elevation of the mountain to so great a height above the surrounding +country; on the other hand the rock does not differ essentially in +hardness from that in the regions below, and hence the theory that all +the adjacent land was once as high as the summit of the mountain, and +was subsequently worn away by the action of water and weather, is hardly +tenable. The gneiss of this region is not especially rich in other +mineral contents. Some fine specimens of mica have however been obtained +from the summit of Wachusett. The only other extraneous mineral found +there to any great extent is the sulphuret of iron before mentioned. The +common name of this mineral is iron pyrites, and being of a yellow color +has in many localities in New England, in times past, caused a vast +waste of time and money in a vain search for gold. It does not appear +that the inhabitants of Princeton were ever thus deceived, though +Whitney wrote in 1793: "Perhaps its bowels may contain very valuable hid +treasure, which in some future period may be descried." In describing +the summit of the mountain he speaks of it as "a flat rock, or ledge of +rocks for some rods round; and there is a small pond of water generally +upon the top of it, of two or three rods square; and where there is any +earth it is covered with blueberry bushes for acres round." The small +pond and blueberry bushes are visible at present, or were a year or two +ago at any rate, but the area of bare rock has increased somewhat as +time went on, though the top is not as bare as is that of its New +Hampshire brother, Monadnock, nor are its sides so craggy and +precipitous. + +The people of Princeton have always kept abreast of the times. From the +first they were ardent supporters of the measures of the Revolution, and +foremost among them in patriotic spirit was the Honorable Moses Gill, +previously mentioned in this paper, who, on account of his devotion to +the good cause, was called by Samuel Adams "The Duke of Princeton." +Their strong adherence to the "state rights" principle led the people +of the town to vote against the adoption of the Constitution of the +United States; but when it was adopted they abided by it, and when the +Union was menaced in the recent Rebellion they nobly responded to the +call of the nation with one hundred and twenty-seven men and nearly +twenty thousand dollars in money--exceeding in both items the demand +made upon them. Nor is their record in the pursuits of peace less +honorable, for in dairy products and in the rearing of fine cattle they +have earned an enviable and well-deserved reputation. As a community it +is cultured and industrious, and has ever been in full sympathy with +progress in education, religion, and social relations. + +But few towns in Massachusetts offer to summer visitors as many +attractions as does Princeton. The air is clear and bracing, the +landscape charming, and the pleasant, shady woodroads afford +opportunities for drives through most picturesque scenery. Near at hand +is the lake, and above it towers Wachusett. It has been proposed to run +a railroad up to and around the mountain, but thus far, fortunately, +nothing has come of it. A fine road of easy ascent winds up the +mountain, and on the summit is a good hotel which is annually patronized +by thousands of transient visitors. + +The view from here is magnificent on a clear day. The misty blue of the +Atlantic, the silver thread of the Connecticut, Mounts Tom and Holyoke, +and cloud-clapped Monadnock, the cities of Worcester and Fitchburg--all +these and many other beautiful objects are spread out before the +spectator. But it cannot be described--it must be seen to be +appreciated; and the throngs of visitors that flit through the town +every summer afford abundant evidence that the love of the beautiful and +grand in nature still lives in the hearts of the people. + +Brief is the sketch of this beautiful mountain town, which is neither +large nor possessed of very eventful history: but in its quiet seclusion +dwell peace and prosperity, and its worthy inhabitants are most deeply +attached to the beautiful heritage handed down to them by their +ancestors. + +[Footnote 2: History of Worcester County. Worcester: 1793.] + + * * * * * + + + + +WASHINGTON AND THE FLAG. + +By Henry B. Carrington. + + + "Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings!" + + + NOTE--On a pavement slab in Brighton Chapel, Northamptonshire, England, + the Washington coat-of-arms appears: a bird rising from nest (coronet), + upon azure field with five-pointed stars, and parallel red-and-white + bands on field below; suggesting origin of the national escutcheon. + + +I. + + Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings; + And fill with melody the clear blue sky! + Give swell to chorus full,--to gladness wings, + And let swift heralds with the tidings fly! + Faint not, nor tire, but glorify the record + Which honors him who gave the nation life; + Fill up the story, and with one accord + Our people hush their conflicts--end their strife! + +II. + + Tell me, ye people, why doth this appeal + Go forth in measure swift as it has force, + To quicken souls, and make the nation's weal + Advance, unfettered, in its onward course, + Unless that they who live in these our times + May grasp the grand, o'erwhelming thought, + That he who led our troops in battle-lines, + But our best interests ever sought! + +III. + + What is this story, thus redolent of praise? + Why challenge Liberty herself to lend her voice? + Why must ye hallelujah anthems raise, + And bid the world in plaudits loud rejoice? + Why lift the banner with its star-lit folds, + And give it honors, grandest and the best, + Unless its blood-stripes and its stars of gold + Bring ransom to the toilers--to the weary rest? + +IV. + + O yes, there's a secret in the stars and stripes: + It was the emblem of our nation's sire; + And from the record of his father's stripes, + He gathered zeal which did his youth inspire. + Fearless and keen in the border battle, + Careless of risk while dealing blow for blow, + What did he care for yell or rifle-rattle + If he in peril only duty e'er could know! + +V. + + As thus in youth he measured well his work, + And filled that measure ever full and true, + So then to him to lead the nation looked, + When all to arms in holy frenzy flew. + Great faith was that, to inspire our sires, + And honor him, so true, with chief command, + And fervid be our joy, while beacon-fires + Do honor to this hero through the land. + +VI. + + Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings! + Bid nations many in the contest try! + Tell them, O, tell, of all thy mercy brings + For all that languish, be it far or nigh! + For all oppressed the time shall surely come, + When, stripped of fear, and hushed each plaintive cry, + All, all, will find in Washington + The model guide, for now--for aye, for aye. + + * * * * * + + + + +A SUMMER ON THE GREAT LAKES. + +By Fred. Myron Colby. + + +Where shall we go this year? is the annual recurring question as the +summer heats draw near. We must go somewhere, for it will be no less +unwholesome than unfashionable to remain in town. The body needs rest; +the brain, no less wearied, unites in the demand for change, for +recreation. A relief from the wear and tear of professional life is a +necessity. The seaside? Cape May and York Beach are among our first +remembrances. We believe in change. The mountains? Their inexhaustible +variety will never pall, but then we have "done" the White Mountains, +explored the Catskills, and encamped among the Adirondacks in years gone +by. Saratoga? We have never been there, but we have an abhorrence for a +great fashionable crowd. To say the truth, we are heartily sick of +"summer resorts," with their gambling, smoking, and drinking. The great +watering-places hold no charms for us. "The world, the flesh, and the +devil" there hold undisputed sway: we desire a gentler rule. + +"What do you say to a trip on the Great Lakes?" suggests my friend, +Ralph Vincent, with indefatigable patience. + +"I--I don't know," I answered, thoughtfully. + +"Don't know!" cried "the Historian"--(we called Hugh Warren by that +title from his ability to always give information on any mooted point). +He was a walking encyclopaedia of historical lore. "Don't know! Yes, you +do. It is just what we want. It will be a delightful voyage, with scenes +of beauty at every sunset and every sunrise. The Sault de Ste. Marie +with its fairy isles, the waters of Lake Huron so darkly, deeply, +beautifully green, and the storied waves of Superior with their memories +of the martyr missionaries, of old French broils and the musical flow of +Hiawatha. The very thought is enough to make one enthusiastic. How came +you to think of it, Vincent?" + +"I never think: I scorn the imputation," repled Vincent, with a look of +assumed disdain. "It was a inspiration." + +"And you have inspired us to a glorious undertaking. The Crusades were +nothing to it. Say, Montague," to me, "you are agreed?" + +"Yes, I am agreed," I assented. "We will spend our summer on the Great +Lakes. It will be novel, it will be refreshing, it will be classical." + +So it was concluded. A week from that time found us at Oswego. Our +proposed route was an elaborate one. It was to start at Oswego, take a +beeline across Lake Ontario to Toronto, hence up the lake and through +the Welland Canal into Lake Erie, along the shores of that historical +inland sea, touching at Erie, Cleveland, Sandusky, and Toledo, up +Detroit River, through the Lake and River of St. Clair, then gliding +over the waters of Lake Huron, dash down along the shores of Lake +Michigan to Chicago, and back past Milwaukee, through the Straits of +Mackinaw and the ship-canal into the placid waves of Superior, making +Duluth the terminus of our journey. Our return would be leisurely, +stopping here and there, at out-of-the-way places, camping-out whenever +the fancy seized us and the opportunity offered, to hunt, to fish, to +rest, being for the time knight-errants of pleasure, or, as the +Historian dubbed us, peripatetic philosophers, in search, not of the +touchstone to make gold, but the touchstone to make health. Our trip was +to occupy two months. + +It was well toward the latter part of June in 1881, on one of the +brightest of summer mornings, that our steamer, belonging to the regular +daily line to Toronto, steamed slowly out from the harbor of Oswego. So +we were at last on the "beautiful water," for that is the meaning of +Ontario in the Indian tongue. Here, two hundred years before us, the +war-canoes of De Champlain and his Huron allies had spurned the foaming +tide. Here, a hundred years later the batteaux of that great soldier, +Montcalm, had swept round the bluff to win the fortress on its height, +then in English hands. Historic memories haunted it. The very waves +sparkling in the morning sunshine whispered of romantic tales. + +Seated at the stern of the boat we looked back upon the fading city. +Hugh Warren was smoking, and his slow-moving blue eyes were fixed +dreamily upon the shore. He did not seem to be gazing at anything, and +yet we knew he saw more than any of us. + +"A centime for your thoughts, Hugh!" cried Vincent, rising and +stretching his limbs. + +"I was thinking," said the Historian, "of that Frenchman, Montcalm, who +one summer day came down on the English at Oswego unawares with his +gunboats and Indians and gendarmes. Of the twenty-five thousand people +in yonder city I don't suppose there are a dozen who know what his plans +were. They were grand ones. In no country on the face of the globe has +nature traced outlines of internal navigation on so grand a scale as +upon our American continent. Entering the mouth of the St. Lawrence we +are carried by that river through the Great Lakes to the head of Lake +Superior, a distance of more than two thousand miles. On the south we +find the Mississippi pouring its waters into the Gulf of Mexico, within +a few degrees of the tropics after a course of three thousand miles. +'The Great Water,' as its name signifies, and its numerous branches +drain the surface of about one million one hundred thousand square +miles, or an area twenty times greater than England and Wales. The +tributaries of the Mississippi equal the largest rivers of Europe. The +course of the Missouri is probably not less than twenty-five hundred +miles. The Ohio winds above a thousand miles through fertile countries. +The tributaries of _these_ tributaries are great rivers. The Wabash, a +feeder of the Ohio, has a course of above five hundred miles, four +hundred of which are navigable. If the contemplated canal is ever +completed which will unite Lake Michigan with the head of navigation on +the Illinois River, it will be possible to proceed by lines of inland +navigation from Quebec to New Orleans. There is space within the regions +enjoying these advantages of water communication, and already peopled by +the Anglo-Saxon race, for four hundred millions of the human race, or +more than double the population of Europe at the present time. +Imagination cannot conceive the new influences which will be exercised +on the affairs of the world when the great valley of the Mississippi, +and the continent from Lake Superior to New Orleans, is thronged with +population. In the valley of the Mississippi alone there is abundant +room for a population of a hundred million. + +"In Montcalm's day all this territory belonged to France. It was that +soldier's dream, and he was no less a statesman than a soldier, to make +here a great nation. Toward that end a great chain of forts was to be +built along the line from Ontario to New Orleans. Sandusky, Mackinaw, +Detroit, Oswego, Du Quesne, were but a few links in the contemplated +chain that was to bind the continent forever to French interests. It was +for this he battled through all those bloody, brilliant campaigns of the +old French war. But the English were too strong for him. Montcalm +perished, and the power of France was at an end in the New World. But it +almost overwhelms me at the thought of what a mighty empire was lost +when the English huzza rose above the French clarion on the Plains of +Abraham." + +"Better for the continent and the world that England won," said Vincent. + +"Perhaps so," allowed Hugh. "Though we cannot tell what might have been. +But that does not concern this Ulysses and his crew. Onward, voyagers +and voyageresses." + +"Your simile is an unfortunate one. Ulysses was wrecked off Circe's +island and at other places. Rather let us be the Argonauts in search of +the Golden Fleece." + +"Mercenary wretch!" exclaimed Hugh. "My taste is different. I am going +in search of a dinner." + +Hugh Warren's ability for discovering anything of that sort was +proverbially good, so we, having the same disposition, followed him +below to the dining-saloon. + +We arrived at Toronto, one hundred and sixty miles from Oswego, a little +before dusk. This city, the capital of the province of Ontario, is +situated on an arm of the lake. Its bay is a beautiful inlet about four +miles long and two miles wide, forming a capacious and well-protected +harbor. The site of the town is low, but rises gently from the water's +edge. The streets are regular and wide, crossing each other generally at +right angles. There is an esplanade fronting the bay which extends for a +distance of two miles. The population of the city has increased from +twelve hundred in 1817 to nearly sixty thousand at present. In the +morning we took a hurried survey of its chief buildings, visited Queen's +Park in the centre of the city, and got round in season to take the +afternoon steamer for Buffalo. + +The district situated between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, as it has been +longest settled, so also is it the best-cultivated part of Western +Canada. The vicinity to the two Great Lakes renders the climate more +agreeable, by diminishing the severity of the winters and tempering the +summers' heats. Fruits of various kind arrive at great perfection, +cargoes of which are exported to Montreal, Quebec, and other places +situated in the less genial parts of the eastern province. Mrs. Jameson +speaks of this district as "superlatively beautiful." The only place +approaching a town in size and the number of inhabitants, from the Falls +along the shores of Lake Erie for a great distance, beyond even Grand +River, is Chippewa, situated on the river Welland, or Chippewa, which +empties itself into Niagara Strait, just where the rapids commence and +navigation terminates. One or more steamers run between Chippewa and +Buffalo. Chippewa is still but a small village, but, as it lies directly +on the great route from the Western States of the Union to the Falls of +Niagara and the Eastern States, it will probably rise into importance. +Its greatest celebrity at present arises from the fact of there having +been a great battle fought near by between the British and Americans in +the war of 1812. + +The line of navigation by the St. Lawrence did not extend beyond Lake +Ontario until the Welland Canal was constructed. This important work is +thirty-two miles long, and admits ships of one hundred and twenty-five +guns, which is about the average tonnage of the trading-vessels on the +lakes. The Niagara Strait is nearly parallel to the Welland Canal, and +more than one third of it is not navigable. The canal, by opening this +communication between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, has conferred an +immense benefit on all the districts west of Ontario. The great Erie +Canal has been still more beneficial, by connecting the lakes with New +York and the Atlantic by the Hudson River, which the canal joins after a +course of three hundred and sixty miles. The effect of these two canals +was quickly perceptible in the increased activity of commerce on Lake +Erie, and the Erie Canal has rendered this lake the great line of +transit from New York to the Western States. + +Lake Erie is the most shallow of all the lakes, its average depth being +only sixty or seventy feet. Owing to this shallowness the lake is +readily disturbed by the wind; and for this reason, and for its paucity +of good harbors, it has the reputation of being the most dangerous +to navigate of any of the Great Lakes. Neither are its shores as +picturesquely beautiful as those of Ontario, Huron, and Superior. Still +it is a lovely and romantic body of water, and its historic memories are +interesting and important. In this last respect all the Great Lakes are +remarkable. Some of the most picturesque and interesting chapters of our +colonial and military history have for their scenes the shores and the +waters of these vast inland seas. A host of great names--Champlain, +Frontenac, La Salle, Marquette, Perry, Tecumseh, and Harrison--has +wreathed the lakes with glory. The scene of the stirring events in which +Pontiac was the conspicuous figure is now marked on the map by such +names as Detroit, Sandusky, Green Bay, and Mackinaw. The thunder of the +battles of Lundy's Lane and the Thames was heard not far off, and the +very waters of Lake Erie were once canopied with the sulphur smoke from +the cannon of Perry's conquering fleet. + +We spent two days in Buffalo, and they were days well spent. This city +is the second in size of the five Great Lake ports, being outranked only +by Chicago. Founded in 1801, it now boasts of a population of one +hundred and sixty thousand souls. The site is a plain, which, from a +point about two miles distant from the lake, slopes gently to the +water's edge. The city has a water front of two and a half miles on the +lake and of about the same extent on Niagara River. It has one of the +finest harbors on the lake. The public buildings are costly and imposing +edifices, and many of the private residences are elegant. The pride of +the city is its public park of five hundred and thirty acres, laid out +by Frederick Law Olmstead in 1870. It has the reputation of being the +healthiest city of the United States. + +Buffalo was the home of Millard Fillmore, the thirteenth President of +the United States. Here the great man spent the larger part of his life. +He went there a poor youth of twenty, with four dollars in his pocket. +He died there more than fifty years afterward worth one hundred and +fifty thousand dollars, and after having filled the highest offices his +country could bestow upon him. He owned a beautiful and elegant +residence in the city, situated on one of the avenues, with a frontage +toward the lake, of which a fine view is obtained. It is a modern +mansion, three stories in height, with large stately rooms. It looks +very little different externally from some of its neighbors, but the +fact that it was for thirty years the home of one of our Presidents +gives it importance and invests it with historic charm. + +On board a steamer bound for Detroit we again plowed the waves. The day +was a delightful one; the morning had been cloudy and some rain had +fallen, but by ten o'clock the sky was clear, and the sunbeams went +dancing over the laughing waters. Hugh was on his high-horse, and full +of historic reminiscences. + +"Do you know that this year is the two hundredth anniversary of a +remarkable event for this lake?" he began. "Well, it is. It was in 1681, +in the summer of the year, that the keel of the first vessel launched in +Western waters was laid at a point six miles this side of the Niagara +Falls. She was built by Count Frontenac who named her the Griffen. I +should like to have sailed in it." + +"Its speed could hardly equal that of the Detroit," observed Vincent, +complacently. + +"You hard, cold utilitarian!" exclaimed the Historian; "who cares +anything about that? It is the romance of the thing that would charm +me." + +"And the romance consists in its being distant. We always talk of the +good old times as though they were really any better than our own age! +It is a beautiful delusion. Don't you know how in walking the shady +places are always behind us?" + +The Historian's only answer to this banter was to shrug his shoulders +scornfully and to light a fresh cigar. + +Lake Erie is about two hundred and forty miles in length and has a mean +breadth of forty miles. Its surface is three hundred and thirty feet +above Lake Ontario, and five hundred and sixty-five above the level of +the sea. It receives the waters of the upper lakes by means of the +Detroit River, and discharges them again by the Niagara into Lake +Ontario. Lake Erie has a shallow depth, but Ontario, which is five +hundred and two feet deep, is two hundred and thirty feet below the tide +level of the ocean, or as low as most parts of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, +and the bottoms of Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Superior, although their +surface is much higher, are all, from their vast depths, on a level with +the bottom of Ontario. Now, as the discharge through Detroit River, +after allowing all the probable portion carried off by evaporation, does +not appear by any means equal to the quantity of water which the other +three lakes receive, it has been conjectured that a subterranean river +may run from Lake Ontario. This conjecture is not improbable, and +accounts for the singular fact that salmon and herring are caught in all +the lakes communicating with the St. Lawrence, but no others. As the +Falls of Niagara must always have existed, it would puzzle the +naturalists to say how those fish got into the upper lakes unless there +is a subterranean river; moreover, any periodical obstruction of the +river would furnish a not improbable solution of the mysterious flux and +influx of the lakes. + +Some after noon we steamed past a small city on the southern coast which +had a large natural harbor. + +"Erie and Presque Isle Bay," announced the Historian. "A famous place. +From it sailed Oliver Hazard Perry with his fleet of nine sail to most +unmercifully drub the British lion on that tenth day of September, 1813. +The battle took place some distance from here over against Sandusky. I +will tell you all about it when we get there. My grandfather was one of +the actors." + +He said no more, and for a long time the conversation was sustained by +Vincent and myself. The steamer put in at Cleveland just at dusk. The +stop was brief, however, and we left the beautiful and thriving city +looking like a queen on the Ohio shore under the bridal veil of night. +The evening was brilliant with moonlight. The lake was like a mirror or +an enchanted sea. Hour after hour passed, and we still sat on deck +gazing on the scene. Far to the south we saw the many lights of a city +shining. It was Sandusky. + +"How delightful it is!" murmured Vincent. + +"Beautiful," I replied. "If it were only the Ionian Sea, now, or the +clear Ægean"-- + +"Those classic waters cannot match this lake," interrupted Hugh. +"The battle of Erie will outlive Salamis or Actium. The laurels of +Themistokles and Augustus fade even now before those of Perry. He was +a hero worth talking about, something more human altogether than any +of Plutarch's men. I feel it to be so now at least. It was right here +somewhere that the battle raged." + +"He was quite a young man, I believe," said I, glad to show that I knew +something of the hero. I had seen his house at Newport many times, one +of the old colonial kind, and his picture, that of a tall, slim man, +with dash and bravery in his face, was not unfamiliar to me. + +"Yes; only twenty-seven, and just married," continued the Historian, +settling down to work. "Before the battle he read over his wife's +letters for the last time, and then tore them up, so that the enemy +should not see those records of the heart, if victorious. 'This is the +most important day of my life,' he said to his officers, as the first +shot from the British came crashing among the sails of the Lawrence; +'but we know how to beat those fellows,' he added, with a laugh. He had +nine vessels, with fifty-four guns and four hundred and ninety officers +and men. The British had six ships mounting sixty-three guns, with five +hundred and two officers and men. + +"In the beginning of the battle the British had the advantage. Their +guns were of longer range, and Perry was exposed to their fire half an +hour before he got in position where he could do execution. When he had +succeeded in this the British concentrated their fire on his flag-ship. +Enveloped in flame and smoke, Perry strove desperately to maintain his +ground till the rest of his ships could get into action. For more than +two hours he sustained the unequal conflict without flinching. It was +his first battle, and, moreover, he was enfeebled by a fever from which +he had just risen; but he never lost his ease and confidence. When most +of his men had fallen, when his ship lay an unmanageable wreck on the +water, 'every brace and bowline shot away,' and all his guns were +rendered ineffective, he still remained calm and unmoved. + +"Eighteen men out of one hundred stood alive on his deck; many of those +were wounded. Lieutenant. Yarnell, with a red handkerchief tied round +his head and another round his neck to stanch the blood flowing from two +wounds, stood bravely by his commander. But all seemed lost when, +through the smoke, Perry saw the Niagara approaching uncrippled. + +"'If a victory is to be won I will win it,' he said to the lieutenant. +He tore down his flag with its glorious motto,--'Don't give up the +ship,'--and leaping into a boat with half a dozen others, told the +sailors to give way with a will. The Niagara was half a mile distant to +the windward, and the enemy, as soon as they observed his movement, +directed their fire upon his boat. Oars were splintered in the rowers' +hands by musket-balls, and the men themselves covered with spray from +the roundshot and grape that smote the water on every side. But they +passed safely through the iron storm, and at last reached the deck of +the Niagara, where they were welcomed with thundering cheers. Lieutenant +Elliot of the Niagara, leaving his own ship, took command of the Somers, +and brought up the smaller vessels of the fleet, which had as yet been +little in the action. Perry ran up his signal for close action, and from +vessel to vessel the answering signals went up in the sunlight and the +cheers rang over the water. All together now bore down upon the enemy +and, passing through his line, opened a raking crossfire. So close and +terrible was that fire that the crew of the Lady Prevost ran below, +leaving the wounded and stunned commander alone on the deck. Shrieks and +groans rose from every side. In fifteen minutes from the time the signal +was made Captain Barclay, the British commander, flung out the white +flag. The firing then ceased; the smoke slowly cleared away, revealing +the two fleets commingled, shattered, and torn, and the decks strewn +with dead. The loss on each side was the same, one hundred and +thirty-five killed and wounded. The combat had lasted about three hours. +When Perry saw that victory was secure he wrote with a pencil on the +back of an old letter, resting it on his navy cap, the despatch to +General Harrison: 'We have met the enemy, and they are ours: two ships, +two brigs, one schooner, and one sloop.' + +"It was a great victory," concluded the eloquent narrator. "The young +conqueror did not sleep a wink that night. Until the morning light he +was on the quarter-deck of the Lawrence, doing what he could to relieve +his suffering comrades, while the stifled groans of the wounded men +echoed from ship to ship. The next day the dead, both the British and +the American, were buried in a wild and solitary spot on the shore. And +there they sleep the sleep of the brave, with the sullen waves to sing +their perpetual requiem." + +We sat in silence a long time after; no one was disposed to speak. It +came to us with power there on the moonlit lake, a realization of the +hard-fought battle, the gallant bearing of the young commander, his +daring passage in an open boat through the enemy's fire to the Niagara, +the motto on his flag, the manner in which he carried his vessel alone +through the enemy's line, and then closed in half pistol-shot, his +laconic account of the victory to his superior officer, the ships +stripped of their spars and canvas, the groans of the wounded, and the +mournful spectacle of the burial on the lake shore. + +Our next stopping-place was at Detroit, the metropolis of Michigan, on +the river of the same name, the colony of the old Frenchman De la Mothe +Cadillac, the colonial Pontchartrain, the scene of Pontiac's defeat and +of Hull's treachery, cowardice, or incapacity, grandly seated on the +green Michigan shore, overlooking the best harbor on the Great Lakes, +and with a population of more than one hundred thousand. Two stormy days +kept us within doors most of the time. The third day we were again "on +board," steaming up Detroit River into Lake St. Clair. On and on we +kept, till the green waters of Huron sparkled beneath the keel of our +steamer. All the way over the lake we kept the shores of Michigan in +sight, beaches of white sand alternating with others of limestone +shingle, and the forests behind, a tangled growth of cedar, fir, and +spruce in impenetrable swamps, or a scanty, scrubby growth upon a sandy +soil. Two hours were spent at Thunder Bay, where the steamer stopped for +a supply of wood, and we went steaming on toward Mackinaw, a hundred +miles away. At sunset of that day the shores of the green rocky island +dawned upon us. The steamer swept up to an excellent dock, as the +sinking sun was pouring a stream of molten gold across the flood, out of +the amber gates of the west. + +"At last Mackinaw, great in history and story," announced the Historian +leaning on the taffrail and gazing at the clear pebbly bottom and +through forty feet of water. + +"My history consists of a series of statues and tableaux--statues of the +great men, tableaux of the great events," said Vincent. "Were there any +such at Mackinaw?" + +"Yes," answered Hugh, "two statues and one tableau--the former Marquette +and Mae-che-ne-mock-qua, the latter the massacre at Fort +Michilimakinack." + +"The event happened during Pontiac's war, I believe," I hastened to +observe. "The Indians took the place by stratagem, did they not?" + +"They did. It was on the fourth of July, 1763. The fort contained a +hundred soldiers under the command of Major Etherington. In the +neighborhood were four hundred Indians apparently friendly. On the day +specified the savages played a great game of ball or baggatiway on the +parade before the fort. Many of the soldiers went out to witness it and +the gate was left open. During the game the ball was many times pitched +over the pickets of the fort. Instantly it was followed by the whole +body of players, in the unrestrained pursuit of a rude athletic +exercise. The garrison feared nothing; but suddenly the Indians drawing +their concealed weapons began the massacre. No resistance was offered, +so sudden and unexpected was the surprise. Seventy of the soldiers were +murdered, the remainder were sold for slaves. Only one Englishman +escaped. He was a trader named Henry. He was in his own house writing a +letter to his Montreal friends by the canoe which was just on the eve of +departure, when the massacre began. Only a low board fence separated his +grounds from those of M. Longlade, a Frenchman, who had great influence +with the savages. He obtained entrance into the house, where he was +concealed by one of the women, and though the savages made vigorous +search for him, he remained undiscovered. You can imagine the horrible +sight the fort presented when the sun went down, the soldiers in their +red uniforms lying there scalped and mangled, a ghastly heap under the +summer sky. And to just think it was only a short time ago, a little +more than a hundred years." + +We could hardly realize it as we gazed up the rocky eminence at the +United States fort, one hundred and fifty feet high, overlooking the +little village. And yet Mackinaw's history is very little different from +that of most Western settlements and military Stations. Dark, +sanguinary, and bloody tragedies were constantly enacted upon the +frontiers for generations. As every one acquainted with our history must +know, the war on the border has been an almost interminable one. As the +tide of emigration has rolled westward it has ever met that fiery +counter-surge, and only overcome it by incessant battling and effort. +And even now, as the distant shores of the Pacific are wellnigh reached, +that resisting wave still gives forth its lurid flashes of conflict. + +Mackinaw Island is only about three miles long and two in breadth, with +a circuit of nine miles in all. It rises out of the lake to an average +height of three hundred feet, and is heavily wooded with cedar, beech, +maple, and yew. Three of its sides are bold and rocky, the fourth slopes +down gradually toward the north to meet the blue waters of the lake. The +island is intersected in all directions with carriage-roads and paths, +and in the bay are always to be seen the row and sail boats belonging to +pleasure-seekers. From four to seven steamers call at the wharf daily, +while fleets of sailing-vessels may at any time be descried from old +Fort Holmes, creeping noiselessly on to the commercial marts of those +great inland seas. + +Tradition lends its enchantment to the isle. According to the Indian +legend it rose suddenly from the calm bosom of the lake at the sunset +hour. In their fancy it took the form of a huge turtle, and so they +bestowed upon it the name of Moc-che-ne-nock-e-nung. In the Ojibway +mythology it became the home of the Great Fairies, and to this day it is +said to be a sacred spot to all Indians who preserve the memory of the +primal times. The fairies lived in a subterranean abode under the +island, and an old sagamore, Chees-a-kee, is related to have been +conducted _a la_ Æneus, in Virgil, to the halls of the spirits and +to have seen them all assembled in the spacious wigwam. Had some bard +taken up the tale of this fortunate individual, the literature of the +red man might have boasted an epic ranking perhaps with the Æneid or the +Iliad. + +From the walls of old Fort Holmes, two hundred feet above the lake, a +fine view is obtained of the island and its surroundings. Westward is +Point St. Ignace, a sharply defined cape running out from the mainland +into the strait. There rest the bones of good Father Marquette, who, in +1671, erected a chapel on the island and began to Christianize the wild +natives of this region. On the northwest we see the "Sitting Rabbits," +two curious-looking rockhills which bear a singular resemblance to our +common American hare. Eastward stretches away the boundless inland sea, +a beautiful greenish-blue, to the horizon. The mountains of St. Martin, +and the hills from which flow Carp and Pine Rivers meet the northern +vision. To the south is Boisblanc Island, lying like an emerald paradise +on the bosom of Lake Huron, and close beside it, as if seeking +protection, is lovely Round Island. Among all these islands, and laving +the shores of the adjacent mainland, are the rippling waves of the lake, +now lying as if asleep in the flooding light, anon white-capped and +angry, driven by the strong winds. Beneath us are the undulations of +billowy green foliage, calm and cool, intersected with carriage-roads, +and showing yonder the white stones of the soldiers' and citizens' +graves. Here, down by the water, and close under the fort, the white, +quaint houses lie wrapped in light and quiet. Breezes cool and +delightful, breezes that have traversed the broad expanse of the lakes, +blow over your face softly, as in Indian myth blows the wind from the +Land of Souls. The scene and the hour lulls you into a sense of +delicious quietude. You are aroused by the shrill whistle of a steamer, +and you descend dockward to note the fresh arrivals. + +Several days' excursions do not exhaust the island. One day we go to +see Arch Rock, a beautiful natural bridge of rock spanning a chasm some +eighty feet in height and forty in width. The summit is one hundred and +fifty feet above the level. Another day we visit Sugar-loaf Rock, an +isolated conical shape one hundred and forty feet high, rising from a +plateau in the centre of the island. A hole half-way up its side is +large enough to hold a dozen persons, and has in it the names of a +hundred eager aspirants after immortality. On the southwest side of the +island is a perpendicular rock bluff, rising one hundred and fifty feet +from the lake and called "Lover's Leap." The legend was told us one +afternoon by Hugh, as follows:-- + +"In the ancient time, when the red men held their councils in this heart +of the waters, and the lake around rippled to the canoe fleets of +warrior tribes going and returning, a young Ojibway girl had her home on +this sacred isle. Her name was Mae-che-ne-mock-qua, and she was +beautiful as the sunrise of a summer morning. She had many lovers, but +only to one brave did the blooming Indian girl give her heart. Often +would Mae-che-ne-mock-qua wander to this solitary rock and gaze out upon +the wide waters after the receding canoes of the combined Ojibway and +Ottawa bands, speeding south for scalps and glory. There, too, she +always watched for their return, for among them was the one she loved, +an eagle-plumed warrior, Ge-win-e-gnon, the bravest of the brave. The +west wind often wafted the shouts of the victorious braves far in +advance of them as they returned from the mainland, and highest above +all she always heard the voice of Ge-win-e-gnon. But one time, in the +chorus of shouts, the maiden heard no longer the voice of her lover. Her +heart told her that he had gone to the spirit-land behind the sunset, +and she should no more behold his face among the chieftains. So it was: +a Huron arrow had pierced his heart, and his last words were of his +maiden in the Fairy Isle. Sad grew the heart of the lovely +Mae-che-ne-mock-qua. She had no wish to live. She could only stand on +the cliff and gaze at the west, where the form of her lover appeared +beckoning her to follow him. One morning her mangled body was found at +the foot of the cliff; she had gone to meet her lover in the +spirit-land. So love gained its sacrifice and a maiden became immortal." + +A well-earned night's sleep, bathed in this highly ozoned lake +atmosphere, which magically soothes every nerve and refreshes every +sense like an elixir, and we are off again on the broad bosom of the +Mackinaw strait, threading a verdant labyrinth of emerald islets and +following the course of Father Jacques Marquette, who two hundred years +before us had set off from the island in two canoes, with his friend +Louis Joliet, to explore and Christianize the region of the Mississippi. +We looked back upon the Fairy Island with regretful eyes, and as it sunk +into the lake Hugh repeated the lines of the poet:-- + + "A gem amid gems, set in blue yielding waters, + Is Mackinac Island with cliffs girded round, + For her eagle-plumed braves and her true-hearted daughters; + Long, long ere the pale face came widely renowned. + + "Tradition invests thee with Spirit and Fairy; + Thy dead soldiers' sleep shall no drum-beat awake, + While about thee the cool winds do lovingly tarry + And kiss thy green brows with the breath of the lake. + + "Thy memory shall haunt me wherever life reaches, + Thy day-dreams of fancy, thy night's balmy sleep, + The plash of thy waters along the smooth beaches, + The shade of thine evergreens, grateful and deep. + + "O Mackinac Island! rest long in thy glory! + Sweet native to peacefulness, home of delight! + Beneath thy soft ministry, care and sad worry + Shall flee from the weary eyes blessed with thy sight." + + +"That poet had taste," remarked our friend when he had concluded. +"Beautiful Isle! No wonder the great missionary wished his bones to rest +within sight of its shores. Marquette never seemed to me so great as +now. He was one of those Jesuits like Zinzendorf and Sebastian Ralle, +wonderful men, all of them, full of energy and adventure and missionary +zeal, and devoted to the welfare of their order. At the age of thirty he +was sent among the Hurons as a missionary. He founded the mission of +Sault de Ste. Marie in Lake Superior, in 1668, and three years later +that of Mackinaw. In 1673, in company with Joliet and five other +Frenchmen, the adventurous missionary set out on a voyage toward the +South Sea. They followed the Mississippi to the Gulf, and returning, +arrived at Green Bay in September. In four months they had traveled a +distance of twenty-five hundred miles in an open canoe. Marquette was +sick a whole year, but in 1674, at the solicitation of his superior, set +out to preach to the Kaskaskia Indians. He was compelled to halt on the +way by his infirmities, and remained all winter at the place, with only +two Frenchmen to minister to his wants. As soon as it was spring, +knowing full well that he could not live, he attempted to return to +Mackinaw. He died on the way, on a small river that bears his name, +which empties into Lake Michigan on the western shore. His memory +en-wreathes the very names of Superior and Michigan with the halo of +romance." + +"Thank you," said Vincent, looking out over the dark water. "I can fancy +his ghost haunting the lake at midnight." + +"Speak not of that down at the Queen City," returned Hugh, with a tragic +air. "Pork and grain are more substantial things than ghosts at Chicago, +and they might look on you as an escaped lunatic. Nathless, it was a +pretty idea to promulgate among the Indians two centuries ago. Observe +how civilization has changed. Two hundred years ago we sent missionaries +among them: now we send soldiers to shoot them down, after we have +plundered them of their lands." + +Neither of us were disposed to discuss the Indian question with Hugh +Warren, and the conversation dropped after a while. + +At noon of the next day the steamer made Milwaukee, and the evening of +the day after Chicago. These two cities are excellent types of the +Western city, and both show, in a wonderful degree, the rapid growth of +towns in the great West. Neither had an inhabitant before 1825, and now +one has a population of one hundred thousand, and the other of five +hundred thousand. Chicago is, in fact, a wonder of the world. Its +unparalleled growth, its phoenix-like rise from the devastation of the +great fire of 1871, and its cosmopolitan character, all contribute to +render it a remarkable city. + +The city looks out upon the lake like a queen, as in fact she is, +crowned by the triple diadem of beauty, wealth, and dignity. She is the +commercial metropolis of the whole Northwest, an emporium second only to +New York in the quantity of her imports and exports. The commodious +harbor is thronged with shipping. Her water communication has a vast +area. Foreign consuls from Austria, France, Great Britain, Belgium, +Italy, Sweden, Germany, and the Netherlands, have their residence in the +city. It is an art-centre, and almost equally with Brooklyn is entitled +to be called a city of churches. + +A week is a short time to devote to seeing all that this queen city has +that is interesting, and that included every day we spent there. Neither +in a sketch like the present shall we have space to give more than we +have done--a general idea of the city. One day about noon we steamed out +of the harbor, on a magnificent lake-steamer, bound for Duluth. We were +to have a run of over seven hundred miles with but a single +stopping-place the whole distance. It would be three days before we +should step on land again. + +"Farewell, a long farewell, to the city of the Indian sachem," said +Hugh, as the grand emporium and railway-centre grew dim in the distance. +"By the way," continued he, "are you aware that the correct etymology of +the name Chicago is not generally known?" + +Vincent and I confessed that we did not even know the supposed etymology +of the name. + +"No matter about that," went on the Historian. "The name is undoubtedly +Indian, corrupted from Chercaqua, the name of a long line of chiefs, +meaning strong, also applied to a wild onion. Long before the white men +knew the region the site of Chicago was a favorite rendezvous of several +Indian tribes. The first geographical notice of the place occurs in a +map dated Quebec, Canada, 1683, as 'Fort Chicagon.' Marquette camped on +the site during the winter of 1674-5. A fort was built there by the +French and afterward abandoned. So you see that Chicago has a history +that is long anterior to the existence of the present city. Have a +cigar, Montague?" + +Clouds of fragrant tobacco-smoke soon obscured the view of the Queen +City of the Northwest, busy with life above the graves of the Indian +sagamores whose memories she has forgotten. + +On the third day we steamed past Mackinaw, and soon made the ship-canal +which was constructed for the passage of large ships, a channel a dozen +miles long and half a mile wide. And now, hurrah! We are on the waters +of Lake Superior, the "Gitche Gumee, the shining Big Sea-Water," of +Longfellow's musical verse. The lake is a great sea. Its greatest length +is three hundred and sixty miles, its greatest breadth one hundred and +forty miles; the whole length of its coast is fifteen hundred miles. It +has an area of thirty-two thousand square miles, and a mean depth of one +thousand feet. These dimensions show it to be by far the largest body of +fresh water on the globe. + +Nothing can be conceived more charming than a cruise on this lake in +summer. The memories of the lake are striking and romantic in the +extreme. There is a background of history and romance which renders +Superior a classic water. It was a favorite fishing-ground for several +tribes of Indians, and its aboriginal name Ojibwakechegun, was derived +from one of these, the Ojibways, who lived on the southern shore when +the lake first became known to white men. The waters of the lake vary in +color from a dazzling green to a sea-blue, and are stocked with all +kinds of excellent fish. Numerous islands are scattered about the lake, +some low and green, others rocky and rising precipitately to great +heights directly up from the deep water. The coast of the lake is for +the most part rocky. Nowhere upon the inland waters of North America is +the scenery so bold and grand as around Lake Superior. Famous among +travelers are those precipitous walls of red sandstone on the south +coast, described in all the earlier accounts of the lake as the +"Pictured Rocks." They stand opposite the greatest width of the lake and +exposed to the greatest force of the heavy storms from the north. The +effect of the waves upon them is not only seen in their irregular shape, +but the sand derived from their disintegration is swept down the coast +below and raised by the winds into long lines of sandy cliffs. At the +place called the Grand Sable these are from one hundred to three hundred +feet high, and the region around consists of hills of drifting sand. + +Half-way across the lake Keweenaw Point stretches out into the water. +Here the steamer halted for wood. We landed on the shore in a beautiful +grove. "What a place for a dinner!" cried one of the party. + +"Glorious! glorious!" chimed in a dozen voices. + +"How long has the boat to wait?" asked Hugh. + +"One hour," was the answer of the weather-beaten son of Neptune. + +"That gives us plenty of time," was the general verdict. So without more +ado lunch-baskets were brought ashore. The steamer's steward was +prevailed upon, by a silver dollar thrust slyly into his hand, to help +us, and presently the whole party was feasting by the lakeside. And what +a royal dining-room was that grove, its outer pillars rising from the +very lake itself, its smooth brown floor of pine-needles, arabesqued +with a flitting tracery of sun shadows and fluttering leaves, and giving +through the true Gothic arches of its myriad windows glorious views of +the lake that lay like an enchanted sea before us! And whoever dined +more regally, more divinely, even, though upon nectar and ambrosia, than +our merry-makers as they sat at their well-spread board, with such +glowing, heaven-tinted pictures before their eyes, such balmy airs +floating about their happy heads, and such music as the sunshiny waves +made in their glad, listening ears? It was like a picture out of +Hiawatha. At least it seemed to strike our young lady so, who in a voice +of peculiar sweetness and power recited the opening of the twenty-second +book of that poem:-- + + + "By the shore of Gitche Gumee, + By the shining Big Sea-Water, + At the doorway of his wigwam, + In the pleasant Summer morning, + Hiawatha stood and waited. + + All the air was full of freshness. + All the earth was bright and joyous, + And before him, through the sunshine, + Westward toward the neighboring forest + Passed in golden swarms the Ahmo, + Passed the bees, the honey-makers, + Burning, singing in the sunshine. + + Bright above him shone the heavens, + Level spread the lake before him; + From its bosom leaped the sturgeon, + Sparkling, flashing in the sunshine; + On its margin the great forest + Stood reflected in the water, + Every treetop had its shadow + Motionless beneath the water." + + +"Thank you, Miss," said Hugh, gallantly. "We only need a wigwam with +smoke curling from it under these trees, and a 'birch canoe with +paddles, rising, sinking on the water, dripping, flashing in the +sunshine,' to complete the picture. It's a pity the Indians ever left +this shore." + +"So the settlers of Minnesota thought in '62," observed Vincent, +ironically. + +"The Indians would have been all right if the white man had stayed +away," replied the Historian, hotly. + +"In that case we should not be here now, and, consequently"-- + +What promised to be quite a warm discussion was killed in the embryo by +the captain's clear cry, "All aboard!" + +Once more we were steaming westward toward the land of the Dacotahs. +That night we all sat up till after midnight to see the last of our +lake, for in the morning Duluth would be in sight. It was a night never +to be forgotten. The idle words and deeds of my companions have faded +from my mind, but never will the memory of the bright lake rippling +under that moonlit sky. + +A city picturesquely situated on the side of a hill which overlooks the +lake and rises gradually toward the northwest, reaching the height of +six hundred feet a mile from the shore, with a river on one side. That +is Duluth. The city takes its name from Juan du Luth, a French officer, +who visited the region in 1679. In 1860 there were only seventy white +inhabitants in the place, and in 1869 the number had not much increased. +The selection of the village as the eastern terminus of the Northern +Pacific Railroad gave it an impetus, and now Duluth is a city of fifteen +thousand inhabitants, and rapidly growing. The harbor is a good one, and +is open about two hundred days in the year. Six regular lines of +steamers run to Chicago, Cleveland, Canadian ports, and ports on the +south shore of Lake Superior. The commerce of Duluth, situated as it is +in the vicinity of the mineral districts on both shores of the lake, +surrounded by a well-timbered country, and offering the most convenient +outlet for the products of the wheat region further west, is of growing +importance. In half a century Duluth will be outranked in wealth and +population by no more than a dozen cities in America. + +Our stay at Duluth was protracted many days. One finds himself at home +in this new Western city, and there are a thousand ways in which to +amuse yourself. If you are disposed for a walk, there are any number of +delightful woodpaths leading to famous bits of beach where you may sit +and dream the livelong day without fear of interruption or notice. If +you would try camping-out, there are guides and canoes right at your +hand, and the choice of scores of beautiful and delightful spots within +easy reach of your hotel or along the shore of the lake and its numerous +beautiful islands, or as far away into the forest as you care to +penetrate. Lastly, if piscatorially inclined, here is a boathouse with +every kind of boat from the steam-yacht down to the birch canoe, and +there is the lake, full of "lakers," sturgeon, whitefish, and speckled +trout, some of the latter weighing from thirty to forty pounds +apiece,--a condition of things alike satisfactory and tempting to every +owner of a rod and line. + +The guides, of whom there are large numbers to be found at Duluth, as +indeed at all of the northern border towns, are a class of men too +interesting and peculiar to be passed over without more than a cursory +notice. These men are mostly French-Canadians and Indians, with now and +then a native, and for hardihood, skill, and reliability, cannot be +surpassed by any other similar class of men the world over. They are +usually men of many parts, can act equally well as guide, boatman, +baggage-carrier, purveyor, and cook. They are respectful and chivalrous: +no woman, be she old or young, fair or faded, fails to receive the most +polite and courteous treatment at their hands, and with these qualities +they possess a manly independence that is as far removed from servility +as forwardness. Some of these men are strikingly handsome, with shapely +statuesque figures that recall the Antinous and the Apollo Belvidere. +Their life is necessarily a hard one, exposed as they are to all sorts +of weather and the dangers incidental to their profession. At a +comparatively early age they break down, and extended excursions are +left to the younger and more active members of the fraternity. + +Camping-out, provided the weather is reasonably agreeable, is one of the +most delightful and healthful ways to spend vacation. It is a sort of +woodman's or frontier life. It means living in a tent, sleeping on +boughs or leaves, cooking your own meals, washing your own dishes and +clothes perhaps, getting up your own fuel, making your own fire, and +foraging for your own provender. It means activity, variety, novelty, +and fun alive; and the more you have of it the more you like it; and the +longer you stay the less willing you are to give it up. There is a +freedom in it that you do not get elsewhere. All the stiff formalties of +conventional life are put aside: you are left free to enjoy yourself as +you choose. All in all, it is the very best way we know to enjoy a +"glorious vacation." + +At Duluth, at Sault de Ste. Marie, at Mackinaw, at Saginaw, we wandered +away days at a time, with nothing but our birch canoe, rifles, and +fishing-rods, and for provisions, hard bread, pork, potatoes, coffee, +tea, rice, butter, and sugar, closely packed. Any camper-out can make +himself comfortable with an outfit as simple as the one named. How +memory clings around some of those bright spots we visited! I pass over +them again, in thought, as I write these lines, longing to nestle amid +them forever. + +Following along the coast, now in small yachts hired for the occasion, +now in a birch canoe of our own, we passed from one village to another. +Wherever we happened to be at night, we encamped. Many a time it was on +a lonely shore. Standing at sunset on a pleasant strand, more than once +we saw the glow of the vanished sun behind the western mountains or the +western waves, darkly piled in mist and shadow along the sky; near at +hand, the dead pine, mighty in decay, stretching its ragged arms athwart +the burning heavens, the crow perched on its top like an image carved in +jet; and aloft, the night-hawk, circling in his flight, and, with a +strange whining sound, diving through the air each moment for the +insects he makes his prey. + +But all good things, as well as others, have an end. The season drew to +a close at last. August nights are chilly for sleeping in tents. Our +flitting must cease, and our thoughts and steps turn homeward. But a few +days are still left us. At Buffalo once more we go to see the Falls. +Then by boat to Hamilton, thence to Kingston at the foot of the lake, +and so on through the Thousand Isles to Montreal, and finally to +Quebec,--a tour as fascinating in its innumerable and singularly wild +and beautiful "sights" as heart could desire. + + * * * * * + + + + +OUR NATIONAL CEMETERIES. + +By Charles Cowley, LL.D. + + +There are circumstances generally attending the death of the soldier or +the sailor, whether on battle-field or gun-deck, whether in the +captives' prison, the cockpit, or the field-hospital, which touch our +sensibilities far more deeply than any circumstances which usually +attend the death of men of any other class; moving within us mingled +emotions of pathos and pity, of mystery and awe. + + "There is a tear for all that die, + A mourner o'er the humblest grave; + But nations swell the funeral cry, + And freedom weeps above the brave; + + "For them is sorrow's purest sigh, + O'er ocean's heaving bosom sent; + In vain their bones unburied lie,-- + All earth becomes their monument. + + "A tomb is their's on every page; + An epitaph on every tongue; + The present hours, the future age, + Nor them bewail, to them belong. + + "A theme to crowds that knew them not, + Lamented by admiring foes, + Who would not share their glorious lot? + Who would not die the death they chose?" + + +A similar halo invests our National Cemeteries--which are the most +permanent mementos of our sanguinary Civil War. + +Nature labors diligently to cover up her scars. Most of the +battle-fields of the Rebellion now show growths of use and beauty. Many +of the structures of that great conflict have already ceased to be. Some +of them have been swept away by the winds or overgrown with weeds; +others, like Fort Wagner, have been washed away by the waves. But +neither winds nor waves are likely to disturb the monuments or the +cemeteries of our soldiers and sailors. Where they were placed, there +they remain; "and there they will remain forever." + +The seventy-eight National Cemeteries distributed over the country +contain the remains of three hundred and eighteen thousand four hundred +and fifty-five men, classed as follows: known, 170,960; unknown, +147,495; total, 318,455. And these are not half of those whose deaths +are attributable to their service in the armies and navies of the United +States and the Confederate States, who are buried in all sections of the +Union and in foreign lands. + +In some of these cemeteries, as at Gettysburg, Antietam, City Point, +Winchester, Marietta, Woodlawn, Hampton, and Beaufort, by means of +public appropriations and private subscriptions, statues and other +monuments have at different times been erected; and many others +doubtless will be erected in them hereafter. Some of them are in +secluded situations, where for many mites the population is sparse, and +the few people that live near them cherish tenderer recollections of the +"Lost Cause" than of that which finally won. But such of them as are +contiguous to cities are places of interest to more or less of the +neighboring population; and, in some of them, there are commemorative +services upon Memorial Days. + +These cemeteries have many features in common; and much that may be said +of one of them may also be said of the others--merely changing the +names. + +It happened to the present writer to visit the National Cemetery at +Beaufort, South Carolina, to deliver an oration on Memorial Day, 1881, +in the midst of ten thousand graves of the soldiers and sailors of the +department of the South and South Atlantic blockading squadron. The dead +interred in these thirty acres of graves are: known, 4,748, unknown, +4,493; total, 9,241. Among the trees planted in this cemetery is a +willow, grown from a branch of the historic tree which once overshadowed +the grave of Napoleon at St. Helena. + +Generals Thomas W. Sherman and John G. Foster, who commanded that +department, and Admirals Dupont and Dahlgren, who commanded that +squadron, all died in their Northern homes since the peace, and their +graves are not to be looked for here. The same may be said of hundreds +of military and naval officers who performed valuable services on these +shores and along these coasts, and have since "passed over to the great +majority." + +That neither General Strong nor General Schimmelfennig is buried here +might be accounted for by the fact that, though they died by reason of +their having served in this department, they died at the North. But even +General Mitchell, whose flag of command was last unfurled in this +department, who died in Beaufort, and was originally buried under the +sycamores of the Episcopal churchyard, now sleeps in the shades of +Greenwood, and not (as he would probably have preferred, could he have +foreseen this cemetery) among the brave men whom he commanded. + +The best known names among those here buried (to use a pardonable +Hibernianism) are among the "unknown." For here, as we may believe, in +unknown graves, rest the remains of Colonel Robert G. Shaw, of the +Fifty-fourth Massachusetts (colored), Colonel Haldimand S. Putnam, of +the Seventh New Hampshire, Lieutenant-Colonel James M. Green, of the +Forty-eighth New York, and many other gallant officers and men who were +killed in the assault on Fort Wagner, July 18, 1863, and who were first +buried by the Confederates in the sands of Morris Island. + +Many a Northern college is represented here. Among those to whom tablets +have been erected in the Memorial Hall of Harvard University, who are +buried here, besides Colonel Shaw, are Captains Winthrop P. Boynton and +William D. Crane, who were killed at Honey Hill, November 30, 1864; and +Captain Cabot J. Russell, who fell with Shaw at Fort Wagner. Yet these +are but the beginning of the list of the sons of Massachusetts who rest +in this "garden of graves." + +Among the many gallant men of the navy buried here is Acting-Master +Charles W. Howard, of the ironclad steam-frigate New Ironsides, whom +Lieutentant Glassell shot during his bold attempt to blow up the New +Ironsides with the torpedo steamer David, October 5, 1863. Another is +Thomas Jackson, coxswain of the Wabash, the _beau ideal_ of an +American sailor, who was killed in the battle of Port Royal, November 7, +1861. + +Death, like a true democrat, levels all distinctions. Still, it may be +mentioned that Lieutenant-Colonel William N. Reed, who was mortally +wounded at Olustee while in command of the Thirty-fifth United States +colored troops, February 20, 1864, was, while living, the highest +officer in rank, whose grave is known here. Other gallant officers, +killed at Olustee, are buried near him. Among these, probably, is +Colonel Charles W. Fribley, of the Eighth United States colored troops; +though he may be still sleeping beneath the sighing pines of Olustee. + +As far as practicable, all Federal soldiers and sailors buried along the +seaboard of South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, have been removed to +Beaufort Cemetery; and, as Governor Alexander H. Bullock said: "Wherever +they offered up their lives, amid the thunder of battle, or on the +exhausting march, in victory or in defeat, in hospital or in prison, +officers and privates, soldiers and sailors, patriots all, they fell +like the beauty of Israel on their high places, burying all distinctions +of rank in the august equality of death." + +One section of the cemetery is devoted to the Confederates. There are +more than a hundred of these, including several commissioned officers; +and on Memorial Days the same ladies who decorate the graves of the +Federals decorate also in the same manner the graves of the +Confederates; recognizing that, though in life they were arrayed as +mortal enemies, they are now reconciled in "the awful but kindly +brotherhood of death." Sir Walter Scott enjoins:-- + + "Speak not for those a separate doom, + Whom fate made brothers in the tomb." + + +And One infinitely greater than Sir Walter has inculcated still loftier +sentiments. + +Among the graves to which the attention of the writer was particularly +attracted was that of Charley ----, a boy of Colonel Putnam's regiment, +who had now been dead more years than he had lived. His parents, living +on the shores of Lake Winnipiseogee, and walking daily over the paths +which he had often trod, had plucked the earliest flower of their +northern clime and sent it to the superintendent of the cemetery, to be +planted at Charley's grave. The burning sun of South Carolina had not +spared that flower; but something of it still remained. Its mute +eloquence spoke to the heart of the tender recollections of a father and +of a mother's undying love. How truly does Wordsworth say,-- + + "The meanest flower that blows can give + Thoughts that do often lie too deep for tears." + + +For us who have survived the perils of battle and the far more fatal +diseases that wasted our forces, and for all who cherish the memory of +these dead, it will always be a consoling thought that the Federal +government has done so much to provide honorable sepulture for those who +fell in defence of the Union. We can all appreciate Lord Byron's lament +for the great Florentine poet and patriot;-- + + "Ungrateful Florence! Dante sleeps afar, + Like Scipio, buried by the upbraiding shore." + + +But we can have no such regret for our lost comrades, buried not upon a +foreign, nor upon an unfriendly shore, but in the bosom of the soil +which their blood redeemed. Sacred is the tear that is shed for the +unreturning brave. + + "'T is the tear through many a long day wept, + 'T is life's whole path o'ershaded; + 'T is the one remembrance, fondly kept, + When all lighter griefs have faded." + + + * * * * * + + + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, +October, 1884, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BAY STATE MONTHLY, VOL. II *** + +***** This file should be named 15926-8.txt or 15926-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/9/2/15926/ + +Produced by Cornell University, Joshua Hutchinson, David +Garcia and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/15926-8.zip b/15926-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdb1403 --- /dev/null +++ b/15926-8.zip diff --git a/15926-h.zip b/15926-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd90217 --- /dev/null +++ b/15926-h.zip diff --git a/15926-h/15926-h.htm b/15926-h/15926-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3f69fa --- /dev/null +++ b/15926-h/15926-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4834 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" + content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" /> +<meta content="pg2html (binary v0.18c)" name="generator" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of + The Bay State Monthly, Volume II, No. 1, October, 1884, + by Various. +</title> +<style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[*/ + <!-- + a,img { border: none; } + body { margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; } + p { text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: .75em; + font-size: 100%; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { text-align: center; } + hr { width: 50%; } + hr.full { width: 100%; } + td { vertical-align: top; } + .foot { margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 85%; } + .poem { margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left; } + .poem .stanza { margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em; } + .poem p { margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; } + .poem p.i2 { margin-left: 1.5em; } + .poem p.i4 { margin-left: 2.5em; } + .poem p.i8 { margin-left: 4.5em; } + .poem p.i14 { margin-left: 7.5em; } + .poem p.i18 { margin-left: 9.5em; } + .poem p.i20 { margin-left: 10.5em; } + .poem p.i21 { margin-left: 11.0em; } + .quote { margin-left: 6%; margin-right: 6%; text-indent: 0em; font-size: 90%; } + .figure { margin-left: 2%; margin-right: 2%; text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-size: 90%; font-variant: small-caps; margin-bottom: 1em;} + .toc { margin-left: 15%; font-size: 80%; margin-bottom: 0em;} + center { padding: 0.8em;} + span.pagenum { position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; font-size: 8pt; display: none;} + .sc { font-variant: small-caps; } + sup { font-size: 75%; line-height: .5em;} +/*]]>*/ + // --> +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, October, +1884, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, October, 1884 + A Massachusetts Magazine + +Author: Various + +Release Date: May 28, 2005 [EBook #15926] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BAY STATE MONTHLY, VOL. II *** + + + + +Produced by Cornell University, Joshua Hutchinson, David +Garcia and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="pagei" name="pagei"></a>[i]</span> + +<h3> + THE +</h3> +<h1> +Bay State Monthly +</h1> +<h2> +<i>A Massachusetts Magazine</i> +</h2> +<h3> +OF +</h3> +<h4> +LITERATURE, HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, AND STATE PROGRESS +</h4> +<div style="height: 3em;"><br /><br /><br /></div> +<hr /> +<h3> +VOLUME II +</h3> +<hr /> +<div style="height: 3em;"><br /><br /><br /></div> +<p style="text-align:center;text-indent:0;"> +BOSTON <br /> +JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY <br /> +PUBLISHERS <br /> +No. 31 MILK STREET <br /> +1885 +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="pageii" name="pageii"></a>[ii]</span> +</p> +<div style="height: 6em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> +<p class="quote"> +Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1885, by John N. +McClintock and Company, in the office of the Librarian of Congress +at Washington. All rights reserved. +</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="pageiii" name="pageiii"></a>[iii]</span> +</p> + + + + +<hr /> +<h3>Contents</h3> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_TOC"> +CONTENTS OF VOLUME II. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0002"> +JAMES GILLESPIE BLAINE. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0003"> +THE BOUNDARY LINES OF OLD GROTON.—III. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0004"> +THE BOSTON HERALD. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0005"> +WACHUSETT MOUNTAIN AND PRINCETON. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0006"> +WASHINGTON AND THE FLAG. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0007"> +A SUMMER ON THE GREAT LAKES. +</a></p> +<p class="toc"><a href="#h2H_4_0008"> +OUR NATIONAL CEMETERIES. +</a></p> +<hr /> + + + +<a name="h2H_TOC" id="h2H_TOC"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + CONTENTS OF VOLUME II. +</h2> +<hr /> + +<table border="0" align="center" width="90%" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td> Ames, Lieutenant Governor Oliver </td><td> James W. Clarke, A.M. </td><td align="right">185 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Bartholdi Colossus </td><td> William Howe Downes </td><td align="right">153 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Battle of Shiloh </td><td> General Henry B. Carrington </td><td align="right">330, 367 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Bermuda Islands, Early History of </td><td> James H. Stark </td><td align="right">277 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Blaine, James Gillespie </td><td> </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0002">1</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td> Boston, Taverns of in Ye Olden Time</td><td> David M. Balfour </td><td align="right">106 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Boston Herald </td><td> </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0004">22</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td> Our National Cemeteries </td><td> Charles Cowley. LL.D. </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0008">58</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td> Cleveland, Grover </td><td> Henry H. Metcalf </td><td align="right">61 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Cleveland, Grover, + and The Roman Catholic Protectory </td><td> Charles Cowley, LL.D. </td><td align="right">243 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Dark Day </td><td> Elbridge H. Goss </td><td align="right">254 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Easy Chair </td><td> Elbridge H. Goss </td><td align="right">306 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Editor's Table </td><td> </td><td align="right">120 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Elizabeth: A Romance of Colonial Days </td><td> Francis C. Sparhawk </td><td align="right">82, 159, 236, 296, 375 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Fitchburg, Historical Sketch of </td><td> Ebenezer Bailey </td><td align="right">226 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Fitchburg in 1885 </td><td> Atherton P. Mason, M.D. </td><td align="right">341 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Gaston William </td><td> Arthur P. Dodge </td><td align="right">245 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Gems from the Easy Chair </td><td> </td><td align="right">372 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Glorifying Trial by Jury </td><td> Charles Cowley, LL.D. </td><td align="right"> 82 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Gold, Past and Future of </td><td> David M. Balfour </td><td align="right">359 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Groton, + Boundary Lines of Old—III IV </td><td>Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0003">12</a>, 69 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Lancaster, Historical Sketch of </td><td> Hon. Henry S. Nourse </td><td align="right">261 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Lee, William </td><td> George L. Austin, M.D. </td><td align="right">309 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Lothrop, Daniel </td><td> John N. McClintock, A.M. (Illustrated) </td><td align="right">121 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Middlesex Canal </td><td> Lorin L. Dame, A.M. </td><td align="right">96 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Names and Nicknames </td><td> Gilbert Nash </td><td align="right">255 </td></tr> +<tr><td> National Bank Failures </td><td> George H. Wood </td><td align="right">373 </td></tr> +<tr><td> New England Conservatory of Music </td><td> Mrs. M.J. Davis (Illustrated) </td><td align="right">132 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Phillips, Wendell </td><td> </td><td align="right">306 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Pittsfield, Historical Sketch of </td><td> Frank W. Kaan (Illustrated) </td><td align="right">193 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Protection of Children </td><td> Ernest Nusse </td><td align="right"> 89 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Publishers + Department—Chromo—Lithography </td><td> </td><td align="right">89, 174 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Robinson, George Dexter </td><td> Fred W. Webber, A.M. </td><td align="right">177 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Rogers, Robert, the Ranger </td><td> Joseph B. Walker </td><td align="right">211 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Reuben Tracy's Vacation Trips. II. </td><td> Elizabeth Porter Gould </td><td align="right">368 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Saugus, Historical Sketch of </td><td> E.P. Robinson (Illustrated) </td><td align="right">140 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Shepard, Charles A.B. </td><td> George L. Austin, M.D. </td><td align="right">312, 316 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Summer on the Great lakes, A </td><td> Fred. Myron Colby </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0007">42</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td> Sunday Travel and the Law </td><td> Chester F. Sanger </td><td align="right">231 </td></tr> + +<tr><td><span class="pagenum"><a id="pageiv" name="pageiv"></a>[iv]</span></td></tr> + +<tr><td> Wachusett Mountain and Princeton </td><td>Atherton P. Mason </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0005">35</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td> Webster, Daniel, Reminiscences of </td><td>Hon. George W. Nesmith, LL.D. </td><td align="right">252 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Wallace, Hon. Rodney </td><td>Rev. S. Leroy Blake, D.D. </td><td align="right">317 </td></tr> +</table> + +<h3> +POETRY. +</h3> + +<table border="0" align="center" width="90%" summary="Poetry"> +<tr><td> A Glimpse </td><td>Mary H. Wheeler </td><td align="right">276 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Fitchburg </td><td>Mrs. Caroline A. Mason </td><td align="right">328 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Heart and I </td><td>Mary Helen Boodey </td><td align="right">295 </td></tr> +<tr><td> My Mountain Home </td><td>William C. Sturoc </td><td align="right">366 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Roused From Dreams </td><td>Adelaide Cilley Waldron </td><td align="right">225 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Sails </td><td> </td><td align="right"> 81 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Washington and the Flag </td><td>Henry B. Carrington </td><td align="right"><a href="#h2H_4_0006">41</a> </td></tr> +</table> + +<h3> +STEEL ENGRAVINGS. +</h3> + +<table border="0" align="center" width="90%" summary="Steel Engravings"> +<tr><td> James G. Blaine </td><td align="right"><a href="#image-0001">1</a> </td></tr> +<tr><td> Grover Cleveland </td><td align="right"> 61 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Daniel Lothrop </td><td align="right">121 </td></tr> +<tr><td> George D. Robinson </td><td align="right">177 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Oliver Ames </td><td align="right">185 </td></tr> +<tr><td> William Gaston </td><td align="right">245 </td></tr> +<tr><td> William Lee </td><td align="right">309 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Charles A.B. Shepard </td><td align="right">313 </td></tr> +<tr><td> Rodney Wallace </td><td align="right">317 </td></tr> +</table> + +<hr class="full" /> + +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="pagev" name="pagev"></a>[v]</span> +</p> +<!-- +<p> +[Blank Page] +</p> +--> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="pagevi" name="pagevi"></a>[vi]</span> +</p> +<a name="image-0001"><!--IMG--></a> +<div class="figure"> +<a href="images/008.png"><img src="images/008.png" style="height:36em;" +alt="James G. Blaine" /></a> +<br /> +James G. Blaine +</div> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page1" name="page1"></a>[1]</span> +</p> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h1> + THE BAY STATE MONTHLY. +</h1> +<h2> + <i>A Massachusetts Magazine.</i> +</h2> +<h3> +<span class="sc">VOL. II. OCTOBER, 1884. No. 1.</span> +</h3> +<hr class="full" /> +<a name="h2H_4_0002" id="h2H_4_0002"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + JAMES GILLESPIE BLAINE. +</h2> +<p> +In the long list of illustrious men who have held the high office +of President of the United States, a few names stand out with such +prominence as to be constantly before the American people. While Adams, +Jefferson, Monroe, Jackson, Grant, and others, did the country service +that never will be forgotten, it is indisputable that Washington, +Lincoln, and Garfield gained a firmer hold upon the confidence and +affection of the masses than any others. And now, as we approach another +presidential campaign, the result of which is to place in the highest +office of the nation a new man, it is alike a source of pride and +satisfaction that the Republican party has put in nomination a man, who, +if elected, will bring to the discharge of his duties as high a degree +of honesty as Washington, as thorough an acquaintance with human nature +as Lincoln, and as profound a knowledge of political economy as +Garfield. Through all the years of his manhood he has been a central +figure in American politics, and his achievements are indelibly written +on almost every page of American history for the last quarter of a +century. With such a man as a candidate the country may well +congratulate itself that if he proves to be the choice of the majority +he will, by his ability and experience, bring as great renown to the +office as any of his predecessors, and that under his guidance the +material prosperity and intellectual growth of the nation will be such +as to gain for his administration great popular favor, the admiration of +his friends, and the respect of all nations. +</p> +<p> +James Gillespie Blaine, the nominee of the Republican party for +President of the United States, was born on January 31, 1830, in +Washington County, in the southwestern corner of Pennsylvania, in West +Brownsville, a village on the west bank of the Monongahela. Here Neil +Gillespie, before the British army left America at the close of the +Revolution, had established his family, purchasing the land of the +Indians. Nearly twenty years later the Blaines came from Carlisle, +seeking investment and development in this new West, and the father of +James G. Blaine, who had left Carlisle when a + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page2" name="page2"></a>[2]</span> + + child, married the daughter of Neil Gillespie the second. +</p> +<p> +The first of the Blaine family of whom much is known was Colonel Ephraim +Blaine, who lived at Chester, and in the Revolution was purveyor-general +of the Pennsylvania troops, and incidentally of the whole Revolutionary +array. He married Rebekah Galbraith in 1765. Elaine is a well-known +Scotch name. Galbraith and Gillespie are Scotch-Irish; in fact, the +ancestors of James G. Blaine were nearly all Scotch and Irish. It is a +circumstance worthy of comment that Blaine comes from a stock which has +furnished the United States with many of her ablest public men, notably +among them being Andrew Jackson and Horace Greeley. +</p> +<p> +Colonel Ephraim Blaine had two sons named Robert and James, and each of +these sons named his son for Colonel Ephraim Blaine. Old Ephraim Blaine +did not leave his property to his sons, but to these two grandsons, (1) +Ephraim, who remained in Carlisle, and (2) Ephraim Lyon Blaine, who grew +up in western Pennsylvania. Ephraim Lyon Blaine was named for his +mother, Miss Lyon, the daughter of Samuel Lyon from about Carlisle. +Ephraim Lyon Blaine married Miss Gillespie, a devout member of the Roman +Catholic Church, but most of their seven children—five boys and two +girls—adhered to the traditional faith of the Blaines. The second of +these sons, James Gillespie Blaine, is the subject of this sketch. He +would have inherited large blended fortunes, had not his father, like +his grandfather, been a spendthrift. Therefore, soon after James G. +Blaine was born his parents had to move out of the big house which they +could no longer keep up, and occupy a frame-house called the Pringle +dwelling, also in West Brownsville, about a quarter of a mile distant. +Here young Elaine lived and went to school both in Brownsville and in +West Brownsville, until his father was elected prothonotary of the +county, in 1843, when the whole family removed to Little Washington, +twenty-four miles distant. +</p> +<p> +James G. entered Washington College in 1843, being then thirteen years +of age, and became at once prominent as a scholar among the two or three +hundred other lads from all parts of the country. He was also a leader +in athletic sports. He was not a bookworm, but he was a close student +and possessed the happy faculty of assimilating knowledge from books and +tutors far more easily and quickly than most of his fellows. In +debating-societies he held his own well, and was conspicuous by his +ability to control and direct others. +</p> +<p> +After leaving college young Blaine started for Kentucky to carve out his +own fortune. He went to Blue Lick Springs and became a professor in the +Western Military Institute, in which there were about four hundred and +fifty boys. A retired officer who was a student there at the time +relates that Professor Blaine was a thin, handsome, earnest young man, +with the same fascinating manners he has now. He was popular with the +boys, who trusted him and made friends with him from the first. He knew +the given name of every one, and he knew his shortcomings and his strong +points. He was a man of great personal courage, and during a fight +between the faculty of the school and the owners of the springs, +involving some questions about the removal of the school, he behaved in +the bravest manner, fighting + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page3" name="page3"></a>[3]</span> + +hard but keeping cool. Revolvers and knives were freely used, but Blaine +only used his well-disciplined muscle. Colonel Thornton F. Johnson was +the principal of the school, and his wife had a young ladies' school at +Millersburg, twenty miles distant. There Blaine met Miss Harriet +Stanwood, who subsequently became his wife. She was a Maine girl of +excellent family sent to Kentucky to be educated. +</p> +<p> +After teaching for a while Blaine left Kentucky and went to Philadelphia +to study law. While there he taught for a short time at the blind asylum +and also wrote for the newspapers. He soon, however, was irresistibly +attracted to the State of Maine, and left his native State for a home in +the community with which his name is now indissolubly connected. It is +somewhat remarkable that this ambitious young man should have gone East +instead of West, choosing a State which the young men were fast +leaving—one whose population in the last forty years has increased very +little. He is, indeed, almost the only man who has gone East in the last +half-century and risen to any prominence. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Blaine went to Maine in 1853, and soon afterward married Miss +Stanwood, whose family are well known in New England. Through their +influence he soon found an occupation in journalism, and until 1860 was +actively engaged in editing at different times the Kennebec Journal and +the Portland Daily Advertiser. He retained a part ownership in the +Kennebec Journal until it began to hamper him in his political career, +and then he sold out. A friend has said of him as a journalist: "I have +often thought that a great editor, as great perhaps as Horace Greeley, +was lost when Mr. Blaine went into politics. He possesses all the +qualities of a great journalist: he has a phenomenal memory; he +remembers circumstances, dates, names, and places more readily than any +other man I ever met." +</p> +<p> +Wielding a strong, vigorous, aggressive pen, Mr. Blaine soon made its +power felt among politicians. He went to Maine at a time when the Whig +and Democratic parties were breaking up. Previous to 1854 the Democratic +party had governed the State for a quarter of a century, but its power +was broken in the September election of that year, through a temporary +union of the anti-slavery and temperance elements. In 1855 the different +wings of the new party were well consolidated, and in the famous Frémont +campaign of 1856 they carried the State, electing Hannibal Hamlin +governor by twenty-four thousand majority. Mr. Blaine, during all these +exciting times, did not by any means confine himself to writing +political leaders. He took an active part in politics, attending +Republican meetings throughout the State, and soon made himself one of +the recognized Republican leaders in Maine. Of this period of his +career, the late Governor Kent, of Maine, who himself stood in the front +rank of public men in his State, once wrote as follows:— +</p> +<p> +"Almost from the day of his assuming editorial charge of the Kennebec +Journal, at the early age of twenty-three, Mr. Elaine sprang into a +position of great influence in the politics and policy of Maine. At +twenty-five he was a leading power in the councils of the Republican +party, so recognized by Fessenden, Hamlin, the two Morrills, and others, +then, and still, prominent in the State. Before he was twenty-nine he +was chosen chairman of the executive committee of the Republican + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page4" name="page4"></a>[4]</span> + + organization in Maine—a position he has held ever since, and from which +he has practically shaped and directed every political campaign in the +State, always leading his party to brilliant victory. Had Mr. Blaine +been New-England born, he would probably not have received such rapid +advancement at so early an age, even with the same ability he possessed. +But there was a sort of Western <i>dash</i> about him that took with us +Down-Easters; an expression of frankness, candor, and confidence, that +gave him from the start a very strong and permanent hold on our people, +and, as the foundation of all, a pure character and a masterly ability +equal to all demands made upon him." +</p> +<p> +Mr. Blaine's early political addresses, and especially the ability which +he displayed in them as a debater, won him great local reputation, and, +during the Frémont campaign, he achieved a distinction as a speaker +which insured him a seat in the Legislature, in 1858, though he was not +yet thirty years of age and had been but five years in his adopted +State. The ability which he displayed as a legislator was so marked that +his constituents returned him four years in succession, and the +Legislature, recognizing his talents, elected him speaker in 1860 and +1861, a rare honor for so young a man. As a presiding officer he +displayed those fine qualifications which afterward made him one of the +most brilliant of the long line of able men who have occupied the +speaker's chair in the National House of Representatives. +</p> +<p> +By this time Mr. Blaine had become a professional politician. In other +words he had given up all other occupations and made politics his sole +employment. This is a fact worthy of serious consideration, for few men +in this country have avowedly chosen politics as a calling and succeeded +in it as James G. Blaine has succeeded. Most of our statesmen, like +Webster and Lincoln, have been eminent lawyers. Blaine studied law +thoroughly, but never applied for admission at the bar. Some, like +Greeley, have been eminent journalists. Blaine made journalism merely a +means to an end, discarding it as soon as it had served his purpose. +Blaine has made a systematic and thorough study of politics and +political affairs. Constitutional history and international law he made +it his business to master. Above all, he has studied men, has learned by +careful observation how to handle, to mould, to use his fellow-beings. +No man in America to-day is more learned in everything pertaining to the +science of statesmanship than James G. Blaine. It is the fashion in this +country to decry professional politicians, to uphold the doctrine that +the office should seek the man and not the man the office. Yet there can +be no more honorable profession than the service of one's country, and +surely no man should be blamed for fitting himself for that service as +thoroughly and as carefully as for any other profession. +</p> +<p> +A man of Mr. Blaine's ability, of his rare knowledge of parliamentary +usages, and, above all, of his ambitions, was not likely to remain long +content with the position of a representative in the State Legislature. +As early as 1859 he had an ambition to go to Congress, and he was talked +of as a candidate in 1860. But Anson P. Morrill was nominated, Mr. +Blaine not having strength enough to obtain the honor. In 1862 Mr. +Blaine was nominated to the office, although he was not then so desirous +of it as he had been two years + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page5" name="page5"></a>[5]</span> + + before. His patriotic utterances in the convention which nominated him +met with a hearty response, and he was elected over his Democratic +competitor by the largest majority that had ever been given in his +district, it exceeding three thousand. This majority he held in six +succeeding and consecutive elections, running it up in one exciting +contest to nearly four thousand. +</p> +<p> +During his first term in Congress Mr. Blaine gave himself up to study +and observation, but in the next Congress, the Thirty-ninth, he gained +some prominence, and from that time to the end of his congressional +career he occupied a foremost place among the Republican leaders. His +reputation was that of an exceedingly industrious committeeman. He was a +member of the post-office and military committees, and of the committees +on appropriations and rules. He paid close attention to the business of +the committees, and took an active part in the debates of the House, +manifesting practical ability and genius for details. The first +remarkable speech which he made in Congress was on the subject of the +assumption by the general government of the war debts of the States, in +the course of which he urged that the North was abundantly able to carry +on the war to a successful issue. This vigorous speech attracted so much +attention that two hundred thousand copies of it were circulated in 1864 +as a campaign document by the Republican party. In the winter of 1865-66 +Mr. Blaine was very energetic in promoting the passage of reconstruction +measures. In the early part of 1866 he proposed a resolution which +finally became the basis of that part of the fourteenth amendment +relating to congressional representation. In the second session of the +Thirty-ninth Congress he also distinguished himself by the "Blaine +amendment" to the military bill, which was universally discussed in the +public press of the day. +</p> +<p> +In 1867 Mr. Blaine made a trip to Europe, returning in time to fight +against the greenback heresy, of which he was the foremost opponent. In +December he made an elaborate speech on the finances, in which he +analyzed Mr. Pendleton's greenback theory. "The remedy for our financial +troubles," said he, "will not be found in a superabundance of +depreciated paper currency. It lies in the opposite direction, and the +sooner the nation finds itself on a specie basis the sooner will the +public treasury be freed from embarrassment and private business be +relieved from discouragement. Instead, therefore, of entering upon a +reckless and boundless issue of legal tenders, with their constant +depreciation, if not destruction, of value, let us set resolutely to +work and make those already in circulation equal to so many gold +dollars." +</p> +<p> +This was the last great question in the discussion of which Mr. Blaine +took part on the floor of the House, his colleagues in 1869 electing him +to the office of speaker, vacated by the promotion of Schuyler Colfax to +the vice-presidency. The vote stood one hundred and thirty-five votes +for Blaine to fifty-seven for Kerr, of Indiana. Mr. Blaine proved +himself eminently fitted for the position. As a speaker he may be +classed with Henry Clay and General Banks, who are acknowledged to have +been the best speakers we have ever had. Blaine was their equal in every +respect. The whole force of such a statement as this cannot be felt +unless it is fully understood that + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page6" name="page6"></a>[6]</span> + + the speaker of the House of Representatives stands next to the President +in power and importance in the United States. The business of Congress +is done largely by committees, and the committees of the House are +appointed and shaped by the speaker. Then, to say that Blaine was one of +our three ablest speakers is to say a great deal, for a long line of +very able men have filled the speaker's chair. His quickness, his +thorough knowledge of parliamentary law and of the rules, his firmness, +clear voice, impressive manner, his ready comprehension of subjects and +situations, and his dash and brilliancy, really made him a great +presiding officer. He rose to a high place not only in the estimation of +his Republican friends, but also of his Democratic opponents, and he was +re-elected to the speakership in 1871 and again in 1873. In 1875, the +Democratic majority took control, and Mr. Blaine resumed his place on +the floor to win fresh laurels as a debater, and to discomfit the +majority in many a projected scheme which his quick eye detected and his +ready words exposed. +</p> +<p> +The governor of Maine, on the tenth of July, 1876, appointed Mr. Blaine +to the national Senate, in place of Mr. Morrill, who had resigned to +become secretary of the treasury. He was afterward elected for the +unexpired term and the full term following. On his appointment he wrote +to his constituents thus:— +</p> +<p class="quote"> + Beginning with 1862, you have, by continuous elections, sent me as your + representative to the Congress of the United States. For such marked + confidence, I have endeavored to return the most zealous and devoted + service in my power, and it is certainly not without a feeling of pain + that I now surrender a trust by which I have always felt so signally + honored. It has been my boast, in public and in private, that no man on + the floor of Congress ever represented a constituency more distinguished + for intelligence, for patriotism, for public and personal virtue. The + cordial support you have so uniformly given me through these fourteen + eventful years is the chief honor of my life. In closing the intimate + relations I have so long held with the people of this district, it is + a great satisfaction to me to know that with returning health I shall + enter upon a field of duty in which I can still serve them in common + with the larger constituency of which they form a part. +</p> +<p> +While in the Senate Mr. Blaine advocated the Chinese immigration bill, +and opposed the electoral commission and Bland silver legislation. Here, +as throughout his political career, he was never on the fence on any +question. His position has always been clear and he has always taken +strong grounds. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Elaine was a candidate for the presidential nomination in 1876, and +came within twenty-seven votes of being successful. His vote increased +from two hundred and ninety-one on the first ballot to three hundred and +fifty-one on the seventh, but he was beaten by a combination against him +of the delegates supporting Morton, Conkling, Hartranft, Bristow, and +Hayes, who united upon Hayes, and made him the nominee. He was also one +of the leading candidates for the presidential nomination at the +Republican National Convention in Chicago, in June, 1880. Out of a total +of seven hundred and fifty-five he received, on the first ballot, two +hundred and eighty-four votes. On the thirteenth and fourteenth ballots +he received his highest vote, two hundred and eighty-five, which very +gradually declined to two + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page7" name="page7"></a>[7]</span> + + hundred and fifty-seven on the thirty-fifth ballot. On the thirty-sixth +ballot General Garfield was nominated by a combination of the elements +opposed to General Grant and a third term. As before, Mr. Blaine yielded +to the inevitable, remaining true to his party principles, and +contributing his aid to the election of James A. Garfield. +</p> +<p> +When President Garfield made up his Cabinet he offered Mr. Blaine the +control of the state department. This is how Mr. Blaine accepted the +offer: +</p> +<p class="quote" style="text-align: right;"> + WASHINGTON, December 20, 1880. +</p> +<p class="quote"> + <i>My dear Garfield</i>,—Your generous invitation to enter your Cabinet + as secretary of state has been under consideration for more than three + weeks. The thought had really never occurred to my mind until, at our + late conference, you presented it with such cogent arguments in its + favor, and with such warmth of personal friendship in aid of your kind + offer. I know that an early answer is desirable, and I have waited only + long enough to consider the subject in all its bearings, and to make up + my mind, definitely and conclusively. I now say to you, in the same + cordial spirit in which you have invited me, that I accept the position. + It is no affectation for me to add that I make this decision, not for + the honor of the promotion it gives me in the public service, but + because I think I can be useful to the country and to the party; useful + to you as the responsible leader of the party and the great head of the + government. I am influenced somewhat, perhaps, by the shower of letters + I have received urging me to accept, written to me in consequence of the + mere unauthorized newspaper report that you had been pleased to offer me + the place. While I have received these letters from all sections of the + Union, I have been especially pleased, and even surprised, at the + cordial and widely extended feeling in my favor throughout New England, + where I had expected to encounter local jealousy and, perhaps, rival + aspiration. +</p> +<p class="quote"> + In our new relation I shall give all that I am and all that I can hope + to be, freely and joyfully, to your service. You need no pledge of my + loyalty in heart and in act. I should be false to myself did I not prove + true both to the great trust you confide to me and to your own personal + and political fortunes in the present and in the future. Your + administration must be made brilliantly successful and strong in the + confidence and pride of the people, not at all directing its energies + for re-election, and yet compelling that result by the logic of events + and by the imperious necessities of the situation. To that most + desirable consummation I feel that, next to yourself, I can possibly + contribute as much influence as any other one man. I say this not from + egotism or vainglory, but merely as a deduction from a plain analysis of + the political forces which have been at work in the country for five + years past, and which have been significantly shown in two great + national conventions. I accept it as one of the happiest circumstances + connected with this affair that in allying my political fortunes with + yours—or, rather, for the time merging mine in yours—my heart goes + with my head, and that I carry to you not only political support, but + personal and devoted friendship. I can but regard it as somewhat + remarkable that two men of the same age, entering Congress at the same + time, influenced by the same aims and cherishing the same ambitions, + should never, for a single moment in eighteen years of close intimacy, + have had a misunderstanding or a coolness, and that our friendship has + steadily grown with our growth and strengthened with our strength. It is + this fact which has led me to the conclusion embodied in this letter; + for however much, my dear Garfield, I might admire you as a statesman, I + would not enter your Cabinet if I did not believe in you as a man and + love you as a friend. Always faithfully yours, +</p> +<p class="quote" style="text-align: right;"> + JAMES G. BLAINE. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Blaine's diplomatic career began with his appointment as secretary +of state on March 5, 1881, and ended with + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page8" name="page8"></a>[8]</span> + +his resignation on December 19, three months after President Garfield's +death. The two principal objects of his foreign policy, as defined by +himself on September 1, 1882, were these: "First, to bring about peace, +and prevent future wars in North and South America; second, to cultivate +such friendly commercial relations with all American countries as would +lead to a large increase in the export trade of the United States, by +supplying those fabrics in which we are abundantly able to compete with +the manufacturing nations of Europe." President Garfield, in his +inaugural address, had repeated the declaration of his predecessor that +it was "the right and duty of the United States to assert and maintain +such supervision and authority over any interoceanic canal across the +isthmus that connects North and South America as will protect our +national interests." This policy, which had received the direct approval +of Congress, was vigorously upheld by Secretary Blaine. The Colombian +Republic had proposed to the European powers to join in a guaranty of +the neutrality of the proposed Panama Canal. One of President Garfield's +first acts under the advice of Secretary Blaine was to remind the +European governments of the exclusive rights which the United States had +secured with the country to be traversed by the interoceanic waterway. +These exclusive rights rendered the prior guaranty of the United States +government indispensable, and the powers were informed that any foreign +guaranty would be not only an unnecessary but unfriendly act. As the +United States had made, in the Clayton-Bulwer treaty of 1850, a special +agreement with Great Britain on this subject, Secretary Blaine +supplemented his memorandum to the powers by a formal proposal for the +abrogation of all provisions of that convention which were not in accord +with the guaranties and privileges covenanted for in the compact with +the Colombian Republic. In this state paper, the most elaborate of the +series receiving his signature as secretary of state, Mr. Blaine +contended that the operation of the Clayton-Bulwer treaty practically +conceded to Great Britain the control of any canal which might be +constructed in the isthmus, as that power was required, by its insular +position and colonial possessions, to maintain a naval establishment +with which the United States could not compete. As the American +government had bound itself by its engagements in the Clayton-Bulwer +treaty not to fight in the isthmus, nor to fortify the mouths of any +waterway that might be constructed, the secretary argued that if any +struggle for the control of the canal were to arise England would have +an advantage at the outset which would prove decisive. "The treaty," he +remarked, "commands this government not to use a single regiment of +troops to protect its interests in connection with the interoceanic +canal, but to surrender the transit to the guardianship and control of +the British navy." The logic of this paper was unanswerable from an +American point of view. +</p> +<p> +The war between Chili and Peru had virtually ended with the capture of +Lima on January 17, 1881. The state department made strenuous exertions +to bring about the conclusion of an early peace between Chili and the +two prostrate states which had been crushed in war. The influence of the +government was brought to bear upon victorious Chili in the interest of +peace + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page9" name="page9"></a>[9]</span> + + and magnanimity; but, owing to an unfortunate misapprehension of Mr. +Blaine's instructions, the United States ministers did not promote the +ends of peace. Special envoys were accordingly sent to South America, +accredited to the three governments, with general instructions which +should enable them to bring those belligerent powers into friendly +relations. After they had set out from New York Mr. Blaine resigned, and +Mr. Frelinghuysen reversed the diplomatic policy with such precipitate +haste that the envoys on arriving at their destination were informed by +the Chilian minister of foreign affairs that their instructions had been +countermanded, and that their mission was an idle farce. By this +reversal of diplomatic methods and purposes the influence of the United +States government on the South American coast was reduced to so low a +point as to become insignificant. Mr. Blaine's policy had been at once +strong and pacific. It was followed by a period of no policy, which +enabled Chili to make a conqueror's terms with the conquered and to +seize as much territory as pleased her rapacious generals. +</p> +<p> +The most conspicuous act of Mr. Blaine's administration of the state +department was his invitation to the peace congress. The proposition was +to invite all the independent governments of North and South America to +meet in a peace congress at Washington on March 15, 1882. The +representatives of all the minor governments on this continent were to +agree, if possible, upon some comprehensive plan for averting war by +means of arbitration, and for resisting the intrigues of European +diplomacy. Invitations were sent on November 22, with the limitations +and restrictions originally designed. Mr. Frelinghuysen lost no time in +undermining this diplomatic congress, and the meeting never took place. +</p> +<p> +On the morning of Saturday, July 2, President Garfield was to start from +Washington by the morning limited express for New York, en route for New +England and a reunion with his old college mates at the Williams College +commencement. His secretary of state accompanied him to the train, and +has recorded the great, almost boyish, delight with which the President +anticipated his holiday. They entered the waiting-room at the station, +and a moment later Guiteau's revolver had done its work. The country +still vividly remembers the devotion with which the head of the Cabinet +watched at the President's bedside, and the calm dignity with which, +during those long weeks of suspense, he discharged the painful duties of +his position. On September 6 the President was removed from Washington +to Elberon, whither he was followed the same day by Mr. Blaine and the +rest of the Cabinet. The apparent improvement in the President's +condition warranted the belief that he would continue to gain, and Mr. +Blaine went for a short rest to his home in Augusta. He was on his way +back to Elberon when the fatal moment came, and reached there the next +morning. It is the universal testimony of the press and people that, +during the weary weeks which intervened between the President's injury +and death, Mr. Blaine's every action and constant demeanor were +absolutely faultless. Selected by Congress to pronounce a formal eulogy +upon President Garfield, Mr. Blaine, on February 19, 1882, before +President Arthur and his Cabinet, both Houses of Congress, the + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page10" name="page10"></a>[10]</span> + + Supreme Court, the foreign legations, and an audience of ladies and +gentlemen which crowded the Hall of Representatives, delivered a most +just, comprehensive, and admirable address upon the martyr's great +career and character. +</p> +<p> +Since his withdrawal from President Arthur's Cabinet and his retirement +to private life at Augusta, Mr. Blaine has busied himself with his +history, entitled Twenty Years of Congress, the first volume of which +was given to the public last April. When finished, this work will cover +the period from Lincoln to Garfield, with a review of the events which +led to the political revolution of 1860. The story he tells in his first +volume is given with the simplicity and compactness of a trained +journalist, and yet with sufficient fulness to make the picture distinct +and clear in almost every detail. The book is as easy to read as a +well-written novel; it is clear and interesting, and commands the +attention throughout, the more for the absence of anything like +oratorical display or forensic combativeness. In literary polish it is +not beyond criticism, though occasional infelicities of expression and +instances of carelessness do not outweigh the general clearness and +force of style. It is not at all points unerring in portraiture, nor +infallible in judgment, though the writer's impartiality of spirit and +desire to be just are conspicuous, and he gives cogent reasons for +opinions expressed. But in broad and comprehensive appreciation of the +forces by which the development of public opinion has been affected, the +work is one of great merit. It seems to be entirely free from those +personal qualities which have characterized Mr. Blaine in politics. It +is very remarkable that a man so prominent as a partisan in political +affairs could have written a book so free from partisanship. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Blaine is now in his fifty-fifth year. Although above medium height, +he is so compactly and powerfully built that he scarcely seems tall. His +features are large and expressive; he is slightly bald and his neatly +trimmed beard is prematurely gray; his brows are lowering—his eyes +keen. On the floor of Congress he manifested marvelous power and nerve. +His voice is rich and melodious; his delivery is fluent and vigorous; +his gestures are full of grace and force; his self-possession is never +lost. He has appeared on the stump in almost every Northern State, and +is an exceedingly popular and effective campaign speaker. But it is not +when on the platform, speaking alone, that he has shown his greatest +strength. He is strongest when hard pressed by opponents in +parliamentary debate. He is a thorough believer in the organization of +men who think alike for advancing their views. He believes that in order +to carry out any great project it is necessary to have a party +organization, not for the purpose of advancing individual interests, but +to push ahead a great line of policy. He is a positive with the courage +of his convictions, and believes in aggressive politics. As a +consequence of this he has always had both very strong friends and very +bitter enemies. It is probable that no man in this country has had a +stronger personal following since the days of Harry Clay. +</p> +<p> +Blaine is a man of great physical capacities. He has great powers of +application. His mind works quickly. He is as restless as the ocean and +has the power of accomplishing an immense amount of work. Another +quality which he possesses—rare but invaluable + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page11" name="page11"></a>[11]</span> + + to a public man—is that of remembering names and faces, of remembering +men and all about them. This ability is partly natural, partly the +result of his training. He has made it a study to get acquainted with +men. +</p> +<p> +His knowledge of facts, dates, events, men in our history, is not only +remarkable, but almost unprecedented. It would be difficult to find a +man in the United States who can, on the instant, without reference to +book or note, give so many facts and statistics relating to the social +and political history of our country. This has been the study of his +life, and his memory is truly encyclopædic. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Blaine was not a poor man when he entered Congress in 1863, and he +is not a millionaire now. For twenty years he has owned a valuable coal +tract of several hundred acres near Pittsburgh. This yielded him a +handsome income before he entered Congress, and the investment has been +a profitable one during his public life. He is said to have speculated +more or less, and to have made and lost millions. Yet in general his +business affairs have been managed with prudence and shrewdness, and he +now has a handsome fortune. His home in Augusta, near the State House, +is a plain two-story house. Several institutions in the State have +received benefactions from him, and his charity and generosity are +appreciated at home. He is a member of the Congregational Church in +Augusta, and constant attendance at divine service is a practice that he +has always inculcated upon his family. He has constantly refused to take +religious matters into politics, but his respect for his mother's belief +has made him tolerant and charitable toward all sects. In his own house +he is a man of culture and refinement, a genial host, a courteous +gentlemen. No man in public life is more fortunate in his domestic +relations. He is the companion and confidant of every one of his six +children, and they fear him no more than they fear one of their own +number. Mrs. Blaine is a model wife and mother. The eldest son, Walker +Blaine, is a graduate of Yale College and of the Law School of Columbia +College. He is a member of the bar of several States, and has been +creditably engaged in public life in Washington. The second son, Emmons +Blaine, is a graduate of Harvard College and the Cambridge Law School. +The third is James G. Blaine, Jr., who was graduated from Exeter Academy +last year. The three daughters are named Alice, Margaret, and Harriet. +The eldest was married more than a year ago to Brevet-Colonel J.J. +Coppinger, U.S.A. +</p> +<p> +But however Mr. Blaine may have distinguished himself as an author, a +diplomatist, or a man of varied experience and knowledge, in the present +political campaign, in which he is destined to play so important a part, +he will necessarily be largely judged in a political sense, and as a +politician. What does the record show in these directions? Has he been +true or false to his political convictions? Assuredly no man, be he +friend or foe, can point to a single instance in Mr. Blaine's long and +varied political career, in which he has betrayed his political trust or +failed to respond to the demands of his political professions. Through +the anti-slavery period; during the trying years of the war; through the +boisterous struggle for reconstruction, and constantly since, Mr. +Blaine's voice has always been heard pleading for the cause of equality, +arguing for freedom, + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page12" name="page12"></a>[12]</span> + + and combating all propositions that aimed to restrict human rights or +fetter human progress. That he has sometimes been swayed by partisan +rather than statesmanlike considerations is highly probable, but even +that can but prove his zeal and devotion to party principles. +</p> +<p> +No one claims for him political infallibility, and his warmest admirer +will admit that he, like other men, has faults. But those who look upon +Mr. Blaine as an impetuous and rash politician have but to read his +letter of acceptance to see how unjust that judgment is. Calm, +dignified, and scholarly, it discusses with consummate ability the +issues that to-day are engaging the attention of the American people, +and whether it be the tariff question or our foreign policy, he shows a +familiarity with the subject that at once stamps him as a man of +remarkable versatility and rare accomplishments. As the standard-bearer +of the great Republican party, he will unquestionably inspire in his +followers great enthusiasm and determination, and, if elected to the +high office to which he has been nominated, there is every reason to +believe that he will make a Chief Magistrate of whom the entire people +will justly be proud. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<a name="h2H_4_0003" id="h2H_4_0003"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + THE BOUNDARY LINES OF OLD GROTON.—III. +</h2> +<h3> + <span class="sc">By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green.</span> +</h3> +<p> +The running of the Provincial line in 1741 cut off a large part of +Dunstable, and left it on the New Hampshire side of the boundary. It +separated even the meeting-house from that portion of the town still +remaining in Massachusetts, and this fact added not a little to the deep +animosity felt by the inhabitants when the disputed question was +settled. It is no exaggeration to say that, throughout the old township, +the feelings and sympathies of the inhabitants on both sides of the line +were entirely with Massachusetts. A short time before this period the +town of Nottingham had been incorporated by the General Court, and its +territory taken from Dunstable. It comprised all the lands of that town, +lying on the easterly side of the Merrimack River; and the difficulty of +attending public worship led to the division. When the Provincial line +was established, it affected Nottingham, like many other towns, most +unfavorably. It divided its territory and left a tract of land in +Massachusetts, too small for a separate township, but by its +associations belonging to Dunstable. This tract is to-day that part of +Tyngsborough lying east of the river. +</p> +<p> +The question of a new meeting-house was now agitating the inhabitants of +Dunstable. Their former building was in another Province, where +different laws prevailed respecting the qualifications and settlement of +ministers. It was clearly evident that another structure must be built, +and the customary dispute of small communities arose in regard to its +site. Some persons favored one locality, and others another; some wanted +the centre of territory, and others the centre of population. Akin to +this subject I give the words of the Reverend Joseph Emerson, of + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page13" name="page13"></a>[13]</span> + + Pepperell,—as quoted by Mr. Butler, in his History of Groton (page +306),—taken from a sermon delivered on March 8, 1770, at the dedication +of the second meeting-house in Pepperell: "It hath been observed that +some of the hottest contentions in this land hath been about settling of +ministers and building meeting-houses; and what is the reason? The devil +is a great enemy to settling ministers and building meeting-houses; +wherefore he sets on his own children to work and make difficulties, and +to the utmost of his power stirs up the corruptions of the children of +God in some way lo oppose or obstruct so good a work." This explanation +was considered highly satisfactory, as the hand of the evil one was +always seen in such disputes. +</p> +<p> +During this period of local excitement an effort was made to annex +Nottingham to Dunstable; and at the same time Joint Grass to Dunstable. +Joint Grass was a district in the northeastern part of Groton, settled +by a few families, and so named from a brook running through the +neighborhood. It is evident from the documents that the questions of +annexation and the site of the meeting-house were closely connected. The +petition in favor of annexation was granted by the General Court on +certain conditions, which were not fulfilled, and consequently the +attempt fell to the ground. Some of the papers relating to it are as +follows: +</p> +<p> +A Petition of sundry Inhabitants of the most northerly Part of the first +Parish in <i>Groton</i>, praying that they may be set off from said +<i>Groton</i> to <i>Dunstable</i>, for the Reasons mentioned. +</p> +<p> +Read and <i>Ordered</i>, That the Petitioners serve the Towns of +<i>Groton</i> and <i>Dunstable</i> with Copies of this Petition, that +they show Cause, if any they have, on the first Friday of the next +Sitting of this Court, why the Prayer thereof should not be granted. +</p> +<p> +Sent up for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 264), March 11, 1746.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +<i>Francis Foxcroft</i>, Esq; brought down the Petition of the northerly +Part of <i>Groton</i>, as entred the 11th of <i>March</i> last, and refer'd. +Pass'd in Council, <i>viz.</i> In Council <i>May</i> 29th 1747. Read again, +together with the Answers of the Towns of <i>Groton</i> and <i>Dunstable</i>, +and <i>Ordered</i>, That <i>Joseph Wilder</i> and <i>John Quincy</i>, Esqrs; together +with such as the honourable House shall join, be a Committee to take +under Consideration this Petition, together with the other Petitions and +Papers referring to the Affair within mentioned, and report what they +judge proper for this Court to do thereon. Sent down for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +Read and concur'd, and Major <i>Jones</i>, Mr. <i>Fox</i>, and Col. +<i>Gerrish</i>, are joined in the Affair. +</p> +<p> +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 11), May 29, 1747.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +<i>John Hill</i>, Esq; brought down the Petition of the Inhabitants of +<i>Groton</i> and <i>Nottingham</i>, with the Report of a Committee of +both Houses thereon. +</p> +<p> +Signed <i>Joseph Wilder</i>, per Order. +</p> +<p> +Pass'd in Council, <i>viz.</i> In Council <i>June</i> 5th 1747. The +within Report was read and accepted, and <i>Ordered</i>, That the +Petition of <i>John Swallow</i> and others, Inhabitants of the northerly +Part of <i>Groton</i> be so far granted, as that the Petitioners, with +their Estates petition'd for, be set off from <i>Groton</i>, and annexed +to the Town of <i>Dunstable</i>, agreable to <i>Groton</i> Town Vote of +the 18th of <i>May</i> last; and that the Petition of the Inhabitants of +<i>Nottingham</i> be granted, and that that Part of <i>Nottingham</i> +left to the Province, with the Inhabitants theron, be annexed to said +<i>Dunstable,</i> and that they thus Incorporated, do Duty and receive +Priviledges as other Towns within this Province do or by Law ought to +enjoy. +</p> +<p> +And it is further <i>Ordered</i>, That the + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page14" name="page14"></a>[14]</span> + + House for publick Worship be placed two Hundred and forty eight Rods +distant from Mr. <i>John Tyng's</i> North-East Corner, to run from said +Corner North fifty two Degrees West, or as near that Place as the Land +will admit of. +</p> +<p> +Sent down for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +Read and concur'd with the Amendment, <i>viz.</i> instead of those +Words, ... <i>And it is further Ordered, That the House for publick +Worship be</i> ... insert the following Words ... <i>Provided that +within one Year a House for the publick Worship of</i> GOD <i>be +erected, and</i>.... +</p> +<p> +Sent up for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +[Journal of the House of Repesentatives (page 26), June 6, 1747.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +To his Excellency William Shirley Esquire Captain General and Governour +in Chief in and over his Majestys Province of the Massachusetts Bay in +New England The Hon<sup>ble</sup>: the Council and Hon<sup>ble</sup>: House of +Representatives of the said Province in General Court Assembled at +Boston the 31<sup>st</sup>. of May 1749. +</p> +<p> +The petition of the Inhabitants of the Town of Dunstable in the Province +of the Massachusetts Bay +</p> +<p> +Most Humbly Shew +</p> +<p> +That in the Year 1747, that part of Nottingham which lyes within this +Government and part of the Town of Groton Called Joint Grass preferred +two petitions to this Great and Hon<sup>ble</sup>: Court praying that they might +be Annexed to the Town of Dunstable which petitions Your Excellency and +Honours were pleased to Grant upon Conditions that a meeting house for +the Publick Worship of God should be built two hundred and forty Eight +Rods 52 Deg<sup>s</sup>: West of the North from North East Corner of M. John Tyngs +land But the Inhabitants of the Town Apprehending Your Excellency and +Honours were not fully Acquainted with the Inconveniencys that would +Attend placeing the Meeting House there Soon after Convened in Publick +Town Meeting Legally Called to Conclude upon a place for fixing said +meeting house where it would best Accommodate all the Inhabitants at +which meeting proposals were made by some of the Inhabitants to take the +Advice and Assistance of three men of other Towns which proposal was +Accepted by the Town and they accordingly made Choice of The Hon<sup>ble</sup>: +James Minot Esq<sup>r</sup>. Maj<sup>r</sup>: Lawrence and M<sup>r</sup>. Brewer and then Adjourned +the Meeting. +</p> +<p> +That the said Gentlemen mett at the Towns Request and Determined upon a +place for fixing the said meeting house which was approved of by the +Town and they Accordingly Voted to Raise the sum of one hundred pounds +towards defraying the Charge of Building the said House But Upon +Reviewing the Spot pitched upon as aforesaid many of the Inhabitants +Apprehended it was more to the southward than the Committee Intended it +should be And thereupon a Meeting was Called on the Twenty Sixth day of +May last when the Town voted to Build the meeting house on the East side +of the Road that leads from Cap<sup>t</sup>: Cummings's to M<sup>r</sup> Simon Tompsons +where some part of the Timber now lyes being about Forty Rods Northward +of Isaac Colburns house which they Apprehended to be the Spot of Ground +the Committee Intended to fix upon. +</p> +<p> +And for as much as the place Last Voted by the Town to Build their +meeting house upon will best Accommodate all the Inhabitants, +</p> +<p> +Your pet<sup>rs</sup>. therefore most humbly pray Your Excellency and Honours +would be pleased to Confirm the said Vote of the Town of the 26<sup>th</sup>: day +of May last and order the meeting house for the Publick Worship of God +to be Erected on the peice of Ground aforementioned, +</p> +<p> +And in duty bound they will ever pray &c. +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Simon tompson </p> +<p class="i2"> Eben Parkhurst </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Com<sup>tee</sup> for the </p> +<p class="i2"> Town of Dunstable </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +[Massachusetts Archives, cxv, 507, 508.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +The Committee appointed on the Petition of a Committee for the Town of +<i>Dunstable,</i> reported according to Order. +</p> +<p> +Read and accepted, and thereupon the following Order pass'd, <i>viz.</i> <i>In +as much as the House for the publick Worship of</i> + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page15" name="page15"></a>[15]</span> + +<i>GOD in</i> Dunstable <i>was not erected within the Line limitted in +the Order of this Court of</i> June 6th 1747, <i>the Inhabitants of</i> +Groton <i>and</i> Nottingham <i>have lost the Benefit of Incorporation +with the Town of</i> Dunstable: Therefore +</p> +<p> +<i>Voted</i>, That a Meeting House for the publick Worship of GOD be +erected as soon as may be on the East Side of the Road that leads from +Capt. <i>Cummins</i> to <i>Simon Thompson's,</i> where the Timber for +such a House now lies, agreeable to a Vote of the said Town of +<i>Dunstable</i> on the 26th of <i>May</i> last; and that the said Inhabitants +of <i>Groton</i> and <i>Nottingham</i> be and continue to be set off and +annexed to the Town of <i>Dunstable</i>, to do Duty and receive +Priviledge there, their Neglect of Compliance with the said Order of +<i>June</i> 6th 1747, notwithstanding, unless the major Part of the +Inhabitants and rateable Estate belonging to said <i>Groton</i> and +<i>Nottingham</i> respectively, shall on or before the first Day of +<i>September</i> next in writing under their Hands, transmit to the +Secretary's Office their Desire not to continue so incorporated with the +town of <i>Dunstable</i> as aforesaid; provided also, That in Case the +said Inhabitants of <i>Groton</i> and <i>Nottingham</i> shall signify +such their Desire in Manner and Time as aforesaid, they be nevertheless +subjected to pay and discharge their Proportion of all Publick Town or +Ministerial Rates or Taxes hitherto granted or regularly laid on them; +excepting the last Sum granted for building a Meeting House. And that +the present Town Officers stand and execute their Offices respectively +until the Anniversary Town-Meeting at <i>Dunstable</i> in <i>March</i> +next. Sent up for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +[Journal of the House of Representatives (pages 46, 47), June 26, 1749.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +Whereas the Great & Generall Court of the the [<i>sic</i>] Province of +the Massachusetts Bay in June Last, On the Petitions of Dunstable & +Nottingham has Ordered that the Inhabitants of Groton and Nottingham, +Which by Order of the s<sup>d</sup> Court the 6th of June 1747 Were On Certain +Conditions Annexed to s<sup>d</sup> Dunstable & (Which Conditions not being +Complyed with) be Annexed to s<sup>d</sup>. Dunstable to do duty & Receive +priviledge there their neglect of Complyance notwithstanding, Unless the +major part of the Inhabitants and ratable Estate belonging to the s<sup>d</sup>. +Groton & Nottingham respectively Shall on or before the first day of +September next in Writing under their hands Transmitt to the Secretarys +Office their desire not to Continue so Incorporated With the town of +Dunstable as afores<sup>d</sup>. Now therefore Wee the Subscribers Inhabitants of +Groton & Nottingham Sett of as afores<sup>d</sup>. do hereby Signifie Our desire +not to Continue so Incorporated with the town of Dunstable as afores<sup>d</sup>. +but to be Sett at Liberty As tho that Order of Court had not ben passed +</p> +<p> +Dated the 10th day of July 1749 +</p> +<p> +Inhabitants of Groton +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Timothy Read </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph fletcher </p> +<p class="i2"> John Swallow </p> +<p class="i2"> Samuel Comings </p> +<p class="i2"> Benjamin Robbins </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Spalding iuner </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +Inhabitants of Nottingham +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Samuell Gould </p> +<p class="i2"> Robert Fletcher </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph perriaham Daken [Deacon?] </p> +<p class="i2"> iohn Collans </p> +<p class="i2"> Zacheus Spaulding </p> +<p class="i2"> and ten others </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +[Massachusetts Archives, cxv, 515.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +A manuscript plan of Dunstable, made by Joseph Blanchard, in the autumn +of 1748, and accompanying these papers among the Archives (cxv, 519), +has considerable interest for the local antiquary. +</p> +<p> +In the course of a few years some of these Groton signers reconsidered +the matter, and changed their minds. It appears from the following +communication that the question of the site of the meeting-house had +some influence in the matter:— +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page16" name="page16"></a>[16]</span> +</p> +<p> +Groton, May 10, 1753. We have concluded to Joine with Dunstable in +settling the gospell and all other affairs hart & hand in case Dunstable +woud meet us in erecting a meting house in center of Lands or center of +Travel. +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Spaulding jr. </p> +<p class="i2"> John Swallow. </p> +<p class="i2"> Timothy Read. </p> +<p class="i2"> Samuel Cumings. </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Parkhurst. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +[Nason's History of Dunstable, page 85.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +The desired result of annexation was now brought about, and in this way +Joint Grass became a part and portion of Dunstable. The following +extracts give further particulars in regard to it:— +</p> +<p> +A Petition of a Committee in Behalf of the Inhabitants of +<i>Dunstable</i>, within this Province, shewing, that that Part of +<i>Dunstable</i> by the late running of the Line is small, and the Land +much broken, unable to support the Ministry, and other necessary +Charges; that there is a small Part of <i>Groton</i> contiguous, and +well situated to be united to them in the same Incorporation, lying to +the West and Northwest of them; that in the Year 1744, the Inhabitants +there requested them that they might be incorporated with them, which +was conceeded to by the Town of <i>Groton</i>; that in Consequence of +this, upon Application to this Court they were annexed to the Town of +<i>Dunstable</i> with the following Proviso, viz. "That within one Year +from that Time a House for the publick Worship of GOD should be erected +at a certain Place therein mentioned": Which Place was esteemed by all +Parties both in <i>Groton</i> and <i>Nottingham</i>, so incommodious, +that it was not complied withal; that on a further Application to this +Court to alter the Place, Liberty was given to the Inhabitants of +<i>Groton</i> and <i>Nottingham</i>, to withdraw, whereby they are deprived of +that contiguous and necessary Assistance which they expected: Now as the +Reasons hold good in every Respect for their Incorporation with them, +they humbly pray that the said Inhabitants of <i>Groton</i> by the same Bounds +as in the former Order stated, may be reannexed to them, for the Reasons +mentioned. +</p> +<p> +Read and <i>Ordered</i>, That the Petitioners serve the Inhabitants of +<i>Groton</i> therein refer'd to, as also the Clerk of the Town of +<i>Groton</i>, with Copies of this Petition, that so the said Inhabitants, +as also the Town of <i>Groton</i>, shew Cause, if any they have, on the +first Tuesday of the next <i>May</i> Session, why the Prayer thereof +should not be granted. +</p> +<p> +Sent up for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +[Journal of the House of Representatives (pages 138, 139), April 4, +1753.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +<i>John Hill</i>, Esq; brought down the Petition of a Committee of the +Town of <i>Dunstable</i>, as entred the 4th of <i>April</i> last, and +refer'd. Pass'd in Council, viz. In Council <i>June</i> 5th 1753. Read +again, together with the Answer of the Inhabitants of that Part of +<i>Groton</i> commonly called <i>Joint-Grass,</i> and likewise <i>William Lawrence</i>, +Esq; being heard in Behalf of the Town of <i>Groton</i>, and the Matter being +fully considered, <i>Ordered</i>, That the Prayer of the Petition be so far +granted, as that <i>Joseph Fletcher, Joseph Spaulding, Samuel Comings, +Benjamin Rabbins, Timothy Read, John Swallow, Joseph Parkhurst</i>, and +<i>Ebenezer Parkhurst</i>, Jun. with their Families and Estates, and +other Lands petitioned for, be set off from the Town of <i>Groton</i>, +and annexed to the town of <i>Dunstable</i>, agreable to the Vote of the +Town of <i>Groton</i> on the 18th of <i>May</i> 1747, to receive Priviledge and +do Duty there, provided that <i>Timothy Read</i>, Constable for the Town of +<i>Groton</i>, and Collector of the said Parish in said Town the last Year, +and <i>Joseph Fletcher</i>, Constable for the said Town this present Year, +finish their Collection of the Taxes committed or to be committed to them +respectively; and also that the said Inhabitants pay their Proportion of +the Taxes that are already due or shall be due to the said Town of +<i>Groton</i> for the present Year, for which they may be taxed by the +Assessors of <i>Groton</i>, as tho' this Order had not + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page17" name="page17"></a>[17]</span> + + past: provided also that the Meeting-House for the publick Worship of +GOD in <i>Dunstable</i> be erected agreable to the Vote of <i>Dunstable</i> +relating thereto in <i>May</i> 1753. Sent down for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +Read and concur'd. +</p> +<p> +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 21), June 7, 1753.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +The part of Nottingham, mentioned in these petitions, was not joined to +Dunstable until a later period. On June 14, 1754, an order passed the +House of Representatives, annexing "a very small Part of Nottingham now +lying in this Province, unable to be made into a District, but very +commodious for Dunstable;" but the matter was delayed in the Council, +and it was a year or two before the end was brought about. +</p> +<p> +The west parish of Groton was set off as a precinct on November 26, +1742. It comprised that part of the town lying on the west side of the +Nashua River, north of the road from Groton to Townsend. Its +incorporation as a parish or precinct allowed the inhabitants to manage +their own ecclesiastical affairs, while in all other matters they +continued to act with the parent town. Its partial separation gave them +the benefit of a settled minister in their neighborhood, which, in those +days, was considered of great importance. +</p> +<p> +It is an interesting fact to note that, in early times, the main reason +given in the petitions for dividing towns was the long distance to the +meeting-house, by which the inhabitants were prevented from hearing the +stated preaching of the gospel. +</p> +<p> +The petitioners for the change first asked for a township, which was not +granted; but subsequently they changed their request to a precinct +instead, which was duly allowed. The papers relating to the matter are +as follows:— +</p> +<p> +Province of The Massechuetts Bay in New England. +</p> +<p> +To His Excellency W<sup>m</sup>: Shirley Esq<sup>r</sup>: Goveinr in & over y<sup>e</sup> Same And To +The Hon<sup>le</sup>: his Majestis Council & House of Representetives in Gen<sup>ll</sup>: +Court Assembled June 1742: +</p> +<p> +The Petition of Sundry Inhabitants & Resendant in the Northerly Part of +Groton Humbly Sheweth that the Town of Groton is at Least ten miles in +Length North & South & seven miles in wedth East & West And that in +Runing two miles Due North from the Present Meeting House & from thence +to Run Due East to Dunstable West Line. And from the Ende of the S<sup>d</sup>: +two miles to Run West till it Comes to the Cuntry Rode that is Laide out +to Townshend & soon S<sup>d</sup>: Rode till it Comes to Townshend East Line then +tur[n]ing & Runing Northly to Nestiquaset Corner which is for Groton & +Townshend then tur[n]ing & Runing Easterly on Dunstable South Line & So +on Dunstable Line till it comes to the Line first mentioned, Which Land +Lyeth about Seven miles in Length & four miles & a Quarter in Wedth. +</p> +<p> +And Thare is Now Setled in those Lines here after mentioned is about the +Number of Seventy families all Redy And may [many?] more ready to Settle +there and as soon as scet off to the Petitioners & those families +Settled in y<sup>e</sup> Lines afore s<sup>d</sup>: Would make A Good township & the +Remaining Part of Groton Left in a regular forme And by reason of the +great Distance your Petitioners are from the Present Meeting House are +put to very Great Disadvantages in Attending the Public Worship of God +many of Whom are Oblidged to travel Seven or Eight miles & that the +Remaining Part of Groton Consisting of such good land & y<sup>e</sup> Inhabitants +so Numerous that thay Can by no means be Hurt Should your Petitioners & +those families Settled in y<sup>e</sup> Lines afore s<sup>d</sup>: Be Erected to a Seprate & +Distinct Township: That the in Contestable situation & accomodations on +the s<sup>d</sup>: Lands was y<sup>e</sup> one great reason of your Petitioners Settling +thare & Had Not those Prospects been so Clear to us We should + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page18" name="page18"></a>[18]</span> + +by no means have under taken The Hardship We have already & must go +Throu. +</p> +<p> +Wherefore Your Petitioners Would farther Shew that Part of y<sup>e</sup> Land here +Prayed for all Redy Voted of by the S<sup>d</sup> town to be a Presinct & that the +most of them that are in that Lines have Subscribed with us to be a +Dest[i]ncte Township Wherefore Your Petitioners Humbly Pray your Honnors +to Grante us our Desire according to This our Request as we in Duty +Bound Shall Ever Pray &c. +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Spaulding iur </p> +<p class="i2"> Zachariah Lawrance </p> +<p class="i2"> William Allen </p> +<p class="i2"> Jeremiah Lawrance </p> +<p class="i2"> William Blood </p> +<p class="i2"> Nathaniel Parker </p> +<p class="i2"> Enoch Lawarnce </p> +<p class="i2"> Samuel Right </p> +<p class="i2"> James larwance </p> +<p class="i2"> Josiah Tucker </p> +<p class="i2"> Sam<sup>ll</sup> fisk </p> +<p class="i2"> Soloman blood </p> +<p class="i2"> John Woods </p> +<p class="i2"> Josiah Sartell </p> +<p class="i2"> benj<sup>n</sup>. Swallow </p> +<p class="i2"> Elies Ellat </p> +<p class="i2"> Richard Worner </p> +<p class="i2"> Ebenezer Gillson </p> +<p class="i2"> Ebenezer Parce </p> +<p class="i2"> James Blood iu </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Spaulding </p> +<p class="i2"> Phiniahas Parker iur </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Warner </p> +<p class="i2"> Phineahas Chambrlin </p> +<p class="i2"> Isaac laken </p> +<p class="i2"> Isacc Williams </p> +<p class="i2"> John Swallow </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Swallow </p> +<p class="i2"> Benj<sup>n</sup>: Robins </p> +<p class="i2"> Nathan Fisk </p> +<p class="i2"> John Chamberlin </p> +<p class="i2"> Jacob Lakin </p> +<p class="i2"> Seth Phillips </p> +<p class="i2"> John Cumings </p> +<p class="i2"> Benj<sup>n</sup>: Parker </p> +<p class="i2"> Gersham Hobart </p> +<p class="i2"> Joseph Lawrance </p> +<p class="i2"> John Spaulding </p> +<p class="i2"> Isaac Woods </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +In the House of Rep<sup>ives</sup> June. 10, 1742. +</p> +<p> +Read and Ordered that the Pet<sup>rs</sup> serve the Town of Groton with a Copy of +this Pet<sup>n</sup> that they shew cause if any they have on the first fryday of +the next session of this Court why the Prayer thereof should not be +granted +</p> +<p> +Sent up for concurrence +</p> +<p> +T Cushing Spkr +</p> +<p> +In Council June 15. 1742; +</p> +<p> +Read & Non Concur'd +</p> +<p> +J Willard Sec'ry +</p> +<p> +[Massachusetts Archives, cxiv, 779, 780.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +To his Excellency William Shirley Esq<sup>r</sup>. Captain General and Governour +in Cheiff in and over his Majesties Province of y<sup>e</sup>. Massachusetts Bay +in New England: To y<sup>e</sup>. Honourable his Majesties Council and House of +Representatives in General Court Assembled on y<sup>e</sup>: Twenty sixth Day of +May. A:D. 1742. +</p> +<p> +The Petition of as the Subscribers to your Excellency and Honours +Humbley Sheweth that we are Proprietors and Inhabitants of y<sup>e</sup>. Land +Lying on y<sup>e</sup>. Westerly Side Lancester River (so called) [now known as +the Nashua River] in y<sup>e</sup> North west corner of y<sup>e</sup>. Township of Groton: & +Such of us as are Inhabitants thereon Live very Remote from ye Publick +worship of God in s<sup>d</sup> Town and at many Times and Season of y<sup>e</sup>. year are +Put to Great Difficulty to attend y<sup>e</sup>. same: And the Lands Bounded as +Followeth (viz) Southerly on Townshend Rode: Westerly on Townshend Line: +Northerly on Dunstable West Precint, & old Town: and Easterly on said +River as it now Runs to y<sup>e</sup>. First mentioned Bounds, being of y<sup>e</sup>. +Contents of about Four Miles Square of Good Land, well Scituated for a +Precint: And the Town of Groton hath been Petitioned to Set of y<sup>e</sup>. +Lands bounded as afores<sup>d</sup>. to be a Distinct and Seperate Precint and at +a Town Meeting of y<sup>e</sup>. Inhabitants of s<sup>d</sup>. Town of Groton Assembled on +y<sup>e</sup> Twenty Fifth Day of May Last Past The Town voted y<sup>e</sup> Prayer of y<sup>e</sup>. +s<sup>d</sup>. Petition and that y<sup>e</sup> Lands before Described should be a Separate +Precinct and that y<sup>e</sup>. Inhabitants thereon and Such others as hereafter +Shall + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page19" name="page19"></a>[19]</span> + Settle on s<sup>d</sup>. Lands; should have y<sup>e</sup> Powers and Priviledges that other +Precincts in s<sup>d</sup>. Province have or Do Enjoy: as p<sup>r</sup>. a Coppy from Groton +Town Book herewith Exhibited may Appear: For the Reasons mentioned we +the Subscribers as afores<sup>d</sup>. Humbley Prayes your Excellency and Honours +to Set off y<sup>e</sup> s<sup>d</sup> Lands bounded as afores<sup>d</sup>. to be a Distinct and +Sepperate Precinct and Invest y<sup>e</sup> Inhabitants thereon (Containing about +y<sup>e</sup> N<sup>o</sup>. of Forty Famelies) and Such others as Shall hereafter Settle on +s<sup>d</sup>. Lands with Such Powers & Priviledges as other Precincts in s<sup>d</sup>. +Province have &c or Grant to your Petitioners Such other Releaf in y<sup>e</sup>. +Premises as your Excellency and Honours in your Great Wisdom Shall think +Fit: and your Petitioners as in Duty bound Shall Ever pray &c. +</p> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Benj Swallow </p> +<p class="i2"> W<sup>m</sup>: Spalden </p> +<p class="i2"> Isaac Williams </p> +<p class="i2"> Ebenezer Gilson </p> +<p class="i2"> Elias Ellit </p> +<p class="i2"> Samuel Shattuck iu </p> +<p class="i2"> James Shattuck </p> +<p class="i2"> David Shattuck </p> +<p class="i2"> David Blood </p> +<p class="i2"> Jonathan Woods </p> +<p class="i2"> John Blood iuner </p> +<p class="i2"> Josiah Parker </p> +<p class="i2"> Jacob Ames </p> +<p class="i2"> Jonas Varnum </p> +<p class="i2"> Moses Woods </p> +<p class="i2"> Zachery Lawrence Jun<sup>r</sup> </p> +<p class="i2"> Jeremiah Lawrence </p> +<p class="i2"> John Mozier </p> +<p class="i2"> Josiah Tucher </p> +<p class="i2"> W<sup>m</sup> Allen </p> +<p class="i2"> John Shadd </p> +<p class="i2"> Jam<sup>s</sup>. Green </p> +<p class="i2"> John Kemp </p> +<p class="i2"> Nehemiah Jewett </p> +<p class="i2"> Eleazar Green </p> +<p class="i2"> Jonathan Shattuck </p> +<p class="i2"> Jonathan Shattuck Jun<sup>r</sup> </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +In the House of Rep<sup>tives</sup> Nov<sup>r</sup>. 26. 1742 +</p> +<p> +In Answer to the within Petition ordered that that Part of the Town of +Groton Lying on the Westerly Side of Lancaster River within the +following bounds viz<sup>t</sup> bounding Easterly on said River Southerly on +Townsend Road so called Wisterly on Townsend line and Northerly on +Dunstable West Precinct with the Inhabitants thereon be and hereby are +Set off a distinct and seperate precinct and Vested with the powers & +priviledges which Other Precincts do or by Law ought to enjoy Always +provided that the Inhabitants Dwelling on the Lands abovementioned be +subject to pay their Just part and proportions of all ministeriall Rates +and Taxes in the Town of Groton already Granted or Assessed. +</p> +<p> +Sent up for Concurrence. +</p> +<p> +T Cushing Spk<sup>r</sup>. +</p> +<p> +In Council Nov<sup>r</sup>. 26 1742 Read and Concurr'd +</p> +<p> +J Willard Secry +</p> +<p> +Consented to, W Shirley, +</p> +<p> +[Massachusetts Archives, cxiv, 768, 769.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +When the new Provincial line was run between Massachusetts and New +Hampshire, in the spring of 1741, it left a gore of land, previously +belonging to the west parish of Dunstable, lying north of the territory +of Groton and contiguous to it. It formed a narrow strip, perhaps three +hundred rods in width at the western end, running easterly for three +miles and tapering off to a point at the Nashua River, by which stream +it was entirely separated from Dunstable. Shaped like a thin wedge, it +lay along the border of the province, and belonged geographically to the +west precinct or parish of Groton. Under these circumstances the second +parish petitioned the General Court to have it annexed to their +jurisdiction, which request was granted. William Prescott, one of the +committee appointed to take charge of the matter, nearly a quarter of a +century later was the commander of the American forces at the battle of +Bunker Hill. It has + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page20" name="page20"></a>[20]</span> + + been incorrectly stated by writers that this triangular parcel of land +was the gore ceded, in the summer of 1736, to the proprietors of Groton, +on the petition of Benjamin Prescott. The documents relating to this +matter are as follows:— +</p> +<p> +To his Honnor Spencer Phipes Esq<sup>r</sup> Cap<sup>t</sup> Geniorl and Commander In Cheaf +in and ouer his majists prouince of the Massachusets Bay in New england +and to The Hon<sup>ble</sup> his majestys Counsel and House of Representatiues In +Geniral Courte assambled at Boston The 26 of December 1751 +</p> +<p> +The Petition of Peleg Lawrance Jarimah Lawrance and william Prescott a +Cum<sup>ttee</sup>. for the Second Parish In Groton in The County of Middle sikes. +</p> +<p> +Humbly Shew That Theare is a strip of Land of about fiue or six hundred +acors Lys ajoyning To The Town of Groton which be Longs To the town of +Dunstable the said strip of land Lys near fouer mill in Length and +bounds on the North Line of the said second Parrish in Groton and on the +South Side of Newhampsher Line which Peeace by Runing the sd Line of +Newhampsher was Intierly Cut off from the town of Dunstable from +Receueing any Priuelidge their for it Lys not Less then aboute Eight +mill from the Senter of the town of Dunstable and but about two mill and +a half from the meeting house in the said second Parish in Groton so +that they that settel on the sd Strip of Land may be much beter +acommadated to be Joyned to ye town of Groton and to the sd second +Parish than Euer thay Can any other way in this Prouince and the town of +Dunstable being well sencable thare of haue at thare town meeting on the +19 Day of December Currant voted of the sd Strip of Land allso Jarnes +Colburn who now Liues on sd Strip Land from the town of Dunstable to be +annexed to the town of Groton and to the sd second Parish in sd town and +the second Parish haue aCordingly voted to Recue the same all which may +appear by the vote of sd Dunstable and said Parish which will be of +Grate advantige to the owners of the sd. strip of Land and a benefit to +the said second Parish in Groton so that your Petitioners Humbly Pray +that the sd. strip of Land may be annexed to the said second Parish in +Groton so far as Groton Nor west corner to do Duty and Recue Priulidge +theare and your petionrs In Duty bound shall Euer Pray +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Peleg Lawrence </p> +<p class="i2"> Will<sup>m</sup> Prescott </p> +<p class="i2"> Jeremiah Lawrence </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +Dunstable December 24 1751 +</p> +<p> +this may Certifye the Grate and Genirol Courte that I Liue on the slip +of Land within mentioned and it tis my Desier that the prayer of this +Petition be Granted +</p> +<p> +James Colburn +</p> +<p> +In the House of Rep<sup>tives</sup> Jan<sup>ry</sup> 4. 1752 +</p> +<p> +Voted that the prayer of the Petition be so farr granted that the said +strip of Land prayed for, that is the Jurisdiction of it be Annex'd to +the Town of Groton & to y<sup>e</sup> Second Precinct in said Town & to do dutys +there & to recieve Priviledges from them. +</p> +<p> +Sent up for Concurrence +</p> +<p> +T. Hubbard Spk<sup>r</sup>. +</p> +<p> +In Council Jan<sup>y</sup> 6. 1752 Read & Concur'd +</p> +<p> +J Willard Secry. +</p> +<p> +Consented to +</p> +<p> +S Phips +</p> +<p> +[Massachusetts Archives, cxvi, 162, 163.] +</p> +<div style="height: 2em;"><br /><br /></div> +<p> +The west parish of Groton was made a district on April 12, 1753, the day +the Act was signed by the Governor, which was a second step toward its +final and complete separation. It then took the name of Pepperell, and +was vested with still broader political powers. It was so called after +Sir William Pepperrell, who had successfully commanded the New England +troops against Louisburg; and the name was suggested, doubtless, by the +Reverend Joseph Emerson, the first settled minister of the parish. He +had accompanied that famous expedition in + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page21" name="page21"></a>[21]</span> + + the capacity of chaplain, only the year before he had received a call +for his settlement, and his associations with the commander were fresh +in his memory. It will be noticed that the Act for incorporating the +district leaves the name blank, which was customary in this kind of +legislation at that period; and the governor, perhaps with the advice of +his council, was in the habit subsequently of filling out the name. +</p> +<p> +Pepperell, for one "r" is dropped from the name, had now all the +privileges of a town, except the right to choose a representative to the +General Court, and this political connection with Groton was kept up +until the beginning of the Revolution. In the session of the General +Court which met at Watertown, on July 19, 1775, Pepperell was +represented by a member, and in this way acquired the privileges of a +town without any special act of incorporation. Other similar districts +were likewise represented, in accordance with the precept calling that +body together, and they thus obtained municipal rights without the usual +formality. The precedent seems to have been set by the Provincial +Congress of Massachusetts, which was made up of delegates from the +districts as well as from the towns. It was a revolutionary step taken +outside of the law. On March 23, 1786, this anomalous condition of +affairs was settled by an act of the Legislature, which declared all +districts, incorporated before January 1, 1777, to be towns for all +intents and purposes. +</p> +<p> +The act for the incorporation of Pepperell is as follows:— +</p> +<p> +Anno Regni Regis Georgij Secundi vicesimo Sexto +</p> +<p> +An Act for Erecting the second Precinct in the Town of Groton into a +seperate District +</p> +<p> +Be it enacted by the Leiu<sup>t</sup>. Gov<sup>r</sup>: Council and House of Representatives +</p> +<p> +That the second Precinct in Groton bounding Southerly on the old Country +Road leading to Townshend, Westerly on Townshend Line Northerly on the +Line last run by the Governm<sup>t</sup>. of New Hampshire as the Boundary betwixt +that Province and this Easterly to the middle of the River, called +Lancaster [Nashua] River, from where the said Boundary Line crosses said +River, so up the middle of y<sup>e</sup>. said River to where the Bridge did +stand, called Kemps Bridge, to the Road first mentioned, be & hereby is +erected into a seperate District by the Name of ———— and that the +said District be and hereby is invested with all the Priviledges Powers +and Immunities that Towns in this Province by Law do or may enjoy, that +of sending a Representative to the generall Assembly only excepted, and +that the Inhabitants of said District shall have full power & Right from +Time to time to joyn with the s<sup>d</sup>: Town of Groton in the choice of +Representative or Representatives, in which Choice they shall enjoy all +the Priviledges which by Law they would have been entitled to, if this +Act had not been made. And that the said District shall from Time to +time pay their proportionable part of the Expence of such Representative +or Representatives According to their respective proportions of y<sup>e</sup>. +Province Tax. +</p> +<p> +And that the s<sup>d</sup>. Town of Groton as often as they shall call a Meeting +for the Choice of a Representative shall give seasonable Notice to the +Clerk of said District for the Time being, of the Time and place of +holding such Meeting, to the End that said District may join them +therein, and the Clerk of said District shall set up in some publick +place in s<sup>d</sup>. District a Notification thereof accordingly or otherwise +give Seasonable Notice, as the District shall determine. +</p> +<p> +Provided Nevertheless and be it further enacted That the said District +shall pay their proportion: of all Town County and Province Taxes +already set on or granted + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page22" name="page22"></a>[22]</span> + + to be raised by s<sup>d</sup>. Town as if this Act had not been made, and also be +at one half the charge in building and repairing the Two Bridges on +Lancaster River aforesaid in s<sup>d</sup>: District. +</p> +<p> +Provided also and be it further Enacted That no poor Persons residing in +said District and Who have been Warn'd by the Selectmen of said Groton +to depart s<sup>d</sup>: Town shall be understood as hereby exempted from any +Process they would have been exposed to if this Act had not been made. +</p> +<p> +And be it further enacted that W<sup>m</sup> Lawrence<a href="#note-1" name="noteref-1"><small>1</small></a> Esq<sup>r</sup> Be and hereby is +impowered to issue his Warrant directed to some principal Inhabitant in +s<sup>d</sup>. District requiring him to notify the Inhabitants of said District +to meet at such Time & place as he shall appoint to choose all such +Officers as by Law they are Impowered to Choose for conducting the +Affairs for s<sup>d</sup>. District. +</p> +<p> +In the House of Rep<sup>tives</sup> April 5, 1753 +</p> +<p> +Read three several times and pass'd to be Engross'd +</p> +<p> +Sent up for Concurrence +</p> +<p> +T. Hubbard Spk<sup>r</sup>. +</p> +<p> +In Council April 5 1753 AM +</p> +<p> +Read a first and Second Time and pass'd a Concurrence +</p> +<p> +Tho<sup>s</sup>. Clarke Dp<sup>ty</sup>. Secry +</p> +<p> +[Massachusetts Archives, cxvi, 360-362.] +</p> + +<hr /> + +<a name="note-1"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<u>1</u> (<a href="#noteref-1">return</a>)<br /> +This name apparently inserted after the original draft was +made. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<a name="h2H_4_0004" id="h2H_4_0004"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + THE BOSTON HERALD. +</h2> +<p> +The newspapers of America have had their greatest growth within the past +quarter-century. Their progress in commercial prosperity during this +period has been remarkable. Before the Civil War the journals in this +country which returned large profits on the capital invested could +almost be numbered upon the fingers of one hand. Now they can be counted +up into the hundreds, and a well-established and successful newspaper is +rated as one of the most profitable of business ventures. This advance +in financial value has accompanied, and for the most part is due to, the +improvement in the character of the publications, which has been going +on steadily year by year. There has been a constant increase of +enterprise in all directions, especially in that of gathering news, and +with this has come the exercise of greater care and better taste in +presenting the intelligence collected to the reading public. The quality +of the work of reporters and correspondents has been vastly bettered, +and the number of special writers engaged has been gradually enlarged; +subjects which were once relegated to the monthlies and quarterlies for +discussion are now treated by the daily press in a style which, if less +ponderous, is nevertheless lucid and not unbefitting their importance. +In short, the tone of the American newspaper has been elevated without +the loss of its popular characteristics, and the tastes of its readers +have thereby—unconsciously, perhaps, but none the less surely—been +refined. For at least the length of time mentioned at the beginning of +this article, journalism has been regarded as worthy to rank beside, if +not exactly to be classed with, the "learned professions." The newspaper +writer has emerged from the confines of Bohemia, never to return, and +has taken a recognized position in the literary world. His connection +with a reputable journal gives him an unquestioned standing, of which +his credentials are the diploma. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page23" name="page23"></a>[23]</span> +</p> +<p> +In view of these great changes in journalism, the record of the progress +of a successful newspaper during the last four decades contains much +matter of general interest, and if excuse were needed, this would +warrant the publication here of a brief history of The Boston Herald. +</p> +<p> +Like most, if not all, of the leading journals of the country, The +Boston Herald had a very humble origin. Forty years ago some journeymen +printers on The Boston Daily Times began publishing a penny paper, +called The American Eagle, in advocacy of the Native American or +"Know-nothing" party. +</p> +<p> +Its publishers were "Baker, French, Harmon & Co." The full list of +proprietors was Albert Baker, John A. French, George W. Harmon, George +H. Campbell, Amos C. Clapp, J.W. Monroe, Justin Andrews, Augustus A. +Wallace, and James D. Stowers, and W.H. Waldron was subsequently +associated with them. The Eagle was successful at the outset, but its +fortunes declined with those of the party of which it was the exponent, +and in the summer of 1846 it was found to be moribund. The proprietors +had lost money and labor in the failing enterprise, and now lost +interest. After many protracted discussions they resolved to establish +an evening edition under another name, which should be neutral in +politics, and, if it proved successful, to let the Eagle die. The +Herald, therefore, came into existence on August 31, 1846, and an +edition of two thousand was printed of its first number. The editor of +the new sheet was William O. Eaton, a Bostonian, then but twenty-two +years of age, of little previous experience in journalism. +</p> +<p> +The Herald, it must be admitted, was not a handsome sheet at the outset. +Its four pages contained but five columns each, and measured only nine +by fourteen inches. But, unpromising as was its appearance, it was +really the liveliest of the Boston dailies from the hour of its birth, +and received praise on all hands for the quality of its matter. +</p> +<p> +The total force of brain-workers consisted of but two men, Mr. Eaton +having the assistance, after the middle of September, of Thomas W. +Tucker. David Leavitt joined the "staff" later on, in 1847, and made a +specialty of local news. The editorial, composing, and press rooms were +the same as those of the Eagle, in Wilson's Lane, now Devonshire Street. +</p> +<p> +"Running a newspaper" in Boston in 1846 was a different thing altogether +from journalism at the present day. The telegraph was in operation +between Boston and New York, but the tolls were high and the dailies +could not afford to use it except upon the most important occasions. +Moreover, readers had not been educated up to the point of expecting to +see reports of events in all parts of the world printed on the same day +of their occurrence or, at the latest, the day following. +</p> +<p> +For several years before the extension of the wires overland to Nova +Scotia, the newsgatherers of Boston and New York resorted to various +devices in order to obtain the earliest reports from Europe. From 1846 +to 1850 the revolutionary movements in many of the countries on the +continent were of a nature to be especially interesting to the people of +the United States, and this stimulated enterprise among the American +newspapers. Mr. D.H. Craig, afterward widely known as agent of the +Associated Press, conceived the idea of + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page24" name="page24"></a>[24]</span> + +anticipating the news of each incoming ocean-steamer by means of a +pigeon-express, which he put into successful operation in the year first +named. He procured a number of carrier-pigeons, and several days before +the expected arrival of every English mail-steamer took three of them to +Halifax. There he boarded the vessels, procured the latest British +papers, collated and summarized their news upon thin paper, secured the +dispatches thus prepared to the pigeons, and fifty miles or so outside +of Boston released the birds. The winged messengers, flying homeward, +reached the city far in advance of the steamers, and the intelligence +they brought was at once delivered to Mr. W.G. Blanchard, then connected +with the Boston press, who had the brief dispatches "extended," put in +type, and printed as an "extra" for all the papers subscribing to the +enterprise. Sheets bearing the head "New York Herald Extra" were also +printed in Boston and sent to the metropolis by the Sound steamers, thus +anticipating the arrival of the regular mail. +</p> +<p> +It is interesting, in these days of lightning, to read an account of how +the Herald beat its local rivals in getting out an account of the +President's Message in 1849. A column synopsis was received by telegraph +from New York, and published in the morning edition, and the second +edition, issued a few hours later, contained the long document in full, +and was put on the street at least a half-hour earlier than the other +dailies. How the message was brought from Washington is thus described: +J.F. Calhoun, of New Haven, was the messenger, and he started from the +capital by rail at two o'clock on the morning of December 24; a steamtug +in waiting conveyed him, on his arrival, from Jersey City to New York; a +horse and chaise took him from the wharf to the New Haven dépôt, then in +Thirty-second Street, where he mounted a special engine and at 10 P.M. +started for Boston. He reached Boston at 6.20 the next morning, after an +eventful journey, having lost a half-hour by a derailed tender and an +hour and a half by the smashup of a freight-train. +</p> +<p> +The Herald, feeble as it was in many respects at first, managed to +struggle through the financial diseases incident to newspaper infancy so +stoutly that at the opening of 1847, when it had attained the age of +four months, its sponsors were able to give it a New-Year dress of new +type, to increase the size of its pages to seven columns, measuring +twenty-one by seventeen inches, and to add a morning and a weekly +edition. The paper in its new form, with a neat head in Roman letters +replacing the former unsightly title, and printed on a new Adams press, +presented a marked improvement. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Eaton continued in charge of the evening edition, while the new +morning issue was placed in the hands of Mr. George W. Tyler. The Herald +under this joint management presented its readers with from eight to ten +columns of reading-matter daily. Two columns of editorials, four of +local news, and two of clippings from "exchanges," were about the +average. News by telegraph was not plenty, and, as has already been +intimated, very little of it was printed during the first year. Yet, the +Herald was a live and lively paper, and published nothing but "live +matter." Much prominence was given to reports of affairs about home, and +in consequence the circulation soon exhibited a marked improvement. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page25" name="page25"></a>[25]</span> +</p> +<p> +At this time the proprietors entered on a novel journalistic experiment. +They allowed one editor to give "Whig" views and another to talk +"Democracy." The public did not take kindly to this mixed diet, and Mr. +Eaton, the purveyor of Democratic wisdom, was permitted to withdraw, +leaving Mr. Tyler, the Whiggite, in possession of the field. +</p> +<p> +Meantime, Mr. French had bought out the original proprietors one by one, +with the exception of Mr. Stowers, and in March their names appeared as +publishers at the head of the paper. The publication-office was removed +to more spacious quarters, and the press was thereafter run by +steam-power rented from a neighboring manufactory. At the end of the +month a statement of the circulation showed a total of eleven thousand +two hundred and seventy. +</p> +<p> +In May, 1847, The American Eagle died peacefully. About this period +Messrs. Tucker and Tyler left the Herald, and Mr. Stowers disposed of +his interest to Samuel K. Head. The new editor of the paper was William +Joseph Snelling, who acquired considerable local fame as a bold and +fearless writer. He died in the December of the following year. Under a +new manager, Mr. Samuel R. Glen, the Herald developed into a successful +news gatherer. +</p> +<p> +Special telegrams were regularly received from New York, a Washington +correspondent was secured, and the paper covered a much broader field +than it ever had before. Eight to ten columns of reading-matter were +printed daily, and it was invariably bright and entertaining. The +circulation showed a steady increase, and on August 17, 1848, was +declared to be eighteen thousand seven hundred and fifteen daily, a +figure from which it did not recede during the autumn and winter. After +the death of Mr. Snelling, Mr. Tyler was recalled to the chief editorial +chair, and heartily co-operated with Mr. Glen and the proprietors in +keeping the paper abreast of the times. On April 2, 1849, the custom of +printing four editions daily was inaugurated. The first was dated 5 +o'clock, A.M., the second, 8, the third, 12 M., and the fourth, 2.30 +P.M. That day the force of compositors was increased by four men, and +the paper was for the first time printed on a Hoe double-cylinder press, +run by steam-power, and capable of producing six thousand impressions an +hour. Mr. Head withdrew from the firm about this time, and Mr. French +was announced as sole proprietor throughout the remainder of the year. +In October the announcement was made that the Herald had a larger +circulation than any other paper published in Boston or elsewhere, and +the publisher made a successful demand for the post-office advertising, +which by law was to be given to the paper having the greatest +circulation. +</p> +<p> +During this year (1849) the Herald distanced its competitors and +accomplished a feat that was the talk of the town for a long time +afterwards, by reporting in full the trial of Professor Webster for the +murder of Dr. Parkman. Extras giving longhand reports of this +extraordinary case were issued hourly during the day, and the morning +edition contained a shorthand report of the testimony and proceedings of +the day previous. The extras were issued in New York as well as in +Boston, the report having been telegraphed sheet by sheet as fast as +written, and printed there simultaneously with the Herald's. The type of +the verbatim report was + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page26" name="page26"></a>[26]</span> + +kept standing, and within an hour after the verdict was rendered +pamphlets containing a complete record of the trial were for sale on the +street. The year 1850 found the Herald as prosperous as it had been +during the previous twelvemonth. In September, the editorial, composing, +and press rooms were transferred to No. 6 Williams Court, where they +remained until abandoned for the new Herald Building, February 9, 1878, +and the business-office was removed to No. 203 (now No. 241) Washington +Street. Early in 1851, through some inexplicable cause, Mr. French +suddenly found himself financially embarrassed. In July he disposed of +the paper to John M. Barnard, and soon after retired to a farm in Maine. +Mr. Tyler was retained in charge of the editorial department; but Mr. +Glen resigned and was succeeded as managing editor by Mr. A.A. Wallace. +During the remainder of the year the Herald did not display much +enterprise in gathering news. Its special telegraphic reports were +meagre and averaged no more than a "stickful" daily, and it was cut off +from the privileges of the Associated Press dispatches. In 1852 there +was a marked improvement in the paper, but it did not reach the standard +it established in 1850. Two new presses, one of Hoe's and the other a +Taylor's Napier, were this year put in use, which bettered the +typography of the sheet. In 1853 the Herald was little more than a +record of local events, its telegraphic reports being almost as brief +and unsatisfactory as during the first year of its existence. But the +circulation kept up wonderfully well, growing, according to the sworn +statements of the proprietor, from sixteen thousand five hundred and +five in January to twenty-three thousand two hundred and ten in +December. The Herald of 1854 was a much better paper than that of the +year previous, exerting far more energy in obtaining and printing news. +On April 1 it was enlarged for the second time and came out with columns +lengthened two inches, the pages measuring twenty-three by seventeen +inches. The circulation continued to increase, and, by the sworn +statements published, grew from twenty-five thousand two hundred and +sixteen in January to thirty thousand eight hundred and fifty-eight in +June. Success continued through the year 1855. In February, Mr. Barnard, +while remaining proprietor, withdrew from active management, and Edwin +C. Bailey and A. Milton Lawrence became the publishers. There were also +some changes in the editorial and reportorial staff. Henry R. Tracy +became assistant editor, and Charles H. Andrews (now one of the editors +and proprietors) was engaged as a reporter. There were then engaged in +the composing-room a foreman and eight compositors, one of whom, George +G. Bailey, subsequently became foreman, and later one of the +proprietors. Printers will be interested to know that the weekly +composition bill averaged one hundred and seventy-five dollars. This +year but one edition was published in the morning, while the first +evening edition was dated 12 M., the second, 1.30 P.M., and a +"postscript" was issued at 2.30 P.M., to contain the latest news for +city circulation. Twelve to fourteen columns of reading-matter were +printed daily, two of which were editorial, two news by telegraph, two +gleanings from "exchanges," and the remainder local reports, +correspondence, etc. The average daily circulation during 1855 was + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page27" name="page27"></a>[27]</span> + + claimed to have been thirty thousand, but was probably something less. +</p> +<p> +Early in 1856 a change took place in the proprietorship, Mr. Barnard +selling out to Mr. Bailey, and Mr. Lawrence retiring. +</p> +<p> +Mr. Bailey brought to his new task a great deal of native energy and +enterprise, and he was ably seconded by the other gentlemen connected +with the paper, in his efforts to make the Herald a thoroughly live +journal. He strengthened his staff by engaging as assistant editor, +Justin Andrews, who had for some years held a similar position on The +Daily Times, and who subsequently became one of the news-managers of the +Herald, holding the office until, as one of the proprietors, he disposed +of his interest in 1873. +</p> +<p> +During Mr. Bailey's first year as proprietor he enlarged the facilities +for obtaining news, and paid particular attention to reporting the +events of the political campaign when Frémont was run against Buchanan +for the presidency. The result of the election was announced with a +degree of detail never before displayed in the Herald's columns or in +those of its contemporaries. The editorial course of the paper that year +is perhaps best explained by the following paragraph, printed a few days +after the election: "One of our contemporaries says the Herald has +alternately pleased and displeased both parties during this campaign. +That is our opinion. How could it be different if we told them the +truth? And that was our only aim." The circulation during election week +averaged forty-one thousand six hundred and ninety-three copies daily; +throughout the year it was nearly thirty thousand—considerably larger +than during the preceding year—and the boast that it was more than +double that of any other paper in Boston undoubtedly was justified by +the facts. Mechanically, the paper was well got up; in July the two +presses which had been in use for a number of years were discarded, and +a new four-cylinder Hoe press, having a capacity of ten thousand +impressions an hour, was set up in their place. Ten compositors were +employed, and the weekly composition bill averaged one hundred and sixty +dollars. In 1857 the Herald was a much better paper than it had ever +been, the Messrs. Andrews, upon whom the burden of its management +devolved, sparing no effort to make it newsy and bright in every +department. Beginning the year with a daily circulation of about thirty +thousand, in April it reached forty-two thousand, and when on the +twenty-third of that month the subscription list, carriers' routes, +agencies, etc., of The Daily Times were acquired by purchase, there was +another considerable increase, the issue of May 30 reaching forty-five +thousand one hundred and twenty. In 1858 the Herald continued its +prosperous career in the same general direction. Its telegraphic +facilities were improved, and events in all parts of the country were +well reported, while local news was most carefully attended to. The +editors and reporters this year numbered eleven, and the force in the +mechanical departments was correspondingly increased. A new six-cylinder +Hoe press was put in use, alongside the four-cylinder machine, and both +were frequently taxed to their utmost capacity to print the large +editions demanded by the public. The bills for white paper during the +year were upwards of seventy thousand + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page28" name="page28"></a>[28]</span> + +dollars, which, in those ante-war times, was a large sum. The +circulation averaged over forty thousand per diem. In 1859 the system of +keeping an accurate account of the circulation was inaugurated, and the +actual figures of each day's issue were recorded and published. From +this record it is learned that the Herald, from a circulation of +forty-one thousand one hundred and ninety-three in January, rose to +fifty-three thousand and twenty-six in December. Twelve compositors were +regularly employed this year, and the weekly composition bill was two +hundred dollars. The year 1860 brought the exciting presidential +campaign which resulted in the election of Abraham Lincoln. Great pains +were taken to keep the Herald's readers fully informed of the movements +of all the political parties, and its long reports of the national +conventions, meetings, speeches, etc., in all parts of the country, +especially in New England, brought it to the notice of many new readers. +The average daily circulation for the year was a little over fifty-four +thousand, and the issue on the morning after the November election +reached seventy-three thousand seven hundred and fifty-two, the largest +edition since the Webster trial. E.B. Haskell, now one of the +proprietors, entered the office as a reporter in 1860, and was soon +promoted to an editorial position. A year later R.M. Pulsifer, another +of the present proprietors, entered the business department. +</p> +<p> +The breaking out of the Civil War in the spring of 1861 created a great +demand for news, and an increase in the circulation of all the daily +papers was the immediate result. It is hardly necessary to say here that +the Herald warmly espoused the cause of the Union, and that the events +of that stirring period were faithfully chronicled in its columns. To +meet a call for news on Sunday, a morning edition for that day was +established on May 26; the new sheet was received with favor by the +reading public, and from an issue of ten thousand at the outset its +circulation has reached, at the present time, nearly one hundred +thousand. The Herald's enterprise was appreciated all through the war, +and as there were no essential changes in the methods of its management +or in the members of its staff, a recapitulation of statistics taken +from its books will suffice here as a record of its progress. In 1861 +the average circulation was sixty thousand; the largest edition +(reporting the attack on the sixth Massachusetts regiment in Baltimore), +ninety-two thousand four hundred and forty-eight; the white paper bill, +one hundred and eight thousand dollars; the salary list, forty thousand +dollars; telegraph tolls, sixty-five hundred dollars. In 1862 the +average circulation was sixty-five thousand one hundred and sixteen; the +largest edition, eighty-four thousand; the white paper bill, +ninety-three thousand five hundred dollars; the salary list, forty-three +thousand dollars; telegraph tolls, eight thousand dollars. In 1863 the +average circulation was thirty-six thousand one hundred and +twenty-eight; the largest issue, seventy-four thousand; the paper bill, +ninety-five thousand dollars; salaries, forty-six thousand five hundred +dollars; telegraphing, eight thousand dollars. In July the four-cylinder +Hoe press was replaced by one with six cylinders, from the same maker. +In 1864 the average circulation was thirty-seven thousand and +eighty-eight; largest issue, fifty thousand eight hundred and eighty; +paper bill, one hundred and + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page29" name="page29"></a>[29]</span> + +twenty-eight thousand dollars; salaries, fifty-eight thousand dollars; +telegraph, ten thousand five hundred dollars. The cost of white paper +rose to such a figure that the proprietors of Boston dailies were +compelled to increase the price of their journals, and a mutual +agreement was made on August 15 whereby the Herald charged three cents a +copy and the others five cents. On June 1, 1865, the price of the Herald +was reduced to its former rate of two cents. The average circulation +that year was thirty-seven thousand six hundred and seventeen; the +largest day's issue, eighty-three thousand five hundred and twenty; the +paper bill was about the same as in 1864, but the telegraphic expenses +ran up to fifteen thousand dollars. The circulation in 1866 averaged +forty-five thousand eight hundred and forty-eight, and on several +occasions rose to seventy thousand and more. Twenty-one compositors were +regularly employed, and the average weekly composition bill was five +hundred dollars. Paper that year cost one hundred and fifty-two thousand +dollars, and the telegraph bill was fifteen thousand five hundred +dollars. In 1867 seventy persons were on the Herald's payroll, a larger +number than ever before. The circulation showed a steady gain, and the +average for the year was fifty-two thousand one hundred and eighteen. +The paper bill was one hundred and fifty-six thousand dollars, and the +expense of telegraphing, twenty-three thousand dollars. In 1868 the +circulation continued to increase, and the daily average reached +fifty-four thousand seven hundred and forty; white paper cost one +hundred and fifty-three thousand dollars, and telegraphing, twenty-eight +thousand dollars. +</p> +<p> +In 1869 occurred an important event in the Herald's history. Mr. Bailey, +who had acquired an interest in 1855 and became sole proprietor a year +later, decided to sell out, and on April 1 it was announced that he had +disposed of the paper to Royal M. Pulsifer, Edwin B. Haskell, Charles H. +Andrews, Justin Andrews, and George G. Bailey. All these gentlemen were +at the time and had for some years previously been connected with the +Herald: the first-named in the business department, the next three on +the editorial staff, and the last as foreman of the composing-room. In +announcing their purchase, the firm, which was then and ever since has +been styled R.M. Pulsifer and Company, said in the editorial column: "We +shall use our best endeavors to make the Herald strictly a newspaper, +with the freshest and most trustworthy intelligence of all that is going +on in this busy age; and to this end we shall spare no expense in any +department.... The Herald will be in the future, as it has been in the +past, essentially a people's paper, the organ of no clique or party, +advocating at all proper times those measures which tend to promote the +welfare of our country, and to secure the greatest good to the greatest +number. It will exert its influence in favor of simplicity and economy +in the administration of the government, and toleration and liberality +in our social institutions. It will not hesitate to point out abuses or +to commend good measures, from whatever source they come, and it will +contain candid reports of all proceedings which go to make up the +discussions of current topics. It will give its readers all the news, +condensed when necessary and in an intelligible and readable form, with +a free use of the telegraph by + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page30" name="page30"></a>[30]</span> + +reliable reporters and correspondents." That these promises have been +sacredly fulfilled up to the present moment cannot be denied even by +readers and contemporary sheets whose opinions have been in direct +opposition to those expressed in the Herald's editorial columns. No +pains or expense have been spared to obtain the news from all quarters +of the globe, and the paper's most violent opponent will find it +impossible to substantiate a charge that the intelligence collected with +such care and thoroughness has in a single instance been distorted or +colored in the publication to suit the editorial policy pursued at the +time. The expression of opinions has always, under the present +management, been confined to the editorial columns, and here a course of +absolute independence has been followed. +</p> +<p> +The Herald, immediately upon coming under the control of the new +proprietors, showed a marked accession of enterprise, and that this +change for the better was appreciated by the reading public was proved +by the fact that during the year 1869 the circulation rose from a daily +average of fifty-three thousand four hundred and sixty-five in January +to sixty thousand five hundred and thirty-five in December, the increase +having been regular and permanent, and not caused by any "spurts" +arising from extraordinary events. On New Year's day, 1870, the Herald +was enlarged for the third time, to its present size, by the addition of +another column and lengthening the pages to correspond. On September 3, +of that year, the circulation for the first time passed above one +hundred thousand, the issue containing an account of the battle of Sedan +reaching a sale of over one hundred and five thousand copies. The +average daily circulation for the year was more than seventy-three +thousand. Finding it impossible, from the growing circulation of the +paper, to supply the demand with the two six-cylinder presses printing +from type, it was determined, early in the year, to stereotype the +forms, so that duplicate plates could be used simultaneously on both. +The requisite machinery was introduced therefor, and on June 8, 1870, +was put in use for the first time. For nearly ten years the Herald was +the only paper in Boston printed from stereotype plates. In 1871 the +average daily circulatian was eighty-three thousand nine hundred, a gain +of nearly eleven thousand over the previous year. On a number of +occasions the edition reached as high as one hundred and twelve +thousand. On October 1 George G. Bailey disposed of his interest in the +paper to the other proprietors, and retired from the firm. In 1872 there +was a further increase in the circulation, the daily average having been +ninety-three thousand five hundred. One issue (after the Great Fire) +reached two hundred and twenty thousand, and several were not much below +that figure. The first Bullock perfecting-press ever used east of New +York was put in operation in the Herald office in June, 1872; this press +feeds itself from a continuous roll of paper, and prints both sides, +cutting and delivering the papers complete. On January 1, 1873, Justin +Andrews, who had been connected with the Herald, as one of its editors +since 1856, and as one of the proprietors who succeeded Mr. Bailey in +1869, sold his interest to his partners, and retired from newspaper life +altogether. Since that date, the ownership in the Herald has been vested +in R.M. Pulsifer, E.B. Haskell, + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page31" name="page31"></a>[31]</span> + + and Charles H. Andrews. The circulation in 1873 exceeded one hundred and +one thousand daily; in 1874 one hundred and seven thousand; in 1875 one +hundred and twelve thousand; in 1876 one hundred and sixteen thousand +five hundred. On November 8, of that year, the day after the +presidential election, the issue was two hundred and twenty-three +thousand two hundred and fifty-six. The two six-cylinder Hoe presses had +given place, in 1874, to two more Bullock machines, and a Mayall press +was added in 1876; the four were run to their utmost capacity on the +occasion just mentioned, and the magnitude of the day's work will be +better understood when it is stated that between 4 A.M. and 11 P.M. +fourteen tons of paper were printed and sold, an amount which would make +a continuous sheet the width of the Herald two hundred and fifty miles +long. In 1877 a fourth Bullock press was put in use, and the Mayall was +removed to Hawley Street, where type, stands for fifty compositors, a +complete apparatus for stereotyping, and all the necessary machinery, +materials, and implements are kept in readiness to "start up" at any +moment, in case a fire or other disaster prevents the issue of the +regular editions in the main office. +</p> +<p> +On February 9, 1878, the Herald was issued for the first time from the +new building erected by its proprietors at No. 255 Washington Street. +This structure has a lofty and ornate front of gray granite with +trimmings of red granite; it covers an irregular shaped lot, something +in the form of the letter L. From Washington Street, where it has a +width of thirty-one feet nine inches, it extends back one hundred and +seventy-nine feet, and from the rear a wing runs northward to Williams +Court forty feet. This wing was originally twenty-five feet wide on the +court; but in 1882 an adjoining lot, formerly occupied by the old Herald +Building, was purchased and built upon, increasing the width of the wing +and its frontage on the court to eighty-five feet. The structure forms +one of the finest and most convenient newspaper-offices in the country. +In the basement are the pressroom, where at the present time six Bullock +perfecting-presses (two with folders attached) are run by two +45-horse-power engines; the stereotype-room, where the latest +improvements in machinery have enabled the casting, finishing, and +placing on the press of two plates in less than eight minutes after the +receipt of a "form"; the two dynamos and the engine running them, which +supply the electricity for the incandescent lights with which every room +in the building is illuminated; and the storage-room for paper and other +supplies. On the first floor are the business-office, a very handsome +and spacious apartment facing Washington Street, and finished in +mahogany, rare marbles, and brasswork; the delivery and mailing rooms, +whence the editions are sent out for distribution at the Williams-court +door. On the second floor are the reception-room, the library, and the +apartments of the editor-in-chief, managing editor, and department +editors. On the third floor are the general manager's office and the +rooms of the news and city editors and the reporters. The entire fourth +floor is used as a composing-room, where stand "frames" for ninety-six +compositors; the foreman and his assistants have each a private office, +and a private room is assigned to the proofreaders. All the editors' and +reporters' + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page32" name="page32"></a>[32]</span> + +rooms are spacious, well lighted, and admirably ventilated; they are +finished in native woods, varnished, and are handsomely furnished. +Electric call-bells, speaking-tubes, and pneumatic-tubes furnish means +of communication with all the departments, and no expense has been +spared in supplying every convenience for facilitating work and the +comfort of the employees. +</p> +<p> +With increased facilities came continued prosperity. The business +depression in 1877 affected the circulation of the Herald, as it did +that of every newspaper in the country, and the circulation that year +was not so large as during the year previous; still, the daily average +was one hundred and three thousand copies. +</p> +<p> +The array of men employed in the various departments of the Herald at +the present time would astonish the founders of the paper. In 1846 the +editorial and reportorial staff consisted of two men; now it comprises +seventy-seven. Six compositors were employed then; now there are one +hundred and forty-seven. One pressman and an assistant easily printed +the Herald, and another daily paper as well, in those days, upon one +small handpress; now forty men find constant employment in attending the +engines and the six latest improved perfecting-presses required to issue +the editions on time. The business department was then conducted with +ease by one man, who generally found time to attend to the mailing and +sale of papers; now twenty-one persons have plenty to do in the +counting-room, and the delivery-room engages the services of twenty. +Then stereotyping the forms of a daily newspaper was an unheard-of +proceeding; now fourteen men are employed in the Herald's foundery. The +salaries and bills for composition aggregated scarcely one hundred and +fifty dollars a week then; now the weekly composition bill averages over +three thousand dollars, and the payroll of the other departments reaches +three thousand dollars every week, and frequently exceeds that sum. Then +the Herald depended for outside news upon the meagre dispatches of +telegraph agencies in New York (the Associated Press system was not +inaugurated until 1848-49, and New England papers were not admitted to +its privileges until some years later), and such occasional +correspondence as its friends in this and other States sent in free of +charge. Now it not only receives the full dispatches of the Associated +Press, but has news bureaus of its own in London, Paris, New York, and +Washington, and special correspondents in every city of any considerable +size throughout the country. All these are in constant communication +with the office and are instructed to use the telegraph without stint +when the occasion demands. The Herald has grown from a little four-paged +sheet, nine by fourteen inches in dimensions, to such an extent that +daily supplements are required to do justice to readers as well as +advertisers, and it is necessary to print an eight-paged edition as +often as four times a week during the busy season of the year. +</p> +<p> +The Herald has achieved a great success; it has broadened from year to +year since the present proprietors assumed control. It has been their +steadily followed purpose gradually to elevate the tone of their paper, +till it should reach the highest level of American journalism. They have +done this, and, at the same time, they have retained their enormous +constituency. The wonderful educating power of a + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page33" name="page33"></a>[33]</span> + + great newspaper cannot easily be overestimated. It is the popular +university to which thousands upon thousands of readers resort daily for +intelligent comment on the events of the world—the great wars, the +suggestions of science, the achievements of the engineers, home and +foreign politics, etc. That such a great newspaper as the Herald, +wherein the elucidating comment is kept up from day to day by cultivated +writers trained in journalism, must perform many of the functions of a +university is clear. The news columns of the Herald are a perfect mirror +of the great world's busy life. The ocean-cable is employed to an extent +which would have seemed recklessly extravagant ten years ago. It has its +news bureaus in the great capitals of civilization; its roving +correspondents may be found, at the date of this writing, exploring the +Panama Canal, the interior of Mexico, studying the railway system of +Great Britain, investigating Mormon homelife, scouring the vast level +stretches of Dakota, traversing the great Central States of the Union +for presidential "pointers," making a tour of the Southern States to +secure trustworthy data as to the progress achieved in education there, +and journeying along the coast of hundred-harbored Maine for the latest +information as to the growth of the newer summer resorts in that +picturesque region. In large and quiet rooms in the home office a force +of copy-readers is preparing the correspondence from all over the world +for the compositors; at the news desks trained men are working day and +night over telegrams flashed from far and near, eliminating useless +words, punctuating, putting on "heads," and otherwise dressing copy for +the typesetters. The enormous amount of detail work in a great paper is +not easily to be conveyed to the non-professional reader. From the +managing editor, whose brain is employed in inventing new ideas for his +subordinates to carry into execution, to that very important +functionary, the proof-reader, who corrects the errors of the types, +there is a distracting amount of detail work performed every day. The +Herald is managed with very little friction; the great machine runs as +if oiled. With an abundance of capital, an ungrudging expenditure of +money in the pursuit of news, a great working-force well disciplined and +systematized, it goes on weekday after weekday, turning out nine +editions daily, and on Sundays giving to the public sixteen +closely-crowded pages, an intellectual bill-of-fare from which all may +select according to individual preference. +</p> +<p> +The organization of the Herald force is almost ideally perfect. Its +three proprietors, all of whom are still on the ascending grade of the +hill of life, share in the daily duties of their vast establishment. +Colonel Royal M. Pulsifer is the publisher of the paper, and has charge +of the counting-room, the delivery, press, and composition rooms, the +three last departments being under competent foremen. A large share of +the wonderful business success of the Herald is due to his sagacity and +liberality. He is a publisher who expends at long range, not expecting +immediate returns. Under this generous and wisely prudent policy of +spending liberally for large future returns the Herald has grown to its +present proportions. The editor-in-chief of the paper is Mr. Edwin B. +Haskell, who directs the political and general editorial policy of the +paper. He has the courage of his independence, + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page34" name="page34"></a>[34]</span> + + and is independent even of the Independents. Since he assumed the +editorial chair, the Herald has fought consistently for honest money, +for a reformed civil service, for the purification of municipal +politics, for freer trade, and local self-government. The editor of the +Herald writes strong Saxon-English, believing that in a daily newspaper +the people should be addressed in a plain, understandable style. He has +an unexpected way of putting things, his arguments are enlivened by a +rare humor, and clinched frequently by some anecdote or popular +allusion. The third partner, Mr. Charles H. Andrews, is one of those +newspaper men who are born journalists. He has the gift of common sense. +His judgment is always sound. The news end of the Herald establishment +is under control of Mr. Andrews, and to no man more than to him is due +the wonderful development of the Herald's news features. The executive +officer of the Herald ship is the managing editor, Mr. John H. Holmes, +who is known to newspaper workers all over the country as a man of great +journalistic ability. He has the cosmopolitan mind; is free from local +prejudices, and can take in the value of news three thousand miles away +as quickly as if the happening were at the office door. An untiring, +sleepless man, prodigal of his energies in the development of the Herald +into a great world-paper, Mr. Holmes is a type of that distinctively +modern development, the "newspaper man." Men of adventurous minds, of +breadth of view, and delighting in positive achievements, take to +journalism in these days as in the sixteenth century they became +navigators of the globe, explorers of distant regions, and founders of +new empires. +</p> +<p> +Years ago the Herald outgrew the provincial idea that the happenings of +the streets must be of more importance, and, consequently, demanding +more space, than events of universal interest in the chief centres of +the world. The policy of the paper has been, while neglecting nothing of +news value at home, and while photographing all events of local +importance with fulness and accuracy, to keep its readers <i>au +courant</i> with the world's progress. In all departments of sporting +intelligence the Herald is an acknowledged authority; its dramatic news +is fuller than that of any paper in the country; it "covers," to use a +newspaper technicality, the world's metropolis on the banks of the +Thames not with a single correspondent, but with a corps of able +writers; during the recent troubles in Ireland one of its special +correspondents traversed that distracted country, giving to his paper +the most graphic picture of Irish distress and discontent, and he capped +the climax of journalistic achievement by interviewing the leading +British statesmen on the Irish theme, making a long letter, which was +cabled to the Herald and recabled back the same day to the London press, +which had to take, at second-hand, the enterprise of the great +New-England daily. At Paris, the world's pleasure capital, the chief +seat of science, it is ably represented, and its Italian correspondence +has been ample and excellent. When public attention was first drawn to +Mexico by the opening up of that land of mystery and revolutions by +American railway-builders, the Herald put three correspondents into that +field, and made Mexico an open book to the reading public. It is one of +the characteristics of the paper's policy to take up and exhaust all +topics + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page35" name="page35"></a>[35]</span> + + of great current interest, and then to pass quickly on to something new. +In dealing with topics of interest of local importance, the paper has +long been noted for exhaustive special articles by writers of accuracy +and fitness for their task. Its New York City staff comprises a general +correspondent, a political observer, a chronicler of business failures, +an accomplished art critic, a fashion writer, a theatrical +correspondent, and three general news correspondents, using the wires. +The Herald is something more than a Boston paper. It has a wide reach, +and employs electricity more freely than did the oldtime newspaper the +post-horse. +</p> +<p> +In its closely-printed columns the Herald has, during the last decade, +given to its readers a cyclopædia of the world's daily doings. +Portraitures of men of affairs done by skilled writers, the fullest +records of contemporaneous events, the gossip and news of the chief +towns of the globe,—all this has made up a complete record to which the +future historian may turn. +</p> +<p> +To manage such a paper requires a coördination of forces and an +intellectual breadth of view deserving to be ranked with the work and +attributes of a successful general. Not to wait for the slow processes +of legislation, to be up and ahead of the government itself, to be alert +and untiring—this is the newspaper ideal. How near the Herald has come +to this, its enduring popularity, its great profits, and its wide fame +and influence, best show. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<a name="h2H_4_0005" id="h2H_4_0005"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + WACHUSETT MOUNTAIN AND PRINCETON. +</h2> +<h3> + <span class="sc">By Atherton P. Mason.</span> +</h3> +<p> +Almost the first land seen by a person on board a vessel approaching the +Massachusetts coast is the summit of Wachusett Mountain; and any one +standing upon its rocky top beholds more of Massachusetts than can be +seen from any other mountain in the State. For these two reasons, if for +no others, a short historical and sceno-graphical description of this +lonely and majestic eminence, and of the beautiful township in which it +lies, would seem to be interesting. +</p> +<p> +Wachusett, or "Great Watchusett Hill," as it was originally called, lies +in the northern part of the township of Princeton, and is about fifty +miles due west from Boston. The Nashaways, or Nashuas, originally held +this tract and all the land west of the river that still bears their +name, and they gave to this mountain and the region around its base the +name of "Watchusett." Rising by a gradual ascent from its base, it has +the appearance of a vast dome. The Reverend Peter Whitney<a href="#note-2" name="noteref-2"><small>2</small></a> speaking of +its dimensions, says: "The circumference of this monstrous mass is about +three miles, and its height is 3,012 feet above the level of the sea, as +was found by the Hon. John Winthrop, Esq., LL.D., in the year 1777: and +this must be 1,800 or 1,900 feet above the level of the adjacent +country." More recent measurements have not materially changed these +figures, so they may be regarded as substantially correct. +</p> +<p> +The first mention, and probably the + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page36" name="page36"></a>[36]</span> + + first sight, of this mountain, or of any portion of the region now +comprised in Worcester County, is recorded in Governor Winthrop's +journal, in which, under the date of January 27, 1632, is written: +"The Governour and some company with him, went up by Charles River about +eight miles above Watertown." The party after climbing an eminence in +the vicinity of their halting-place saw "a very high hill, due west +about forty miles off, and to the N.W. the high hills by Merrimack, +above sixty miles off," The "very high hill" seen by them for the first +time was unquestionably Wachusett. +</p> +<p> +"On the 20th of October, 1759, the General Court of Massachusetts, +passed an act for incorporating the east wing, so called, of Rutland, +together with sundry farms and some publick lands contiguous thereto," +as a district under the name of Prince Town, "to perpetuate the name and +memory of the late Rev. Thomas Prince, colleague pastor of the Old South +church in Boston, and a large proprietor of this tract of land." The +district thus incorporated contained about nineteen thousand acres; but +on April 24, 1771, its inhabitants petitioned the General Court, that +it, "with all the lands adjoining said District, not included in any +other town or District," be incorporated into a town by the name of +Princeton; and by the granting of this petition, the area of the town +was increased to twenty-two thousand acres. +</p> +<p> +The principal citizen of Princeton at this period was the Honorable +Moses Gill, who married the daughter of the Reverend Thomas Prince. He +was a man of considerable note in the county also, holding office as one +of the judges of the court of common pleas for the county of Worcester, +and being "for several years Counsellor of this Commonwealth." His +country-seat, located at Princeton, was a very extensive estate, +comprising nearly three thousand acres. Mr. Whitney appears to have been +personally familiar with this place, and his description of it is so +graphic and enthusiastic, that it may be interesting to quote a portion +of it. +</p> +<p> +"His noble and elegant seat is about one mile and a quarter from the +meeting-house, to the south. The mansion-house is large, being fifty by +fifty feet, with four stacks of chimneys. The farmhouse is forty feet by +thirty-six. In a line with this stands the coach and chaise house, fifty +feet by thirty-six. This is joined to the barn by a shed seventy feet in +length—the barn is two hundred feet by thirty-two. Very elegant fences +are erected around the mansion-house, the outhouses, and the garden. +When we view this seat, these buildings, and this farm of so many +hundred acres under a high degree of profitable cultivation, and are +told that in the year 1776 it was a perfect wilderness, we are struck +with wonder, admiration, and astonishment. Upon the whole, the seat of +Judge Gill, all the agreeable circumstances respecting it being +attentively considered, is not paralleled by any in the New England +States: perhaps not by any this side the Delaware." +</p> +<p> +Judge Gill was a very benevolent and enterprising man, and did much to +advance the welfare of the town in its infancy. During the first thirty +years of its existence, it increased rapidly in wealth and population, +having in 1790 one thousand and sixteen inhabitants. For the next +half-century it increased slowly, having in 1840 thirteen hundred and +forty-seven inhabitants. Since + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page37" name="page37"></a>[37]</span> + + then, like all our beautiful New-England farming-towns, it has fallen +off in population, having at the present time but little over one +thousand people dwelling within its limits. Yet neither the town nor the +character of the people has degenerated in the last century. Persevering +industry has brought into existence in this town some of the most +beautiful farms in New England, and in 1875 the value of farm products +was nearly a quarter of a million dollars. Manufacturing has never been +carried on to any great extent in this town. "In Princeton there are +four grist mills, five saw mills, and one fulling mill and clothiers' +works," says Whitney in 1793. Now lumber and chair-stock are the +principal manufactured products, and in 1875 the value of these, +together with the products of other smaller manufacturing industries, +was nearly seventy thousand dollars. +</p> +<p> +Princeton is the birthplace of several men who have become well known, +among whom may be mentioned Edward Savage (1761-1817), noted as a +skilful portrait-painter; David Everett (1770-1813), the journalist, and +author of those familiar schoolboy verses beginning:— +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "You'd scarce expect one of my age</p> +<p class="i2"> To speak in public on the stage";</p> +</div> +</div> +<p> +and Leonard Woods, D.D., the eminent theologian. +</p> +<p> +This locality derives additional interest from the fact that Mrs. +Rowlandson, in her book entitled Twenty Removes, designates it as the +place where King Philip released her from captivity in the spring of +1676. Tradition still points out the spot where this release took place, +in a meadow near a large bowlder at the eastern base of the mountain. +The bowlder is known to this day as "Redemption Rock." It is quite near +the margin of Wachusett Lake, a beautiful sheet of water covering over +one hundred acres. This is a favorite place for picnic parties from +neighboring towns, and the several excellent hotels and boarding-houses +in the immediate vicinity afford accommodations for summer visitors, who +frequent this locality in large numbers. +</p> +<p> +The Indian history of this region is brief, but what there is of it is +interesting to us on account of King Philip's connection with it. At the +outbreak of the Narragansett War, in 1675, the Wachusetts, in spite of +their solemn compact with the colonists, joined King Philip, and, after +his defeat, "the lands about the Wachusetts" became one of his +headquarters, and he was frequently in that region. For many years their +wigwams were scattered about the base of the mountain and along the +border of the lake, and tradition informs us that on a large flat rock +near the lake their council-fires were often lighted. +</p> +<p> +Until 1751, but three families had settled in the Wachusett tract. In +May of that year Robert Keyes, a noted hunter, settled there with his +family, upon the eastern slope of the mountain, near where the present +carriage-road to the summit begins. On April 14, 1755, a child of his +named Lucy, about five years old, strayed away, presumably to follow her +sisters who had gone to the lake, about a mile distant. She was never +heard of again, though the woods were diligently searched for weeks. +Whitney speaks of this incident, and concludes that "she was taken by +the Indians and carried into their country, and soon forgot her +relations, lost her native language, and became as one of the +aborigines." In 1765 Keyes + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page38" name="page38"></a>[38]</span> + + petitioned the General Court to grant him "ye easterly half of said +Wachusett hill" in consideration of the loss of "100 pounds lawful +money" incurred by him in seeking for his lost child. This petition was +endorsed "negatived" in the handwriting of the secretary. With this one +exception the early settlers of Princeton seem to have suffered very +little at the hands of the Indians. +</p> +<p> +Princeton, in common with its neighbors, underwent much religious +controversy during the first half-century of its existence. The first +meeting-house, "50 foots long and 40 foots wide," was erected in 1762 +"on the highest part of the land, near three pine trees, being near a +large flat rock." This edifice was taken down in 1796, and replaced by a +more "elegant" building, which in turn was removed in 1838. The three +pine trees are now no more, but the flat rock remains, and on account of +the fine sunset view obtained from it has been named "Sunset Rock." +</p> +<p> +The first minister in Princeton was the Reverend Timothy Fuller, settled +in 1767. In 1768 the General Court granted him Wachusett Mountain to +compensate him for his settlement over "a heavily burdened people in a +wilderness country." It was certainly at that time neither a profitable +nor useful gift, and it was a pity to have this grand old pile pass into +private hands. Mr. Fuller continued as pastor until 1776. His successors +were the Reverend Thomas Crafts, the Reverend Joseph Russell, and the +Reverend James Murdock, D.D. At the time when Dr. Murdock left, in 1815, +Unitarian sentiments had developed extensively, and "the town and a +minority of the church" called the Reverend Samuel Clarke, who had been +a pupil of Dr. Channing. The call was accepted and, as a result, a +portion of the church seceded and built a small house of worship; but in +1836 the church and society reunited and have remained so ever since. +</p> +<p> +In 1817 a Baptist society was organized, and had several pastors; but in +1844 the society began to diminish, and not long after ceased to exist. +The meeting-house was sold and is now an hotel—the Prospect House. In +1839 a Methodist Episcopal Church was organized which still flourishes. +</p> +<p> +Besides Wachusett Mountain there are two other hills in Princeton that +are deserving of mention—Pine Hill and Little Wachusett. The former is +about two miles from the centre of the town and not far from Wachusett, +and the latter is about half a mile to the north of the centre. Neither +of these hills is large or high, their elevation being about one +thousand feet less than that of Wachusett, but they appear like two +beautiful children of the majestic father that looms above them. All +these hills were once heavily wooded, but much timber has been cut off +during the last century, and forest-fires have devastated portions at +different times; yet there is still an abundance left. Whitney speaks of +the region as abounding in oak of various kinds, chestnut, white ash, +beech, birch, and maple, with some butternut and walnut trees. The +vigorous growth of the primeval forest indicated the strength and +richness of the soil which has since been turned to such profitable use +by the farmers. The houses in which the people live are all substantial, +convenient, and, in many cases, beautiful, being surrounded by neatly +kept grounds and well-tilled land. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page39" name="page39"></a>[39]</span> +</p> +<p> +In a hilly country such as this is, springs and brooks of course abound. +The height of land upon which Princeton is situated is a watershed +between the Connecticut and Merrimack Rivers, and of the three beautiful +brooks having their source in the township, one, Wachusett Brook, runs +into Ware River, and thence to the Connecticut, while the other two, +East Wachusett and Keyes Brooks, get to the Merrimack by Still River and +the Nashua. +</p> +<p> +Mention has been made of Wachusett Lake. Properly speaking, this cannot +perhaps be considered as being in Princeton, inasmuch as about four +fifths of its surface lie in the adjoining township of Westminster. +Besides Wachusett Lake there is another called Quinnepoxet, which lies +in the southwestern part of the township, a small portion of it being in +Holden. It is smaller than its northern neighbor, covering only about +seventy acres, but it is a very charming sheet of water. +</p> +<p> +A brief account of the geology of this region may perhaps prove +interesting. In the eastern portion of Princeton the underlying rock is +a kind of micaceous schist, and in the western is granitic gneiss. The +gneiss abounds in sulphuret of iron, and for this reason is peculiarly +liable to undergo disintegration; hence the excellent character of the +soil in this portion of Worcester County where naked rock is seldom seen +in place, except in case of the summits of the hills scattered here and +there; and these summits are rounded, and show the effects of +weathering. As we go westerly upon this gneiss range, and get into the +limits of Franklin and Hampshire Counties, a larger amount of naked rock +appears, the hills are more craggy and precipitous, and in general the +soil is poorer. The three principal elevations in Princeton are mainly +composed of gneiss. This variety of rock is identical with granite in +its composition, the distinctive point between the two being that gneiss +has lines of stratification while granite has none. The rock of which +Wachusett is mainly composed has rather obscure stratification, and +hence may be called granitic gneiss. What stratification there is does +not show the irregularity that one would suppose would result from the +elevation of the mountain to so great a height above the surrounding +country; on the other hand the rock does not differ essentially in +hardness from that in the regions below, and hence the theory that all +the adjacent land was once as high as the summit of the mountain, and +was subsequently worn away by the action of water and weather, is hardly +tenable. The gneiss of this region is not especially rich in other +mineral contents. Some fine specimens of mica have however been obtained +from the summit of Wachusett. The only other extraneous mineral found +there to any great extent is the sulphuret of iron before mentioned. The +common name of this mineral is iron pyrites, and being of a yellow color +has in many localities in New England, in times past, caused a vast +waste of time and money in a vain search for gold. It does not appear +that the inhabitants of Princeton were ever thus deceived, though +Whitney wrote in 1793: "Perhaps its bowels may contain very valuable hid +treasure, which in some future period may be descried." In describing +the summit of the mountain he speaks of it as "a flat rock, or ledge of +rocks for some rods round; and there is a small pond of + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page40" name="page40"></a>[40]</span> + + water generally upon the top of it, of two or three rods square; and +where there is any earth it is covered with blueberry bushes for acres +round." The small pond and blueberry bushes are visible at present, or +were a year or two ago at any rate, but the area of bare rock has +increased somewhat as time went on, though the top is not as bare as is +that of its New Hampshire brother, Monadnock, nor are its sides so +craggy and precipitous. +</p> +<p> +The people of Princeton have always kept abreast of the times. From the +first they were ardent supporters of the measures of the Revolution, and +foremost among them in patriotic spirit was the Honorable Moses Gill, +previously mentioned in this paper, who, on account of his devotion to +the good cause, was called by Samuel Adams "The Duke of Princeton." +Their strong adherence to the "state rights" principle led the people +of the town to vote against the adoption of the Constitution of the +United States; but when it was adopted they abided by it, and when the +Union was menaced in the recent Rebellion they nobly responded to the +call of the nation with one hundred and twenty-seven men and nearly +twenty thousand dollars in money—exceeding in both items the demand +made upon them. Nor is their record in the pursuits of peace less +honorable, for in dairy products and in the rearing of fine cattle they +have earned an enviable and well-deserved reputation. As a community it +is cultured and industrious, and has ever been in full sympathy with +progress in education, religion, and social relations. +</p> +<p> +But few towns in Massachusetts offer to summer visitors as many +attractions as does Princeton. The air is clear and bracing, the +landscape charming, and the pleasant, shady woodroads afford +opportunities for drives through most picturesque scenery. Near at hand +is the lake, and above it towers Wachusett. It has been proposed to run +a railroad up to and around the mountain, but thus far, fortunately, +nothing has come of it. A fine road of easy ascent winds up the +mountain, and on the summit is a good hotel which is annually patronized +by thousands of transient visitors. +</p> +<p> +The view from here is magnificent on a clear day. The misty blue of the +Atlantic, the silver thread of the Connecticut, Mounts Tom and Holyoke, +and cloud-clapped Monadnock, the cities of Worcester and Fitchburg—all +these and many other beautiful objects are spread out before the +spectator. But it cannot be described—it must be seen to be +appreciated; and the throngs of visitors that flit through the town +every summer afford abundant evidence that the love of the beautiful and +grand in nature still lives in the hearts of the people. +</p> +<p> +Brief is the sketch of this beautiful mountain town, which is neither +large nor possessed of very eventful history: but in its quiet seclusion +dwell peace and prosperity, and its worthy inhabitants are most deeply +attached to the beautiful heritage handed down to them by their +ancestors. +</p> +<hr /> +<a name="note-2"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<u>2</u> (<a href="#noteref-2">return</a>)<br /> +History of Worcester County. Worcester: 1793. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page41" name="page41"></a>[41]</span> +</p> +<a name="h2H_4_0006" id="h2H_4_0006"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + WASHINGTON AND THE FLAG. +</h2> +<h3> + <span class="sc">By Henry B. Carrington.</span> +</h3> +<p class="quote"> + "Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings!" +</p> +<p class="quote"> + NOTE—On a pavement slab in Brighton Chapel, Northamptonshire, England, + the Washington coat-of-arms appears: a bird rising from nest (coronet), + upon azure field with five-pointed stars, and parallel red-and-white + bands on field below; suggesting origin of the national escutcheon. +</p> +<center> +I. +</center> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings; </p> +<p class="i2"> And fill with melody the clear blue sky! </p> +<p class="i2"> Give swell to chorus full,—to gladness wings, </p> +<p class="i2"> And let swift heralds with the tidings fly! </p> +<p class="i2"> Faint not, nor tire, but glorify the record </p> +<p class="i2"> Which honors him who gave the nation life; </p> +<p class="i2"> Fill up the story, and with one accord </p> +<p class="i2"> Our people hush their conflicts—end their strife! </p> +</div> +</div> + +<center> +II. +</center> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Tell me, ye people, why doth this appeal </p> +<p class="i2"> Go forth in measure swift as it has force, </p> +<p class="i2"> To quicken souls, and make the nation's weal </p> +<p class="i2"> Advance, unfettered, in its onward course, </p> +<p class="i2"> Unless that they who live in these our times </p> +<p class="i2"> May grasp the grand, o'erwhelming thought, </p> +<p class="i2"> That he who led our troops in battle-lines, </p> +<p class="i2"> But our best interests ever sought! </p> +</div> +</div> + +<center> +III. +</center> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> What is this story, thus redolent of praise? </p> +<p class="i2"> Why challenge Liberty herself to lend her voice? </p> +<p class="i2"> Why must ye hallelujah anthems raise, </p> +<p class="i2"> And bid the world in plaudits loud rejoice? </p> +<p class="i2"> Why lift the banner with its star-lit folds, </p> +<p class="i2"> And give it honors, grandest and the best, </p> +<p class="i2"> Unless its blood-stripes and its stars of gold </p> +<p class="i2"> Bring ransom to the toilers—to the weary rest? </p> +</div> +</div> + +<center> +IV. +</center> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> O yes, there's a secret in the stars and stripes: </p> +<p class="i2"> It was the emblem of our nation's sire; </p> +<p class="i2"> And from the record of his father's stripes, </p> +<p class="i2"> He gathered zeal which did his youth inspire. </p> +<p class="i2"> Fearless and keen in the border battle, </p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page42" name="page42"></a>[42]</span> +<p class="i2"> Careless of risk while dealing blow for blow, </p> +<p class="i2"> What did he care for yell or rifle-rattle </p> +<p class="i2"> If he in peril only duty e'er could know! </p> +</div> +</div> + +<center> +V. +</center> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> As thus in youth he measured well his work, </p> +<p class="i2"> And filled that measure ever full and true, </p> +<p class="i2"> So then to him to lead the nation looked, </p> +<p class="i2"> When all to arms in holy frenzy flew. </p> +<p class="i2"> Great faith was that, to inspire our sires, </p> +<p class="i2"> And honor him, so true, with chief command, </p> +<p class="i2"> And fervid be our joy, while beacon-fires </p> +<p class="i2"> Do honor to this hero through the land. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<center> +VI. +</center> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings! </p> +<p class="i2"> Bid nations many in the contest try! </p> +<p class="i2"> Tell them, O, tell, of all thy mercy brings </p> +<p class="i2"> For all that languish, be it far or nigh! </p> +<p class="i2"> For all oppressed the time shall surely come, </p> +<p class="i2"> When, stripped of fear, and hushed each plaintive cry, </p> +<p class="i2"> All, all, will find in Washington </p> +<p class="i2"> The model guide, for now—for aye, for aye. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<hr class="full" /> +<a name="h2H_4_0007" id="h2H_4_0007"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + A SUMMER ON THE GREAT LAKES. +</h2> +<h3> + <span class="sc">By Fred. Myron Colby.</span> +</h3> +<p> +Where shall we go this year? is the annual recurring question as the +summer heats draw near. We must go somewhere, for it will be no less +unwholesome than unfashionable to remain in town. The body needs rest; +the brain, no less wearied, unites in the demand for change, for +recreation. A relief from the wear and tear of professional life is a +necessity. The seaside? Cape May and York Beach are among our first +remembrances. We believe in change. The mountains? Their inexhaustible +variety will never pall, but then we have "done" the White Mountains, +explored the Catskills, and encamped among the Adirondacks in years gone +by. Saratoga? We have never been there, but we have an abhorrence for a +great fashionable crowd. To say the truth, we are heartily sick of +"summer resorts," with their gambling, smoking, and drinking. The great +watering-places hold no charms for us. "The world, the flesh, and the +devil" there hold undisputed sway: we desire a gentler rule. +</p> +<p> +"What do you say to a trip on the Great Lakes?" suggests my friend, +Ralph Vincent, with indefatigable patience. +</p> +<p> +"I—I don't know," I answered, thoughtfully. +</p> +<p> +"Don't know!" cried "the + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page43" name="page43"></a>[43]</span> + + Historian"—(we called Hugh Warren by that title from his ability to +always give information on any mooted point). He was a walking +encyclopaedia of historical lore. "Don't know! Yes, you do. It is just +what we want. It will be a delightful voyage, with scenes of beauty at +every sunset and every sunrise. The Sault de Ste. Marie with its fairy +isles, the waters of Lake Huron so darkly, deeply, beautifully green, +and the storied waves of Superior with their memories of the martyr +missionaries, of old French broils and the musical flow of Hiawatha. The +very thought is enough to make one enthusiastic. How came you to think +of it, Vincent?" +</p> +<p> +"I never think: I scorn the imputation," repled Vincent, with a look of +assumed disdain. "It was a inspiration." +</p> +<p> +"And you have inspired us to a glorious undertaking. The Crusades were +nothing to it. Say, Montague," to me, "you are agreed?" +</p> +<p> +"Yes, I am agreed," I assented. "We will spend our summer on the Great +Lakes. It will be novel, it will be refreshing, it will be classical." +</p> +<p> +So it was concluded. A week from that time found us at Oswego. Our +proposed route was an elaborate one. It was to start at Oswego, take a +beeline across Lake Ontario to Toronto, hence up the lake and through +the Welland Canal into Lake Erie, along the shores of that historical +inland sea, touching at Erie, Cleveland, Sandusky, and Toledo, up +Detroit River, through the Lake and River of St. Clair, then gliding +over the waters of Lake Huron, dash down along the shores of Lake +Michigan to Chicago, and back past Milwaukee, through the Straits of +Mackinaw and the ship-canal into the placid waves of Superior, making +Duluth the terminus of our journey. Our return would be leisurely, +stopping here and there, at out-of-the-way places, camping-out whenever +the fancy seized us and the opportunity offered, to hunt, to fish, to +rest, being for the time knight-errants of pleasure, or, as the +Historian dubbed us, peripatetic philosophers, in search, not of the +touchstone to make gold, but the touchstone to make health. Our trip was +to occupy two months. +</p> +<p> +It was well toward the latter part of June in 1881, on one of the +brightest of summer mornings, that our steamer, belonging to the regular +daily line to Toronto, steamed slowly out from the harbor of Oswego. So +we were at last on the "beautiful water," for that is the meaning of +Ontario in the Indian tongue. Here, two hundred years before us, the +war-canoes of De Champlain and his Huron allies had spurned the foaming +tide. Here, a hundred years later the batteaux of that great soldier, +Montcalm, had swept round the bluff to win the fortress on its height, +then in English hands. Historic memories haunted it. The very waves +sparkling in the morning sunshine whispered of romantic tales. +</p> +<p> +Seated at the stern of the boat we looked back upon the fading city. +Hugh Warren was smoking, and his slow-moving blue eyes were fixed +dreamily upon the shore. He did not seem to be gazing at anything, and +yet we knew he saw more than any of us. +</p> +<p> +"A centime for your thoughts, Hugh!" cried Vincent, rising and +stretching his limbs. +</p> +<p> +"I was thinking," said the Historian, "of that Frenchman, Montcalm, who +one summer day came down on the English at Oswego unawares with his +gunboats and Indians and gendarmes. + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page44" name="page44"></a>[44]</span> + + Of the twenty-five thousand people in yonder city I don't suppose there +are a dozen who know what his plans were. They were grand ones. In no +country on the face of the globe has nature traced outlines of internal +navigation on so grand a scale as upon our American continent. Entering +the mouth of the St. Lawrence we are carried by that river through the +Great Lakes to the head of Lake Superior, a distance of more than two +thousand miles. On the south we find the Mississippi pouring its waters +into the Gulf of Mexico, within a few degrees of the tropics after a +course of three thousand miles. 'The Great Water,' as its name +signifies, and its numerous branches drain the surface of about one +million one hundred thousand square miles, or an area twenty times +greater than England and Wales. The tributaries of the Mississippi equal +the largest rivers of Europe. The course of the Missouri is probably not +less than twenty-five hundred miles. The Ohio winds above a thousand +miles through fertile countries. The tributaries of <i>these</i> +tributaries are great rivers. The Wabash, a feeder of the Ohio, has a +course of above five hundred miles, four hundred of which are navigable. +If the contemplated canal is ever completed which will unite Lake +Michigan with the head of navigation on the Illinois River, it will be +possible to proceed by lines of inland navigation from Quebec to New +Orleans. There is space within the regions enjoying these advantages of +water communication, and already peopled by the Anglo-Saxon race, for +four hundred millions of the human race, or more than double the +population of Europe at the present time. Imagination cannot conceive +the new influences which will be exercised on the affairs of the world +when the great valley of the Mississippi, and the continent from Lake +Superior to New Orleans, is thronged with population. In the valley of +the Mississippi alone there is abundant room for a population of a +hundred million. +</p> +<p> +"In Montcalm's day all this territory belonged to France. It was that +soldier's dream, and he was no less a statesman than a soldier, to make +here a great nation. Toward that end a great chain of forts was to be +built along the line from Ontario to New Orleans. Sandusky, Mackinaw, +Detroit, Oswego, Du Quesne, were but a few links in the contemplated +chain that was to bind the continent forever to French interests. It was +for this he battled through all those bloody, brilliant campaigns of the +old French war. But the English were too strong for him. Montcalm +perished, and the power of France was at an end in the New World. But it +almost overwhelms me at the thought of what a mighty empire was lost +when the English huzza rose above the French clarion on the Plains of +Abraham." +</p> +<p> +"Better for the continent and the world that England won," said Vincent. +</p> +<p> +"Perhaps so," allowed Hugh. "Though we cannot tell what might have been. +But that does not concern this Ulysses and his crew. Onward, voyagers +and voyageresses." +</p> +<p> +"Your simile is an unfortunate one. Ulysses was wrecked off Circe's +island and at other places. Rather let us be the Argonauts in search of +the Golden Fleece." +</p> +<p> +"Mercenary wretch!" exclaimed Hugh. "My taste is different. I am going +in search of a dinner." +</p> +<p> +Hugh Warren's ability for discovering anything of that sort was +proverbially + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page45" name="page45"></a>[45]</span> + + good, so we, having the same disposition, followed him below to the +dining-saloon. +</p> +<p> +We arrived at Toronto, one hundred and sixty miles from Oswego, a little +before dusk. This city, the capital of the province of Ontario, is +situated on an arm of the lake. Its bay is a beautiful inlet about four +miles long and two miles wide, forming a capacious and well-protected +harbor. The site of the town is low, but rises gently from the water's +edge. The streets are regular and wide, crossing each other generally at +right angles. There is an esplanade fronting the bay which extends for a +distance of two miles. The population of the city has increased from +twelve hundred in 1817 to nearly sixty thousand at present. In the +morning we took a hurried survey of its chief buildings, visited Queen's +Park in the centre of the city, and got round in season to take the +afternoon steamer for Buffalo. +</p> +<p> +The district situated between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, as it has been +longest settled, so also is it the best-cultivated part of Western +Canada. The vicinity to the two Great Lakes renders the climate more +agreeable, by diminishing the severity of the winters and tempering the +summers' heats. Fruits of various kind arrive at great perfection, +cargoes of which are exported to Montreal, Quebec, and other places +situated in the less genial parts of the eastern province. Mrs. Jameson +speaks of this district as "superlatively beautiful." The only place +approaching a town in size and the number of inhabitants, from the Falls +along the shores of Lake Erie for a great distance, beyond even Grand +River, is Chippewa, situated on the river Welland, or Chippewa, which +empties itself into Niagara Strait, just where the rapids commence and +navigation terminates. One or more steamers run between Chippewa and +Buffalo. Chippewa is still but a small village, but, as it lies directly +on the great route from the Western States of the Union to the Falls of +Niagara and the Eastern States, it will probably rise into importance. +Its greatest celebrity at present arises from the fact of there having +been a great battle fought near by between the British and Americans in +the war of 1812. +</p> +<p> +The line of navigation by the St. Lawrence did not extend beyond Lake +Ontario until the Welland Canal was constructed. This important work is +thirty-two miles long, and admits ships of one hundred and twenty-five +guns, which is about the average tonnage of the trading-vessels on the +lakes. The Niagara Strait is nearly parallel to the Welland Canal, and +more than one third of it is not navigable. The canal, by opening this +communication between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, has conferred an +immense benefit on all the districts west of Ontario. The great Erie +Canal has been still more beneficial, by connecting the lakes with New +York and the Atlantic by the Hudson River, which the canal joins after a +course of three hundred and sixty miles. The effect of these two canals +was quickly perceptible in the increased activity of commerce on Lake +Erie, and the Erie Canal has rendered this lake the great line of +transit from New York to the Western States. +</p> +<p> +Lake Erie is the most shallow of all the lakes, its average depth being +only sixty or seventy feet. Owing to this shallowness the lake is +readily disturbed by the wind; and for this reason, and for its paucity +of good harbors, it has the reputation of being the most dangerous to +navigate of any of the + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page46" name="page46"></a>[46]</span> + + Great Lakes. Neither are its shores as picturesquely beautiful as those +of Ontario, Huron, and Superior. Still it is a lovely and romantic body +of water, and its historic memories are interesting and important. In +this last respect all the Great Lakes are remarkable. Some of the most +picturesque and interesting chapters of our colonial and military +history have for their scenes the shores and the waters of these vast +inland seas. A host of great names—Champlain, Frontenac, La Salle, +Marquette, Perry, Tecumseh, and Harrison—has wreathed the lakes with +glory. The scene of the stirring events in which Pontiac was the +conspicuous figure is now marked on the map by such names as Detroit, +Sandusky, Green Bay, and Mackinaw. The thunder of the battles of Lundy's +Lane and the Thames was heard not far off, and the very waters of Lake +Erie were once canopied with the sulphur smoke from the cannon of +Perry's conquering fleet. +</p> +<p> +We spent two days in Buffalo, and they were days well spent. This city +is the second in size of the five Great Lake ports, being outranked only +by Chicago. Founded in 1801, it now boasts of a population of one +hundred and sixty thousand souls. The site is a plain, which, from a +point about two miles distant from the lake, slopes gently to the +water's edge. The city has a water front of two and a half miles on the +lake and of about the same extent on Niagara River. It has one of the +finest harbors on the lake. The public buildings are costly and imposing +edifices, and many of the private residences are elegant. The pride of +the city is its public park of five hundred and thirty acres, laid out +by Frederick Law Olmstead in 1870. It has the reputation of being the +healthiest city of the United States. +</p> +<p> +Buffalo was the home of Millard Fillmore, the thirteenth President of +the United States. Here the great man spent the larger part of his life. +He went there a poor youth of twenty, with four dollars in his pocket. +He died there more than fifty years afterward worth one hundred and +fifty thousand dollars, and after having filled the highest offices his +country could bestow upon him. He owned a beautiful and elegant +residence in the city, situated on one of the avenues, with a frontage +toward the lake, of which a fine view is obtained. It is a modern +mansion, three stories in height, with large stately rooms. It looks +very little different externally from some of its neighbors, but the +fact that it was for thirty years the home of one of our Presidents +gives it importance and invests it with historic charm. +</p> +<p> +On board a steamer bound for Detroit we again plowed the waves. The day +was a delightful one; the morning had been cloudy and some rain had +fallen, but by ten o'clock the sky was clear, and the sunbeams went +dancing over the laughing waters. Hugh was on his high-horse, and full +of historic reminiscences. +</p> +<p> +"Do you know that this year is the two hundredth anniversary of a +remarkable event for this lake?" he began. "Well, it is. It was in 1681, +in the summer of the year, that the keel of the first vessel launched in +Western waters was laid at a point six miles this side of the Niagara +Falls. She was built by Count Frontenac who named her the Griffen. I +should like to have sailed in it." +</p> +<p> +"Its speed could hardly equal that + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page47" name="page47"></a>[47]</span> + + of the Detroit," observed Vincent, complacently. +</p> +<p> +"You hard, cold utilitarian!" exclaimed the Historian; "who cares +anything about that? It is the romance of the thing that would charm +me." +</p> +<p> +"And the romance consists in its being distant. We always talk of the +good old times as though they were really any better than our own age! +It is a beautiful delusion. Don't you know how in walking the shady +places are always behind us?" +</p> +<p> +The Historian's only answer to this banter was to shrug his shoulders +scornfully and to light a fresh cigar. +</p> +<p> +Lake Erie is about two hundred and forty miles in length and has a mean +breadth of forty miles. Its surface is three hundred and thirty feet +above Lake Ontario, and five hundred and sixty-five above the level of +the sea. It receives the waters of the upper lakes by means of the +Detroit River, and discharges them again by the Niagara into Lake +Ontario. Lake Erie has a shallow depth, but Ontario, which is five +hundred and two feet deep, is two hundred and thirty feet below the tide +level of the ocean, or as low as most parts of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, +and the bottoms of Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Superior, although their +surface is much higher, are all, from their vast depths, on a level with +the bottom of Ontario. Now, as the discharge through Detroit River, +after allowing all the probable portion carried off by evaporation, does +not appear by any means equal to the quantity of water which the other +three lakes receive, it has been conjectured that a subterranean river +may run from Lake Ontario. This conjecture is not improbable, and +accounts for the singular fact that salmon and herring are caught in all +the lakes communicating with the St. Lawrence, but no others. As the +Falls of Niagara must always have existed, it would puzzle the +naturalists to say how those fish got into the upper lakes unless there +is a subterranean river; moreover, any periodical obstruction of the +river would furnish a not improbable solution of the mysterious flux and +influx of the lakes. +</p> +<p> +Some after noon we steamed past a small city on the southern coast which +had a large natural harbor. +</p> +<p> +"Erie and Presque Isle Bay," announced the Historian. "A famous place. +From it sailed Oliver Hazard Perry with his fleet of nine sail to most +unmercifully drub the British lion on that tenth day of September, 1813. +The battle took place some distance from here over against Sandusky. I +will tell you all about it when we get there. My grandfather was one of +the actors." +</p> +<p> +He said no more, and for a long time the conversation was sustained by +Vincent and myself. The steamer put in at Cleveland just at dusk. The +stop was brief, however, and we left the beautiful and thriving city +looking like a queen on the Ohio shore under the bridal veil of night. +The evening was brilliant with moonlight. The lake was like a mirror or +an enchanted sea. Hour after hour passed, and we still sat on deck +gazing on the scene. Far to the south we saw the many lights of a city +shining. It was Sandusky. +</p> +<p> +"How delightful it is!" murmured Vincent. +</p> +<p> +"Beautiful," I replied. "If it were only the Ionian Sea, now, or the +clear Ægean"— +</p> +<p> +"Those classic waters cannot match this lake," interrupted Hugh. "The +battle of Erie will outlive Salamis or + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page48" name="page48"></a>[48]</span> + + Actium. The laurels of Themistokles and Augustus fade even now before +those of Perry. He was a hero worth talking about, something more human +altogether than any of Plutarch's men. I feel it to be so now at least. +It was right here somewhere that the battle raged." +</p> +<p> +"He was quite a young man, I believe," said I, glad to show that I knew +something of the hero. I had seen his house at Newport many times, one +of the old colonial kind, and his picture, that of a tall, slim man, +with dash and bravery in his face, was not unfamiliar to me. +</p> +<p> +"Yes; only twenty-seven, and just married," continued the Historian, +settling down to work. "Before the battle he read over his wife's +letters for the last time, and then tore them up, so that the enemy +should not see those records of the heart, if victorious. 'This is the +most important day of my life,' he said to his officers, as the first +shot from the British came crashing among the sails of the Lawrence; +'but we know how to beat those fellows,' he added, with a laugh. He had +nine vessels, with fifty-four guns and four hundred and ninety officers +and men. The British had six ships mounting sixty-three guns, with five +hundred and two officers and men. +</p> +<p> +"In the beginning of the battle the British had the advantage. Their +guns were of longer range, and Perry was exposed to their fire half an +hour before he got in position where he could do execution. When he had +succeeded in this the British concentrated their fire on his flag-ship. +Enveloped in flame and smoke, Perry strove desperately to maintain his +ground till the rest of his ships could get into action. For more than +two hours he sustained the unequal conflict without flinching. It was +his first battle, and, moreover, he was enfeebled by a fever from which +he had just risen; but he never lost his ease and confidence. When most +of his men had fallen, when his ship lay an unmanageable wreck on the +water, 'every brace and bowline shot away,' and all his guns were +rendered ineffective, he still remained calm and unmoved. +</p> +<p> +"Eighteen men out of one hundred stood alive on his deck; many of those +were wounded. Lieutenant. Yarnell, with a red handkerchief tied round +his head and another round his neck to stanch the blood flowing from two +wounds, stood bravely by his commander. But all seemed lost when, +through the smoke, Perry saw the Niagara approaching uncrippled. +</p> +<p> +"'If a victory is to be won I will win it,' he said to the lieutenant. +He tore down his flag with its glorious motto,—'Don't give up the +ship,'—and leaping into a boat with half a dozen others, told the +sailors to give way with a will. The Niagara was half a mile distant to +the windward, and the enemy, as soon as they observed his movement, +directed their fire upon his boat. Oars were splintered in the rowers' +hands by musket-balls, and the men themselves covered with spray from +the roundshot and grape that smote the water on every side. But they +passed safely through the iron storm, and at last reached the deck of +the Niagara, where they were welcomed with thundering cheers. Lieutenant +Elliot of the Niagara, leaving his own ship, took command of the Somers, +and brought up the smaller vessels of the fleet, which had as yet been +little in the action. Perry ran up his signal for close action, and from +vessel to vessel + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page49" name="page49"></a>[49]</span> + + the answering signals went up in the sunlight and the cheers rang over +the water. All together now bore down upon the enemy and, passing +through his line, opened a raking crossfire. So close and terrible was +that fire that the crew of the Lady Prevost ran below, leaving the +wounded and stunned commander alone on the deck. Shrieks and groans rose +from every side. In fifteen minutes from the time the signal was made +Captain Barclay, the British commander, flung out the white flag. The +firing then ceased; the smoke slowly cleared away, revealing the two +fleets commingled, shattered, and torn, and the decks strewn with dead. +The loss on each side was the same, one hundred and thirty-five killed +and wounded. The combat had lasted about three hours. When Perry saw +that victory was secure he wrote with a pencil on the back of an old +letter, resting it on his navy cap, the despatch to General Harrison: +'We have met the enemy, and they are ours: two ships, two brigs, one +schooner, and one sloop.' +</p> +<p> +"It was a great victory," concluded the eloquent narrator. "The young +conqueror did not sleep a wink that night. Until the morning light he +was on the quarter-deck of the Lawrence, doing what he could to relieve +his suffering comrades, while the stifled groans of the wounded men +echoed from ship to ship. The next day the dead, both the British and +the American, were buried in a wild and solitary spot on the shore. And +there they sleep the sleep of the brave, with the sullen waves to sing +their perpetual requiem." +</p> +<p> +We sat in silence a long time after; no one was disposed to speak. It +came to us with power there on the moonlit lake, a realization of the +hard-fought battle, the gallant bearing of the young commander, his +daring passage in an open boat through the enemy's fire to the Niagara, +the motto on his flag, the manner in which he carried his vessel alone +through the enemy's line, and then closed in half pistol-shot, his +laconic account of the victory to his superior officer, the ships +stripped of their spars and canvas, the groans of the wounded, and the +mournful spectacle of the burial on the lake shore. +</p> +<p> +Our next stopping-place was at Detroit, the metropolis of Michigan, on +the river of the same name, the colony of the old Frenchman De la Mothe +Cadillac, the colonial Pontchartrain, the scene of Pontiac's defeat and +of Hull's treachery, cowardice, or incapacity, grandly seated on the +green Michigan shore, overlooking the best harbor on the Great Lakes, +and with a population of more than one hundred thousand. Two stormy days +kept us within doors most of the time. The third day we were again "on +board," steaming up Detroit River into Lake St. Clair. On and on we +kept, till the green waters of Huron sparkled beneath the keel of our +steamer. All the way over the lake we kept the shores of Michigan in +sight, beaches of white sand alternating with others of limestone +shingle, and the forests behind, a tangled growth of cedar, fir, and +spruce in impenetrable swamps, or a scanty, scrubby growth upon a sandy +soil. Two hours were spent at Thunder Bay, where the steamer stopped for +a supply of wood, and we went steaming on toward Mackinaw, a hundred +miles away. At sunset of that day the shores of the green rocky island +dawned upon us. The steamer swept up to an excellent dock, as the +sinking sun was pouring a stream of molten gold across the flood, out of +the amber gates of the west. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page50" name="page50"></a>[50]</span> +</p> +<p> +"At last Mackinaw, great in history and story," announced the Historian +leaning on the taffrail and gazing at the clear pebbly bottom and +through forty feet of water. +</p> +<p> +"My history consists of a series of statues and tableaux—statues of the +great men, tableaux of the great events," said Vincent. "Were there any +such at Mackinaw?" +</p> +<p> +"Yes," answered Hugh, "two statues and one tableau—the former Marquette +and Mae-che-ne-mock-qua, the latter the massacre at Fort +Michilimakinack." +</p> +<p> +"The event happened during Pontiac's war, I believe," I hastened to +observe. "The Indians took the place by stratagem, did they not?" +</p> +<p> +"They did. It was on the fourth of July, 1763. The fort contained a +hundred soldiers under the command of Major Etherington. In the +neighborhood were four hundred Indians apparently friendly. On the day +specified the savages played a great game of ball or baggatiway on the +parade before the fort. Many of the soldiers went out to witness it and +the gate was left open. During the game the ball was many times pitched +over the pickets of the fort. Instantly it was followed by the whole +body of players, in the unrestrained pursuit of a rude athletic +exercise. The garrison feared nothing; but suddenly the Indians drawing +their concealed weapons began the massacre. No resistance was offered, +so sudden and unexpected was the surprise. Seventy of the soldiers were +murdered, the remainder were sold for slaves. Only one Englishman +escaped. He was a trader named Henry. He was in his own house writing a +letter to his Montreal friends by the canoe which was just on the eve of +departure, when the massacre began. Only a low board fence separated his +grounds from those of M. Longlade, a Frenchman, who had great influence +with the savages. He obtained entrance into the house, where he was +concealed by one of the women, and though the savages made vigorous +search for him, he remained undiscovered. You can imagine the horrible +sight the fort presented when the sun went down, the soldiers in their +red uniforms lying there scalped and mangled, a ghastly heap under the +summer sky. And to just think it was only a short time ago, a little +more than a hundred years." +</p> +<p> +We could hardly realize it as we gazed up the rocky eminence at the +United States fort, one hundred and fifty feet high, overlooking the +little village. And yet Mackinaw's history is very little different from +that of most Western settlements and military Stations. Dark, +sanguinary, and bloody tragedies were constantly enacted upon the +frontiers for generations. As every one acquainted with our history must +know, the war on the border has been an almost interminable one. As the +tide of emigration has rolled westward it has ever met that fiery +counter-surge, and only overcome it by incessant battling and effort. +And even now, as the distant shores of the Pacific are wellnigh reached, +that resisting wave still gives forth its lurid flashes of conflict. +</p> +<p> +Mackinaw Island is only about three miles long and two in breadth, with +a circuit of nine miles in all. It rises out of the lake to an average +height of three hundred feet, and is heavily wooded with cedar, beech, +maple, and yew. Three of its sides are bold and rocky, the fourth slopes +down gradually toward the north to meet the blue + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page51" name="page51"></a>[51]</span> + + waters of the lake. The island is intersected in all directions with +carriage-roads and paths, and in the bay are always to be seen the row +and sail boats belonging to pleasure-seekers. From four to seven +steamers call at the wharf daily, while fleets of sailing-vessels may at +any time be descried from old Fort Holmes, creeping noiselessly on to +the commercial marts of those great inland seas. +</p> +<p> +Tradition lends its enchantment to the isle. According to the Indian +legend it rose suddenly from the calm bosom of the lake at the sunset +hour. In their fancy it took the form of a huge turtle, and so they +bestowed upon it the name of Moc-che-ne-nock-e-nung. In the Ojibway +mythology it became the home of the Great Fairies, and to this day it is +said to be a sacred spot to all Indians who preserve the memory of the +primal times. The fairies lived in a subterranean abode under the +island, and an old sagamore, Chees-a-kee, is related to have been +conducted <i>a la</i> Æneus, in Virgil, to the halls of the spirits and +to have seen them all assembled in the spacious wigwam. Had some bard +taken up the tale of this fortunate individual, the literature of the +red man might have boasted an epic ranking perhaps with the Æneid or the +Iliad. +</p> +<p> +From the walls of old Fort Holmes, two hundred feet above the lake, a +fine view is obtained of the island and its surroundings. Westward is +Point St. Ignace, a sharply defined cape running out from the mainland +into the strait. There rest the bones of good Father Marquette, who, in +1671, erected a chapel on the island and began to Christianize the wild +natives of this region. On the northwest we see the "Sitting Rabbits," +two curious-looking rockhills which bear a singular resemblance to our +common American hare. Eastward stretches away the boundless inland sea, +a beautiful greenish-blue, to the horizon. The mountains of St. Martin, +and the hills from which flow Carp and Pine Rivers meet the northern +vision. To the south is Boisblanc Island, lying like an emerald paradise +on the bosom of Lake Huron, and close beside it, as if seeking +protection, is lovely Round Island. Among all these islands, and laving +the shores of the adjacent mainland, are the rippling waves of the lake, +now lying as if asleep in the flooding light, anon white-capped and +angry, driven by the strong winds. Beneath us are the undulations of +billowy green foliage, calm and cool, intersected with carriage-roads, +and showing yonder the white stones of the soldiers' and citizens' +graves. Here, down by the water, and close under the fort, the white, +quaint houses lie wrapped in light and quiet. Breezes cool and +delightful, breezes that have traversed the broad expanse of the lakes, +blow over your face softly, as in Indian myth blows the wind from the +Land of Souls. The scene and the hour lulls you into a sense of +delicious quietude. You are aroused by the shrill whistle of a steamer, +and you descend dockward to note the fresh arrivals. +</p> +<p> +Several days' excursions do not exhaust the island. One day we go to see +Arch Rock, a beautiful natural bridge of rock spanning a chasm some +eighty feet in height and forty in width. The summit is one hundred and +fifty feet above the level. Another day we visit Sugar-loaf Rock, an +isolated conical shape one hundred and forty feet high, rising from a +plateau in the centre of the island. A hole half-way up its side is +large enough to hold a + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page52" name="page52"></a>[52]</span> + + dozen persons, and has in it the names of a hundred eager aspirants +after immortality. On the southwest side of the island is a +perpendicular rock bluff, rising one hundred and fifty feet from the +lake and called "Lover's Leap." The legend was told us one afternoon by +Hugh, as follows:— +</p> +<p> +"In the ancient time, when the red men held their councils in this heart +of the waters, and the lake around rippled to the canoe fleets of +warrior tribes going and returning, a young Ojibway girl had her home on +this sacred isle. Her name was Mae-che-ne-mock-qua, and she was +beautiful as the sunrise of a summer morning. She had many lovers, but +only to one brave did the blooming Indian girl give her heart. Often +would Mae-che-ne-mock-qua wander to this solitary rock and gaze out upon +the wide waters after the receding canoes of the combined Ojibway and +Ottawa bands, speeding south for scalps and glory. There, too, she +always watched for their return, for among them was the one she loved, +an eagle-plumed warrior, Ge-win-e-gnon, the bravest of the brave. The +west wind often wafted the shouts of the victorious braves far in +advance of them as they returned from the mainland, and highest above +all she always heard the voice of Ge-win-e-gnon. But one time, in the +chorus of shouts, the maiden heard no longer the voice of her lover. Her +heart told her that he had gone to the spirit-land behind the sunset, +and she should no more behold his face among the chieftains. So it was: +a Huron arrow had pierced his heart, and his last words were of his +maiden in the Fairy Isle. Sad grew the heart of the lovely +Mae-che-ne-mock-qua. She had no wish to live. She could only stand on +the cliff and gaze at the west, where the form of her lover appeared +beckoning her to follow him. One morning her mangled body was found at +the foot of the cliff; she had gone to meet her lover in the +spirit-land. So love gained its sacrifice and a maiden became immortal." +</p> +<p> +A well-earned night's sleep, bathed in this highly ozoned lake +atmosphere, which magically soothes every nerve and refreshes every +sense like an elixir, and we are off again on the broad bosom of the +Mackinaw strait, threading a verdant labyrinth of emerald islets and +following the course of Father Jacques Marquette, who two hundred years +before us had set off from the island in two canoes, with his friend +Louis Joliet, to explore and Christianize the region of the Mississippi. +We looked back upon the Fairy Island with regretful eyes, and as it sunk +into the lake Hugh repeated the lines of the poet:— +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "A gem amid gems, set in blue yielding waters, </p> +<p class="i2"> Is Mackinac Island with cliffs girded round, </p> +<p class="i2"> For her eagle-plumed braves and her true-hearted daughters; </p> +<p class="i2"> Long, long ere the pale face came widely renowned. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "Tradition invests thee with Spirit and Fairy; </p> +<p class="i2"> Thy dead soldiers' sleep shall no drum-beat awake, </p> +<p class="i2"> While about thee the cool winds do lovingly tarry </p> +<p class="i2"> And kiss thy green brows with the breath of the lake. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "Thy memory shall haunt me wherever life reaches, </p> +<p class="i2"> Thy day-dreams of fancy, thy night's balmy sleep, </p> +<p class="i2"> The plash of thy waters along the smooth beaches, </p> +<p class="i2"> The shade of thine evergreens, grateful and deep. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "O Mackinac Island! rest long in thy glory! </p> +<p class="i2"> Sweet native to peacefulness, home of delight! </p> +<p class="i2"> Beneath thy soft ministry, care and sad worry </p> +<p class="i2"> Shall flee from the weary eyes blessed with thy sight." </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +"That poet had taste," remarked our friend when he had concluded. + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page53" name="page53"></a>[53]</span> + + "Beautiful Isle! No wonder the great missionary wished his bones to rest +within sight of its shores. Marquette never seemed to me so great as +now. He was one of those Jesuits like Zinzendorf and Sebastian Ralle, +wonderful men, all of them, full of energy and adventure and missionary +zeal, and devoted to the welfare of their order. At the age of thirty he +was sent among the Hurons as a missionary. He founded the mission of +Sault de Ste. Marie in Lake Superior, in 1668, and three years later +that of Mackinaw. In 1673, in company with Joliet and five other +Frenchmen, the adventurous missionary set out on a voyage toward the +South Sea. They followed the Mississippi to the Gulf, and returning, +arrived at Green Bay in September. In four months they had traveled a +distance of twenty-five hundred miles in an open canoe. Marquette was +sick a whole year, but in 1674, at the solicitation of his superior, set +out to preach to the Kaskaskia Indians. He was compelled to halt on the +way by his infirmities, and remained all winter at the place, with only +two Frenchmen to minister to his wants. As soon as it was spring, +knowing full well that he could not live, he attempted to return to +Mackinaw. He died on the way, on a small river that bears his name, +which empties into Lake Michigan on the western shore. His memory +en-wreathes the very names of Superior and Michigan with the halo of +romance." +</p> +<p> +"Thank you," said Vincent, looking out over the dark water. "I can fancy +his ghost haunting the lake at midnight." +</p> +<p> +"Speak not of that down at the Queen City," returned Hugh, with a tragic +air. "Pork and grain are more substantial things than ghosts at Chicago, +and they might look on you as an escaped lunatic. Nathless, it was a +pretty idea to promulgate among the Indians two centuries ago. Observe +how civilization has changed. Two hundred years ago we sent missionaries +among them: now we send soldiers to shoot them down, after we have +plundered them of their lands." +</p> +<p> +Neither of us were disposed to discuss the Indian question with Hugh +Warren, and the conversation dropped after a while. +</p> +<p> +At noon of the next day the steamer made Milwaukee, and the evening of +the day after Chicago. These two cities are excellent types of the +Western city, and both show, in a wonderful degree, the rapid growth of +towns in the great West. Neither had an inhabitant before 1825, and now +one has a population of one hundred thousand, and the other of five +hundred thousand. Chicago is, in fact, a wonder of the world. Its +unparalleled growth, its phoenix-like rise from the devastation of the +great fire of 1871, and its cosmopolitan character, all contribute to +render it a remarkable city. +</p> +<p> +The city looks out upon the lake like a queen, as in fact she is, +crowned by the triple diadem of beauty, wealth, and dignity. She is the +commercial metropolis of the whole Northwest, an emporium second only to +New York in the quantity of her imports and exports. The commodious +harbor is thronged with shipping. Her water communication has a vast +area. Foreign consuls from Austria, France, Great Britain, Belgium, +Italy, Sweden, Germany, and the Netherlands, have their residence in the +city. It is an art-centre, and almost equally with Brooklyn is entitled +to be called a city of churches. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page54" name="page54"></a>[54]</span> +</p> +<p> +A week is a short time to devote to seeing all that this queen city has +that is interesting, and that included every day we spent there. Neither +in a sketch like the present shall we have space to give more than we +have done—a general idea of the city. One day about noon we steamed out +of the harbor, on a magnificent lake-steamer, bound for Duluth. We were +to have a run of over seven hundred miles with but a single +stopping-place the whole distance. It would be three days before we +should step on land again. +</p> +<p> +"Farewell, a long farewell, to the city of the Indian sachem," said +Hugh, as the grand emporium and railway-centre grew dim in the distance. +"By the way," continued he, "are you aware that the correct etymology of +the name Chicago is not generally known?" +</p> +<p> +Vincent and I confessed that we did not even know the supposed etymology +of the name. +</p> +<p> +"No matter about that," went on the Historian. "The name is undoubtedly +Indian, corrupted from Chercaqua, the name of a long line of chiefs, +meaning strong, also applied to a wild onion. Long before the white men +knew the region the site of Chicago was a favorite rendezvous of several +Indian tribes. The first geographical notice of the place occurs in a +map dated Quebec, Canada, 1683, as 'Fort Chicagon.' Marquette camped on +the site during the winter of 1674-5. A fort was built there by the +French and afterward abandoned. So you see that Chicago has a history +that is long anterior to the existence of the present city. Have a +cigar, Montague?" +</p> +<p> +Clouds of fragrant tobacco-smoke soon obscured the view of the Queen +City of the Northwest, busy with life above the graves of the Indian +sagamores whose memories she has forgotten. +</p> +<p> +On the third day we steamed past Mackinaw, and soon made the ship-canal +which was constructed for the passage of large ships, a channel a dozen +miles long and half a mile wide. And now, hurrah! We are on the waters +of Lake Superior, the "Gitche Gumee, the shining Big Sea-Water," of +Longfellow's musical verse. The lake is a great sea. Its greatest length +is three hundred and sixty miles, its greatest breadth one hundred and +forty miles; the whole length of its coast is fifteen hundred miles. It +has an area of thirty-two thousand square miles, and a mean depth of one +thousand feet. These dimensions show it to be by far the largest body of +fresh water on the globe. +</p> +<p> +Nothing can be conceived more charming than a cruise on this lake in +summer. The memories of the lake are striking and romantic in the +extreme. There is a background of history and romance which renders +Superior a classic water. It was a favorite fishing-ground for several +tribes of Indians, and its aboriginal name Ojibwakechegun, was derived +from one of these, the Ojibways, who lived on the southern shore when +the lake first became known to white men. The waters of the lake vary in +color from a dazzling green to a sea-blue, and are stocked with all +kinds of excellent fish. Numerous islands are scattered about the lake, +some low and green, others rocky and rising precipitately to great +heights directly up from the deep water. The coast of the lake is for +the most part rocky. Nowhere upon the inland waters of North America is +the scenery so bold and grand as around Lake Superior. Famous among +travelers + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page55" name="page55"></a>[55]</span> + + are those precipitous walls of red sandstone on the south coast, +described in all the earlier accounts of the lake as the "Pictured +Rocks." They stand opposite the greatest width of the lake and exposed +to the greatest force of the heavy storms from the north. The effect of +the waves upon them is not only seen in their irregular shape, but the +sand derived from their disintegration is swept down the coast below and +raised by the winds into long lines of sandy cliffs. At the place called +the Grand Sable these are from one hundred to three hundred feet high, +and the region around consists of hills of drifting sand. +</p> +<p> +Half-way across the lake Keweenaw Point stretches out into the water. +Here the steamer halted for wood. We landed on the shore in a beautiful +grove. "What a place for a dinner!" cried one of the party. +</p> +<p> +"Glorious! glorious!" chimed in a dozen voices. +</p> +<p> +"How long has the boat to wait?" asked Hugh. +</p> +<p> +"One hour," was the answer of the weather-beaten son of Neptune. +</p> +<p> +"That gives us plenty of time," was the general verdict. So without more +ado lunch-baskets were brought ashore. The steamer's steward was +prevailed upon, by a silver dollar thrust slyly into his hand, to help +us, and presently the whole party was feasting by the lakeside. And what +a royal dining-room was that grove, its outer pillars rising from the +very lake itself, its smooth brown floor of pine-needles, arabesqued +with a flitting tracery of sun shadows and fluttering leaves, and giving +through the true Gothic arches of its myriad windows glorious views of +the lake that lay like an enchanted sea before us! And whoever dined +more regally, more divinely, even, though upon nectar and ambrosia, than +our merry-makers as they sat at their well-spread board, with such +glowing, heaven-tinted pictures before their eyes, such balmy airs +floating about their happy heads, and such music as the sunshiny waves +made in their glad, listening ears? It was like a picture out of +Hiawatha. At least it seemed to strike our young lady so, who in a voice +of peculiar sweetness and power recited the opening of the twenty-second +book of that poem:— +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "By the shore of Gitche Gumee, </p> +<p class="i2"> By the shining Big Sea-Water, </p> +<p class="i2"> At the doorway of his wigwam, </p> +<p class="i2"> In the pleasant Summer morning, </p> +<p class="i2"> Hiawatha stood and waited. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> All the air was full of freshness. </p> +<p class="i2"> All the earth was bright and joyous, </p> +<p class="i2"> And before him, through the sunshine, </p> +<p class="i2"> Westward toward the neighboring forest </p> +<p class="i2"> Passed in golden swarms the Ahmo, </p> +<p class="i2"> Passed the bees, the honey-makers, </p> +<p class="i2"> Burning, singing in the sunshine. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> Bright above him shone the heavens, </p> +<p class="i2"> Level spread the lake before him; </p> +<p class="i2"> From its bosom leaped the sturgeon, </p> +<p class="i2"> Sparkling, flashing in the sunshine; </p> +<p class="i2"> On its margin the great forest </p> +<p class="i2"> Stood reflected in the water, </p> +<p class="i2"> Every treetop had its shadow </p> +<p class="i2"> Motionless beneath the water." </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +"Thank you, Miss," said Hugh, gallantly. "We only need a wigwam with +smoke curling from it under these trees, and a 'birch canoe with +paddles, rising, sinking on the water, dripping, flashing in the +sunshine,' to complete the picture. It's a pity the Indians ever left +this shore." +</p> +<p> +"So the settlers of Minnesota thought in '62," observed Vincent, +ironically. +</p> +<p> +"The Indians would have been all right if the white man had stayed +away," replied the Historian, hotly. +</p> +<p> +"In that case we should not be here now, and, consequently"— +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page56" name="page56"></a>[56]</span> +</p> +<p> +What promised to be quite a warm discussion was killed in the embryo by +the captain's clear cry, "All aboard!" +</p> +<p> +Once more we were steaming westward toward the land of the Dacotahs. +That night we all sat up till after midnight to see the last of our +lake, for in the morning Duluth would be in sight. It was a night never +to be forgotten. The idle words and deeds of my companions have faded +from my mind, but never will the memory of the bright lake rippling +under that moonlit sky. +</p> +<p> +A city picturesquely situated on the side of a hill which overlooks the +lake and rises gradually toward the northwest, reaching the height of +six hundred feet a mile from the shore, with a river on one side. That +is Duluth. The city takes its name from Juan du Luth, a French officer, +who visited the region in 1679. In 1860 there were only seventy white +inhabitants in the place, and in 1869 the number had not much increased. +The selection of the village as the eastern terminus of the Northern +Pacific Railroad gave it an impetus, and now Duluth is a city of fifteen +thousand inhabitants, and rapidly growing. The harbor is a good one, and +is open about two hundred days in the year. Six regular lines of +steamers run to Chicago, Cleveland, Canadian ports, and ports on the +south shore of Lake Superior. The commerce of Duluth, situated as it is +in the vicinity of the mineral districts on both shores of the lake, +surrounded by a well-timbered country, and offering the most convenient +outlet for the products of the wheat region further west, is of growing +importance. In half a century Duluth will be outranked in wealth and +population by no more than a dozen cities in America. +</p> +<p> +Our stay at Duluth was protracted many days. One finds himself at home +in this new Western city, and there are a thousand ways in which to +amuse yourself. If you are disposed for a walk, there are any number of +delightful woodpaths leading to famous bits of beach where you may sit +and dream the livelong day without fear of interruption or notice. If +you would try camping-out, there are guides and canoes right at your +hand, and the choice of scores of beautiful and delightful spots within +easy reach of your hotel or along the shore of the lake and its numerous +beautiful islands, or as far away into the forest as you care to +penetrate. Lastly, if piscatorially inclined, here is a boathouse with +every kind of boat from the steam-yacht down to the birch canoe, and +there is the lake, full of "lakers," sturgeon, whitefish, and speckled +trout, some of the latter weighing from thirty to forty pounds +apiece,—a condition of things alike satisfactory and tempting to every +owner of a rod and line. +</p> +<p> +The guides, of whom there are large numbers to be found at Duluth, as +indeed at all of the northern border towns, are a class of men too +interesting and peculiar to be passed over without more than a cursory +notice. These men are mostly French-Canadians and Indians, with now and +then a native, and for hardihood, skill, and reliability, cannot be +surpassed by any other similar class of men the world over. They are +usually men of many parts, can act equally well as guide, boatman, +baggage-carrier, purveyor, and cook. They are respectful and chivalrous: +no woman, be she old or young, fair or faded, fails to receive the most +polite and courteous treatment at their hands, and with these qualities +they possess a manly independence that is + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page57" name="page57"></a>[57]</span> + + as far removed from servility as forwardness. Some of these men are +strikingly handsome, with shapely statuesque figures that recall the +Antinous and the Apollo Belvidere. Their life is necessarily a hard one, +exposed as they are to all sorts of weather and the dangers incidental +to their profession. At a comparatively early age they break down, and +extended excursions are left to the younger and more active members of +the fraternity. +</p> +<p> +Camping-out, provided the weather is reasonably agreeable, is one of the +most delightful and healthful ways to spend vacation. It is a sort of +woodman's or frontier life. It means living in a tent, sleeping on +boughs or leaves, cooking your own meals, washing your own dishes and +clothes perhaps, getting up your own fuel, making your own fire, and +foraging for your own provender. It means activity, variety, novelty, +and fun alive; and the more you have of it the more you like it; and the +longer you stay the less willing you are to give it up. There is a +freedom in it that you do not get elsewhere. All the stiff formalties of +conventional life are put aside: you are left free to enjoy yourself as +you choose. All in all, it is the very best way we know to enjoy a +"glorious vacation." +</p> +<p> +At Duluth, at Sault de Ste. Marie, at Mackinaw, at Saginaw, we wandered +away days at a time, with nothing but our birch canoe, rifles, and +fishing-rods, and for provisions, hard bread, pork, potatoes, coffee, +tea, rice, butter, and sugar, closely packed. Any camper-out can make +himself comfortable with an outfit as simple as the one named. How +memory clings around some of those bright spots we visited! I pass over +them again, in thought, as I write these lines, longing to nestle amid +them forever. +</p> +<p> +Following along the coast, now in small yachts hired for the occasion, +now in a birch canoe of our own, we passed from one village to another. +Wherever we happened to be at night, we encamped. Many a time it was on +a lonely shore. Standing at sunset on a pleasant strand, more than once +we saw the glow of the vanished sun behind the western mountains or the +western waves, darkly piled in mist and shadow along the sky; near at +hand, the dead pine, mighty in decay, stretching its ragged arms athwart +the burning heavens, the crow perched on its top like an image carved in +jet; and aloft, the night-hawk, circling in his flight, and, with a +strange whining sound, diving through the air each moment for the +insects he makes his prey. +</p> +<p> +But all good things, as well as others, have an end. The season drew to +a close at last. August nights are chilly for sleeping in tents. Our +flitting must cease, and our thoughts and steps turn homeward. But a few +days are still left us. At Buffalo once more we go to see the Falls. +Then by boat to Hamilton, thence to Kingston at the foot of the lake, +and so on through the Thousand Isles to Montreal, and finally to +Quebec,—a tour as fascinating in its innumerable and singularly wild +and beautiful "sights" as heart could desire. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page58" name="page58"></a>[58]</span> +</p> +<a name="h2H_4_0008" id="h2H_4_0008"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> + +<div style="height: 4em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + +<h2> + OUR NATIONAL CEMETERIES. +</h2> +<h3> + <span class="sc">By Charles Cowley, LL.D.</span> +</h3> +<p> +There are circumstances generally attending the death of the soldier or +the sailor, whether on battle-field or gun-deck, whether in the +captives' prison, the cockpit, or the field-hospital, which touch our +sensibilities far more deeply than any circumstances which usually +attend the death of men of any other class; moving within us mingled +emotions of pathos and pity, of mystery and awe. +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "There is a tear for all that die, </p> +<p class="i4"> A mourner o'er the humblest grave; </p> +<p class="i2"> But nations swell the funeral cry, </p> +<p class="i4"> And freedom weeps above the brave; </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "For them is sorrow's purest sigh, </p> +<p class="i4"> O'er ocean's heaving bosom sent; </p> +<p class="i2"> In vain their bones unburied lie,— </p> +<p class="i4"> All earth becomes their monument. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "A tomb is their's on every page; </p> +<p class="i4"> An epitaph on every tongue; </p> +<p class="i2"> The present hours, the future age, </p> +<p class="i4"> Nor them bewail, to them belong. </p> +</div> +</div> + +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "A theme to crowds that knew them not, </p> +<p class="i4"> Lamented by admiring foes, </p> +<p class="i2"> Who would not share their glorious lot? </p> +<p class="i4"> Who would not die the death they chose?" </p> +</div> +</div> + +<p> +A similar halo invests our National Cemeteries—which are the most +permanent mementos of our sanguinary Civil War. +</p> +<p> +Nature labors diligently to cover up her scars. Most of the +battle-fields of the Rebellion now show growths of use and beauty. Many +of the structures of that great conflict have already ceased to be. Some +of them have been swept away by the winds or overgrown with weeds; +others, like Fort Wagner, have been washed away by the waves. But +neither winds nor waves are likely to disturb the monuments or the +cemeteries of our soldiers and sailors. Where they were placed, there +they remain; "and there they will remain forever." +</p> +<p> +The seventy-eight National Cemeteries distributed over the country +contain the remains of three hundred and eighteen thousand four hundred +and fifty-five men, classed as follows: known, 170,960; unknown, +147,495; total, 318,455. And these are not half of those whose deaths +are attributable to their service in the armies and navies of the United +States and the Confederate States, who are buried in all sections of the +Union and in foreign lands. +</p> +<p> +In some of these cemeteries, as at Gettysburg, Antietam, City Point, +Winchester, Marietta, Woodlawn, Hampton, and Beaufort, by means of +public appropriations and private subscriptions, statues and other +monuments have at different times been erected; and many others +doubtless will be erected in them hereafter. Some of them are in +secluded situations, where for many mites the population is sparse, and +the few people that live near them cherish tenderer recollections of the +"Lost Cause" than of that which finally won. But such of them as are +contiguous to cities are places of interest to more or less of the +neighboring population; and, in some of them, there are commemorative +services upon Memorial Days. +</p> +<p> +These cemeteries have many features in common; and much that may be said +of one of them may also be said of the others—merely changing the +names. +</p> +<p> +It happened to the present writer to visit the National Cemetery at +Beaufort, South Carolina, to deliver an oration on Memorial Day, 1881, +in the + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page59" name="page59"></a>[59]</span> + + midst of ten thousand graves of the soldiers and sailors of the +department of the South and South Atlantic blockading squadron. The dead +interred in these thirty acres of graves are: known, 4,748, unknown, +4,493; total, 9,241. Among the trees planted in this cemetery is a +willow, grown from a branch of the historic tree which once overshadowed +the grave of Napoleon at St. Helena. +</p> +<p> +Generals Thomas W. Sherman and John G. Foster, who commanded that +department, and Admirals Dupont and Dahlgren, who commanded that +squadron, all died in their Northern homes since the peace, and their +graves are not to be looked for here. The same may be said of hundreds +of military and naval officers who performed valuable services on these +shores and along these coasts, and have since "passed over to the great +majority." +</p> +<p> +That neither General Strong nor General Schimmelfennig is buried here +might be accounted for by the fact that, though they died by reason of +their having served in this department, they died at the North. But even +General Mitchell, whose flag of command was last unfurled in this +department, who died in Beaufort, and was originally buried under the +sycamores of the Episcopal churchyard, now sleeps in the shades of +Greenwood, and not (as he would probably have preferred, could he have +foreseen this cemetery) among the brave men whom he commanded. +</p> +<p> +The best known names among those here buried (to use a pardonable +Hibernianism) are among the "unknown." For here, as we may believe, in +unknown graves, rest the remains of Colonel Robert G. Shaw, of the +Fifty-fourth Massachusetts (colored), Colonel Haldimand S. Putnam, of +the Seventh New Hampshire, Lieutenant-Colonel James M. Green, of the +Forty-eighth New York, and many other gallant officers and men who were +killed in the assault on Fort Wagner, July 18, 1863, and who were first +buried by the Confederates in the sands of Morris Island. +</p> +<p> +Many a Northern college is represented here. Among those to whom tablets +have been erected in the Memorial Hall of Harvard University, who are +buried here, besides Colonel Shaw, are Captains Winthrop P. Boynton and +William D. Crane, who were killed at Honey Hill, November 30, 1864; and +Captain Cabot J. Russell, who fell with Shaw at Fort Wagner. Yet these +are but the beginning of the list of the sons of Massachusetts who rest +in this "garden of graves." +</p> +<p> +Among the many gallant men of the navy buried here is Acting-Master +Charles W. Howard, of the ironclad steam-frigate New Ironsides, whom +Lieutentant Glassell shot during his bold attempt to blow up the New +Ironsides with the torpedo steamer David, October 5, 1863. Another is +Thomas Jackson, coxswain of the Wabash, the <i>beau ideal</i> of an +American sailor, who was killed in the battle of Port Royal, November 7, +1861. +</p> +<p> +Death, like a true democrat, levels all distinctions. Still, it may be +mentioned that Lieutenant-Colonel William N. Reed, who was mortally +wounded at Olustee while in command of the Thirty-fifth United States +colored troops, February 20, 1864, was, while living, the highest +officer in rank, whose grave is known here. Other gallant officers, +killed at Olustee, are buried near him. Among these, probably, is +Colonel Charles W. Fribley, of the Eighth United States colored troops; +though + +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page60" name="page60"></a>[60]</span> + + he may be still sleeping beneath the sighing pines of Olustee. +</p> +<p> +As far as practicable, all Federal soldiers and sailors buried along the +seaboard of South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, have been removed to +Beaufort Cemetery; and, as Governor Alexander H. Bullock said: "Wherever +they offered up their lives, amid the thunder of battle, or on the +exhausting march, in victory or in defeat, in hospital or in prison, +officers and privates, soldiers and sailors, patriots all, they fell +like the beauty of Israel on their high places, burying all distinctions +of rank in the august equality of death." +</p> +<p> +One section of the cemetery is devoted to the Confederates. There are +more than a hundred of these, including several commissioned officers; +and on Memorial Days the same ladies who decorate the graves of the +Federals decorate also in the same manner the graves of the +Confederates; recognizing that, though in life they were arrayed as +mortal enemies, they are now reconciled in "the awful but kindly +brotherhood of death." Sir Walter Scott enjoins:— +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "Speak not for those a separate doom,</p> +<p class="i2"> Whom fate made brothers in the tomb."</p> +</div> +</div> +<p> +And One infinitely greater than Sir Walter has inculcated still loftier +sentiments. +</p> +<p> +Among the graves to which the attention of the writer was particularly +attracted was that of Charley ——, a boy of Colonel Putnam's regiment, +who had now been dead more years than he had lived. His parents, living +on the shores of Lake Winnipiseogee, and walking daily over the paths +which he had often trod, had plucked the earliest flower of their +northern clime and sent it to the superintendent of the cemetery, to be +planted at Charley's grave. The burning sun of South Carolina had not +spared that flower; but something of it still remained. Its mute +eloquence spoke to the heart of the tender recollections of a father and +of a mother's undying love. How truly does Wordsworth say,— +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "The meanest flower that blows can give</p> +<p class="i2"> Thoughts that do often lie too deep for tears."</p> +</div> +</div> +<p> +For us who have survived the perils of battle and the far more fatal +diseases that wasted our forces, and for all who cherish the memory of +these dead, it will always be a consoling thought that the Federal +government has done so much to provide honorable sepulture for those who +fell in defence of the Union. We can all appreciate Lord Byron's lament +for the great Florentine poet and patriot;— +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "Ungrateful Florence! Dante sleeps afar,</p> +<p class="i2"> Like Scipio, buried by the upbraiding shore."</p> +</div> +</div> +<p> +But we can have no such regret for our lost comrades, buried not upon a +foreign, nor upon an unfriendly shore, but in the bosom of the soil +which their blood redeemed. Sacred is the tear that is shed for the +unreturning brave. +</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i2"> "'T is the tear through many a long day wept, </p> +<p class="i4"> 'T is life's whole path o'ershaded; </p> +<p class="i2"> 'T is the one remembrance, fondly kept, </p> +<p class="i4"> When all lighter griefs have faded." </p> +</div> +</div> + +<hr class="full" /> + +<div style="height: 6em;"><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /></div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, +October, 1884, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BAY STATE MONTHLY, VOL. II *** + +***** This file should be named 15926-h.htm or 15926-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/9/2/15926/ + +Produced by Cornell University, Joshua Hutchinson, David +Garcia and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/15926-h/images/008.png b/15926-h/images/008.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f68c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/15926-h/images/008.png diff --git a/15926.txt b/15926.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fc478a --- /dev/null +++ b/15926.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4067 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, October, +1884, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, October, 1884 + A Massachusetts Magazine + +Author: Various + +Release Date: May 28, 2005 [EBook #15926] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BAY STATE MONTHLY, VOL. II *** + + + + +Produced by Cornell University, Joshua Hutchinson, David +Garcia and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + + + + + +THE + +Bay State Monthly + +_A Massachusetts Magazine_ + +OF + +LITERATURE, HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, AND STATE PROGRESS + + + + + * * * * * + + VOLUME II + + * * * * * + + + BOSTON + JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY + PUBLISHERS + No. 31 MILK STREET + 1885 + + + + Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1885, by John N. + McClintock and Company, in the office of the Librarian of Congress + at Washington. All rights reserved. + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME II. + + * * * * * + + + Ames, Lieutenant Governor Oliver James W. Clarke, A.M. 185 + Bartholdi Colossus William Howe Downes 153 + Battle of Shiloh General Henry B. Carrington 330, 367 + Bermuda Islands, Early History of James H. Stark 277 + Blaine, James Gillespie 1 + Boston, Taverns of in Ye Olden Time David M. Balfour 106 + Boston Herald 22 + Our National Cemeteries Charles Cowley. LL.D. 58 + Cleveland, Grover Henry H. Metcalf 61 + Cleveland, Grover, and The Roman + Catholic Protectory Charles Cowley, LL.D. 243 + Dark Day Elbridge H. Goss 254 + Easy Chair Elbridge H. Goss 306 + Editor's Table 120 + Elizabeth: A Romance of Francis C. Sparhawk + Colonial Days 82, 159, 236, 296, 375 + Fitchburg, Historical Sketch of Ebenezer Bailey 226 + Fitchburg in 1885 Atherton P. Mason, M.D. 341 + Gaston William Arthur P. Dodge 245 + Gems from the Easy Chair 372 + Glorifying Trial by Jury Charles Cowley, LL.D. 82 + Gold, Past and Future of David M. Balfour 359 + Groton, Boundary Lines of Old--III + IV Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D. 12, 69 + Lancaster, Historical Sketch of Hon. Henry S. Nourse 261 + Lee, William George L. Austin, M.D. 309 + Lothrop, Daniel John N. McClintock, A.M. + (Illustrated) 121 + Middlesex Canal Lorin L. Dame, A.M. 96 + Names and Nicknames Gilbert Nash 255 + National Bank Failures George H. Wood 373 + New England Conservatory of Music Mrs. M.J. Davis (Illustrated) 132 + Phillips, Wendell 306 + Pittsfield, Historical Sketch of Frank W. Kaan (Illustrated) 193 + Protection of Children Ernest Nusse 89 + Publishers Department--Chromo-- + Lithography 89, 174 + Robinson, George Dexter Fred W. Webber, A.M. 177 + Rogers, Robert, the Ranger Joseph B. Walker 211 + Reuben Tracy's Vacation Trips. II. Elizabeth Porter Gould 368 + Saugus, Historical Sketch of E.P. Robinson (Illustrated) 140 + Shepard, Charles A.B. George L. Austin, M.D. 312, 316 + Summer on the Great lakes, A Fred. Myron Colby 42 + Sunday Travel and the Law Chester F. Sanger 231 + Wachusett Mountain and Princeton Atherton P. Mason 35 + Webster, Daniel, Reminiscences of Hon. George W. Nesmith, LL.D. 252 + Wallace, Hon. Rodney Rev. S. Leroy Blake, D.D. 317 + + +POETRY. + + A Glimpse Mary H. Wheeler 276 + Fitchburg Mrs. Caroline A. Mason 328 + Heart and I Mary Helen Boodey 295 + My Mountain Home William C. Sturoc 366 + Roused From Dreams Adelaide Cilley Waldron 225 + Sails 81 + Washington and the Flag Henry B. Carrington 41 + + +STEEL ENGRAVINGS. + + James G. Blaine 1 + Grover Cleveland 61 + Daniel Lothrop 121 + George D. Robinson 177 + Oliver Ames 185 + William Gaston 245 + William Lee 309 + Charles A.B. Shepard 313 + Rodney Wallace 317 + + * * * * * + +[Illustration: James G. Blaine] + + + + +THE BAY STATE MONTHLY. + +_A Massachusetts Magazine._ + +VOL. II. OCTOBER, 1884. No. 1. + + * * * * * + + + + +JAMES GILLESPIE BLAINE. + + +In the long list of illustrious men who have held the high office +of President of the United States, a few names stand out with such +prominence as to be constantly before the American people. While Adams, +Jefferson, Monroe, Jackson, Grant, and others, did the country service +that never will be forgotten, it is indisputable that Washington, +Lincoln, and Garfield gained a firmer hold upon the confidence and +affection of the masses than any others. And now, as we approach another +presidential campaign, the result of which is to place in the highest +office of the nation a new man, it is alike a source of pride and +satisfaction that the Republican party has put in nomination a man, who, +if elected, will bring to the discharge of his duties as high a degree +of honesty as Washington, as thorough an acquaintance with human nature +as Lincoln, and as profound a knowledge of political economy as +Garfield. Through all the years of his manhood he has been a central +figure in American politics, and his achievements are indelibly written +on almost every page of American history for the last quarter of a +century. With such a man as a candidate the country may well +congratulate itself that if he proves to be the choice of the majority +he will, by his ability and experience, bring as great renown to the +office as any of his predecessors, and that under his guidance the +material prosperity and intellectual growth of the nation will be such +as to gain for his administration great popular favor, the admiration of +his friends, and the respect of all nations. + +James Gillespie Blaine, the nominee of the Republican party for +President of the United States, was born on January 31, 1830, in +Washington County, in the southwestern corner of Pennsylvania, in West +Brownsville, a village on the west bank of the Monongahela. Here Neil +Gillespie, before the British army left America at the close of the +Revolution, had established his family, purchasing the land of the +Indians. Nearly twenty years later the Blaines came from Carlisle, +seeking investment and development in this new West, and the father of +James G. Blaine, who had left Carlisle when a child, married the +daughter of Neil Gillespie the second. + +The first of the Blaine family of whom much is known was Colonel Ephraim +Blaine, who lived at Chester, and in the Revolution was purveyor-general +of the Pennsylvania troops, and incidentally of the whole Revolutionary +array. He married Rebekah Galbraith in 1765. Elaine is a well-known +Scotch name. Galbraith and Gillespie are Scotch-Irish; in fact, the +ancestors of James G. Blaine were nearly all Scotch and Irish. It is a +circumstance worthy of comment that Blaine comes from a stock which has +furnished the United States with many of her ablest public men, notably +among them being Andrew Jackson and Horace Greeley. + +Colonel Ephraim Blaine had two sons named Robert and James, and each of +these sons named his son for Colonel Ephraim Blaine. Old Ephraim Blaine +did not leave his property to his sons, but to these two grandsons, (1) +Ephraim, who remained in Carlisle, and (2) Ephraim Lyon Blaine, who grew +up in western Pennsylvania. Ephraim Lyon Blaine was named for his +mother, Miss Lyon, the daughter of Samuel Lyon from about Carlisle. +Ephraim Lyon Blaine married Miss Gillespie, a devout member of the Roman +Catholic Church, but most of their seven children--five boys and two +girls--adhered to the traditional faith of the Blaines. The second of +these sons, James Gillespie Blaine, is the subject of this sketch. He +would have inherited large blended fortunes, had not his father, like +his grandfather, been a spendthrift. Therefore, soon after James G. +Blaine was born his parents had to move out of the big house which they +could no longer keep up, and occupy a frame-house called the Pringle +dwelling, also in West Brownsville, about a quarter of a mile distant. +Here young Elaine lived and went to school both in Brownsville and in +West Brownsville, until his father was elected prothonotary of the +county, in 1843, when the whole family removed to Little Washington, +twenty-four miles distant. + +James G. entered Washington College in 1843, being then thirteen years +of age, and became at once prominent as a scholar among the two or three +hundred other lads from all parts of the country. He was also a leader +in athletic sports. He was not a bookworm, but he was a close student +and possessed the happy faculty of assimilating knowledge from books and +tutors far more easily and quickly than most of his fellows. In +debating-societies he held his own well, and was conspicuous by his +ability to control and direct others. + +After leaving college young Blaine started for Kentucky to carve out his +own fortune. He went to Blue Lick Springs and became a professor in the +Western Military Institute, in which there were about four hundred and +fifty boys. A retired officer who was a student there at the time +relates that Professor Blaine was a thin, handsome, earnest young man, +with the same fascinating manners he has now. He was popular with the +boys, who trusted him and made friends with him from the first. He knew +the given name of every one, and he knew his shortcomings and his strong +points. He was a man of great personal courage, and during a fight +between the faculty of the school and the owners of the springs, +involving some questions about the removal of the school, he behaved in +the bravest manner, fighting hard but keeping cool. Revolvers and knives +were freely used, but Blaine only used his well-disciplined muscle. +Colonel Thornton F. Johnson was the principal of the school, and his +wife had a young ladies' school at Millersburg, twenty miles distant. +There Blaine met Miss Harriet Stanwood, who subsequently became his +wife. She was a Maine girl of excellent family sent to Kentucky to be +educated. + +After teaching for a while Blaine left Kentucky and went to Philadelphia +to study law. While there he taught for a short time at the blind asylum +and also wrote for the newspapers. He soon, however, was irresistibly +attracted to the State of Maine, and left his native State for a home in +the community with which his name is now indissolubly connected. It is +somewhat remarkable that this ambitious young man should have gone East +instead of West, choosing a State which the young men were fast +leaving--one whose population in the last forty years has increased very +little. He is, indeed, almost the only man who has gone East in the last +half-century and risen to any prominence. + +Mr. Blaine went to Maine in 1853, and soon afterward married Miss +Stanwood, whose family are well known in New England. Through their +influence he soon found an occupation in journalism, and until 1860 was +actively engaged in editing at different times the Kennebec Journal and +the Portland Daily Advertiser. He retained a part ownership in the +Kennebec Journal until it began to hamper him in his political career, +and then he sold out. A friend has said of him as a journalist: "I have +often thought that a great editor, as great perhaps as Horace Greeley, +was lost when Mr. Blaine went into politics. He possesses all the +qualities of a great journalist: he has a phenomenal memory; he +remembers circumstances, dates, names, and places more readily than any +other man I ever met." + +Wielding a strong, vigorous, aggressive pen, Mr. Blaine soon made its +power felt among politicians. He went to Maine at a time when the Whig +and Democratic parties were breaking up. Previous to 1854 the Democratic +party had governed the State for a quarter of a century, but its power +was broken in the September election of that year, through a temporary +union of the anti-slavery and temperance elements. In 1855 the different +wings of the new party were well consolidated, and in the famous Fremont +campaign of 1856 they carried the State, electing Hannibal Hamlin +governor by twenty-four thousand majority. Mr. Blaine, during all these +exciting times, did not by any means confine himself to writing +political leaders. He took an active part in politics, attending +Republican meetings throughout the State, and soon made himself one of +the recognized Republican leaders in Maine. Of this period of his +career, the late Governor Kent, of Maine, who himself stood in the front +rank of public men in his State, once wrote as follows:-- + +"Almost from the day of his assuming editorial charge of the Kennebec +Journal, at the early age of twenty-three, Mr. Elaine sprang into a +position of great influence in the politics and policy of Maine. At +twenty-five he was a leading power in the councils of the Republican +party, so recognized by Fessenden, Hamlin, the two Morrills, and others, +then, and still, prominent in the State. Before he was twenty-nine he +was chosen chairman of the executive committee of the Republican +organization in Maine--a position he has held ever since, and from which +he has practically shaped and directed every political campaign in the +State, always leading his party to brilliant victory. Had Mr. Blaine +been New-England born, he would probably not have received such rapid +advancement at so early an age, even with the same ability he possessed. +But there was a sort of Western _dash_ about him that took with us +Down-Easters; an expression of frankness, candor, and confidence, that +gave him from the start a very strong and permanent hold on our people, +and, as the foundation of all, a pure character and a masterly ability +equal to all demands made upon him." + +Mr. Blaine's early political addresses, and especially the ability which +he displayed in them as a debater, won him great local reputation, and, +during the Fremont campaign, he achieved a distinction as a speaker +which insured him a seat in the Legislature, in 1858, though he was not +yet thirty years of age and had been but five years in his adopted +State. The ability which he displayed as a legislator was so marked that +his constituents returned him four years in succession, and the +Legislature, recognizing his talents, elected him speaker in 1860 and +1861, a rare honor for so young a man. As a presiding officer he +displayed those fine qualifications which afterward made him one of the +most brilliant of the long line of able men who have occupied the +speaker's chair in the National House of Representatives. + +By this time Mr. Blaine had become a professional politician. In other +words he had given up all other occupations and made politics his sole +employment. This is a fact worthy of serious consideration, for few men +in this country have avowedly chosen politics as a calling and succeeded +in it as James G. Blaine has succeeded. Most of our statesmen, like +Webster and Lincoln, have been eminent lawyers. Blaine studied law +thoroughly, but never applied for admission at the bar. Some, like +Greeley, have been eminent journalists. Blaine made journalism merely a +means to an end, discarding it as soon as it had served his purpose. +Blaine has made a systematic and thorough study of politics and +political affairs. Constitutional history and international law he made +it his business to master. Above all, he has studied men, has learned by +careful observation how to handle, to mould, to use his fellow-beings. +No man in America to-day is more learned in everything pertaining to the +science of statesmanship than James G. Blaine. It is the fashion in this +country to decry professional politicians, to uphold the doctrine that +the office should seek the man and not the man the office. Yet there can +be no more honorable profession than the service of one's country, and +surely no man should be blamed for fitting himself for that service as +thoroughly and as carefully as for any other profession. + +A man of Mr. Blaine's ability, of his rare knowledge of parliamentary +usages, and, above all, of his ambitions, was not likely to remain long +content with the position of a representative in the State Legislature. +As early as 1859 he had an ambition to go to Congress, and he was talked +of as a candidate in 1860. But Anson P. Morrill was nominated, Mr. +Blaine not having strength enough to obtain the honor. In 1862 Mr. +Blaine was nominated to the office, although he was not then so desirous +of it as he had been two years before. His patriotic utterances in the +convention which nominated him met with a hearty response, and he was +elected over his Democratic competitor by the largest majority that had +ever been given in his district, it exceeding three thousand. This +majority he held in six succeeding and consecutive elections, running it +up in one exciting contest to nearly four thousand. + +During his first term in Congress Mr. Blaine gave himself up to study +and observation, but in the next Congress, the Thirty-ninth, he gained +some prominence, and from that time to the end of his congressional +career he occupied a foremost place among the Republican leaders. His +reputation was that of an exceedingly industrious committeeman. He was a +member of the post-office and military committees, and of the committees +on appropriations and rules. He paid close attention to the business of +the committees, and took an active part in the debates of the House, +manifesting practical ability and genius for details. The first +remarkable speech which he made in Congress was on the subject of the +assumption by the general government of the war debts of the States, in +the course of which he urged that the North was abundantly able to carry +on the war to a successful issue. This vigorous speech attracted so much +attention that two hundred thousand copies of it were circulated in 1864 +as a campaign document by the Republican party. In the winter of 1865-66 +Mr. Blaine was very energetic in promoting the passage of reconstruction +measures. In the early part of 1866 he proposed a resolution which +finally became the basis of that part of the fourteenth amendment +relating to congressional representation. In the second session of the +Thirty-ninth Congress he also distinguished himself by the "Blaine +amendment" to the military bill, which was universally discussed in the +public press of the day. + +In 1867 Mr. Blaine made a trip to Europe, returning in time to fight +against the greenback heresy, of which he was the foremost opponent. In +December he made an elaborate speech on the finances, in which he +analyzed Mr. Pendleton's greenback theory. "The remedy for our financial +troubles," said he, "will not be found in a superabundance of +depreciated paper currency. It lies in the opposite direction, and the +sooner the nation finds itself on a specie basis the sooner will the +public treasury be freed from embarrassment and private business be +relieved from discouragement. Instead, therefore, of entering upon a +reckless and boundless issue of legal tenders, with their constant +depreciation, if not destruction, of value, let us set resolutely to +work and make those already in circulation equal to so many gold +dollars." + +This was the last great question in the discussion of which Mr. Blaine +took part on the floor of the House, his colleagues in 1869 electing him +to the office of speaker, vacated by the promotion of Schuyler Colfax to +the vice-presidency. The vote stood one hundred and thirty-five votes +for Blaine to fifty-seven for Kerr, of Indiana. Mr. Blaine proved +himself eminently fitted for the position. As a speaker he may be +classed with Henry Clay and General Banks, who are acknowledged to have +been the best speakers we have ever had. Blaine was their equal in every +respect. The whole force of such a statement as this cannot be felt +unless it is fully understood that the speaker of the House of +Representatives stands next to the President in power and importance in +the United States. The business of Congress is done largely by +committees, and the committees of the House are appointed and shaped by +the speaker. Then, to say that Blaine was one of our three ablest +speakers is to say a great deal, for a long line of very able men have +filled the speaker's chair. His quickness, his thorough knowledge of +parliamentary law and of the rules, his firmness, clear voice, +impressive manner, his ready comprehension of subjects and situations, +and his dash and brilliancy, really made him a great presiding officer. +He rose to a high place not only in the estimation of his Republican +friends, but also of his Democratic opponents, and he was re-elected to +the speakership in 1871 and again in 1873. In 1875, the Democratic +majority took control, and Mr. Blaine resumed his place on the floor to +win fresh laurels as a debater, and to discomfit the majority in many a +projected scheme which his quick eye detected and his ready words +exposed. + +The governor of Maine, on the tenth of July, 1876, appointed Mr. Blaine +to the national Senate, in place of Mr. Morrill, who had resigned to +become secretary of the treasury. He was afterward elected for the +unexpired term and the full term following. On his appointment he wrote +to his constituents thus:-- + + Beginning with 1862, you have, by continuous elections, sent me as your + representative to the Congress of the United States. For such marked + confidence, I have endeavored to return the most zealous and devoted + service in my power, and it is certainly not without a feeling of pain + that I now surrender a trust by which I have always felt so signally + honored. It has been my boast, in public and in private, that no man on + the floor of Congress ever represented a constituency more distinguished + for intelligence, for patriotism, for public and personal virtue. The + cordial support you have so uniformly given me through these fourteen + eventful years is the chief honor of my life. In closing the intimate + relations I have so long held with the people of this district, it is + a great satisfaction to me to know that with returning health I shall + enter upon a field of duty in which I can still serve them in common + with the larger constituency of which they form a part. + + +While in the Senate Mr. Blaine advocated the Chinese immigration bill, +and opposed the electoral commission and Bland silver legislation. Here, +as throughout his political career, he was never on the fence on any +question. His position has always been clear and he has always taken +strong grounds. + +Mr. Elaine was a candidate for the presidential nomination in 1876, and +came within twenty-seven votes of being successful. His vote increased +from two hundred and ninety-one on the first ballot to three hundred and +fifty-one on the seventh, but he was beaten by a combination against him +of the delegates supporting Morton, Conkling, Hartranft, Bristow, and +Hayes, who united upon Hayes, and made him the nominee. He was also one +of the leading candidates for the presidential nomination at the +Republican National Convention in Chicago, in June, 1880. Out of a total +of seven hundred and fifty-five he received, on the first ballot, two +hundred and eighty-four votes. On the thirteenth and fourteenth ballots +he received his highest vote, two hundred and eighty-five, which very +gradually declined to two hundred and fifty-seven on the thirty-fifth +ballot. On the thirty-sixth ballot General Garfield was nominated by a +combination of the elements opposed to General Grant and a third term. +As before, Mr. Blaine yielded to the inevitable, remaining true to his +party principles, and contributing his aid to the election of James A. +Garfield. + +When President Garfield made up his Cabinet he offered Mr. Blaine the +control of the state department. This is how Mr. Blaine accepted the +offer: + + WASHINGTON, December 20, 1880. + + _My dear Garfield_,--Your generous invitation to enter your Cabinet + as secretary of state has been under consideration for more than three + weeks. The thought had really never occurred to my mind until, at our + late conference, you presented it with such cogent arguments in its + favor, and with such warmth of personal friendship in aid of your kind + offer. I know that an early answer is desirable, and I have waited only + long enough to consider the subject in all its bearings, and to make up + my mind, definitely and conclusively. I now say to you, in the same + cordial spirit in which you have invited me, that I accept the position. + It is no affectation for me to add that I make this decision, not for + the honor of the promotion it gives me in the public service, but + because I think I can be useful to the country and to the party; useful + to you as the responsible leader of the party and the great head of the + government. I am influenced somewhat, perhaps, by the shower of letters + I have received urging me to accept, written to me in consequence of the + mere unauthorized newspaper report that you had been pleased to offer me + the place. While I have received these letters from all sections of the + Union, I have been especially pleased, and even surprised, at the + cordial and widely extended feeling in my favor throughout New England, + where I had expected to encounter local jealousy and, perhaps, rival + aspiration. + + In our new relation I shall give all that I am and all that I can hope + to be, freely and joyfully, to your service. You need no pledge of my + loyalty in heart and in act. I should be false to myself did I not prove + true both to the great trust you confide to me and to your own personal + and political fortunes in the present and in the future. Your + administration must be made brilliantly successful and strong in the + confidence and pride of the people, not at all directing its energies + for re-election, and yet compelling that result by the logic of events + and by the imperious necessities of the situation. To that most + desirable consummation I feel that, next to yourself, I can possibly + contribute as much influence as any other one man. I say this not from + egotism or vainglory, but merely as a deduction from a plain analysis of + the political forces which have been at work in the country for five + years past, and which have been significantly shown in two great + national conventions. I accept it as one of the happiest circumstances + connected with this affair that in allying my political fortunes with + yours--or, rather, for the time merging mine in yours--my heart goes + with my head, and that I carry to you not only political support, but + personal and devoted friendship. I can but regard it as somewhat + remarkable that two men of the same age, entering Congress at the same + time, influenced by the same aims and cherishing the same ambitions, + should never, for a single moment in eighteen years of close intimacy, + have had a misunderstanding or a coolness, and that our friendship has + steadily grown with our growth and strengthened with our strength. It is + this fact which has led me to the conclusion embodied in this letter; + for however much, my dear Garfield, I might admire you as a statesman, I + would not enter your Cabinet if I did not believe in you as a man and + love you as a friend. Always faithfully yours, + + JAMES G. BLAINE. + + +Mr. Blaine's diplomatic career began with his appointment as secretary +of state on March 5, 1881, and ended with his resignation on December +19, three months after President Garfield's death. The two principal +objects of his foreign policy, as defined by himself on September 1, +1882, were these: "First, to bring about peace, and prevent future wars +in North and South America; second, to cultivate such friendly +commercial relations with all American countries as would lead to a +large increase in the export trade of the United States, by supplying +those fabrics in which we are abundantly able to compete with the +manufacturing nations of Europe." President Garfield, in his inaugural +address, had repeated the declaration of his predecessor that it was +"the right and duty of the United States to assert and maintain such +supervision and authority over any interoceanic canal across the isthmus +that connects North and South America as will protect our national +interests." This policy, which had received the direct approval of +Congress, was vigorously upheld by Secretary Blaine. The Colombian +Republic had proposed to the European powers to join in a guaranty of +the neutrality of the proposed Panama Canal. One of President Garfield's +first acts under the advice of Secretary Blaine was to remind the +European governments of the exclusive rights which the United States had +secured with the country to be traversed by the interoceanic waterway. +These exclusive rights rendered the prior guaranty of the United States +government indispensable, and the powers were informed that any foreign +guaranty would be not only an unnecessary but unfriendly act. As the +United States had made, in the Clayton-Bulwer treaty of 1850, a special +agreement with Great Britain on this subject, Secretary Blaine +supplemented his memorandum to the powers by a formal proposal for the +abrogation of all provisions of that convention which were not in accord +with the guaranties and privileges covenanted for in the compact with +the Colombian Republic. In this state paper, the most elaborate of the +series receiving his signature as secretary of state, Mr. Blaine +contended that the operation of the Clayton-Bulwer treaty practically +conceded to Great Britain the control of any canal which might be +constructed in the isthmus, as that power was required, by its insular +position and colonial possessions, to maintain a naval establishment +with which the United States could not compete. As the American +government had bound itself by its engagements in the Clayton-Bulwer +treaty not to fight in the isthmus, nor to fortify the mouths of any +waterway that might be constructed, the secretary argued that if any +struggle for the control of the canal were to arise England would have +an advantage at the outset which would prove decisive. "The treaty," he +remarked, "commands this government not to use a single regiment of +troops to protect its interests in connection with the interoceanic +canal, but to surrender the transit to the guardianship and control of +the British navy." The logic of this paper was unanswerable from an +American point of view. + +The war between Chili and Peru had virtually ended with the capture of +Lima on January 17, 1881. The state department made strenuous exertions +to bring about the conclusion of an early peace between Chili and the +two prostrate states which had been crushed in war. The influence of the +government was brought to bear upon victorious Chili in the interest of +peace and magnanimity; but, owing to an unfortunate misapprehension of +Mr. Blaine's instructions, the United States ministers did not promote +the ends of peace. Special envoys were accordingly sent to South +America, accredited to the three governments, with general instructions +which should enable them to bring those belligerent powers into friendly +relations. After they had set out from New York Mr. Blaine resigned, and +Mr. Frelinghuysen reversed the diplomatic policy with such precipitate +haste that the envoys on arriving at their destination were informed by +the Chilian minister of foreign affairs that their instructions had been +countermanded, and that their mission was an idle farce. By this +reversal of diplomatic methods and purposes the influence of the United +States government on the South American coast was reduced to so low a +point as to become insignificant. Mr. Blaine's policy had been at once +strong and pacific. It was followed by a period of no policy, which +enabled Chili to make a conqueror's terms with the conquered and to +seize as much territory as pleased her rapacious generals. + +The most conspicuous act of Mr. Blaine's administration of the state +department was his invitation to the peace congress. The proposition was +to invite all the independent governments of North and South America to +meet in a peace congress at Washington on March 15, 1882. The +representatives of all the minor governments on this continent were to +agree, if possible, upon some comprehensive plan for averting war by +means of arbitration, and for resisting the intrigues of European +diplomacy. Invitations were sent on November 22, with the limitations +and restrictions originally designed. Mr. Frelinghuysen lost no time in +undermining this diplomatic congress, and the meeting never took place. + +On the morning of Saturday, July 2, President Garfield was to start from +Washington by the morning limited express for New York, en route for New +England and a reunion with his old college mates at the Williams College +commencement. His secretary of state accompanied him to the train, and +has recorded the great, almost boyish, delight with which the President +anticipated his holiday. They entered the waiting-room at the station, +and a moment later Guiteau's revolver had done its work. The country +still vividly remembers the devotion with which the head of the Cabinet +watched at the President's bedside, and the calm dignity with which, +during those long weeks of suspense, he discharged the painful duties of +his position. On September 6 the President was removed from Washington +to Elberon, whither he was followed the same day by Mr. Blaine and the +rest of the Cabinet. The apparent improvement in the President's +condition warranted the belief that he would continue to gain, and Mr. +Blaine went for a short rest to his home in Augusta. He was on his way +back to Elberon when the fatal moment came, and reached there the next +morning. It is the universal testimony of the press and people that, +during the weary weeks which intervened between the President's injury +and death, Mr. Blaine's every action and constant demeanor were +absolutely faultless. Selected by Congress to pronounce a formal eulogy +upon President Garfield, Mr. Blaine, on February 19, 1882, before +President Arthur and his Cabinet, both Houses of Congress, the Supreme +Court, the foreign legations, and an audience of ladies and gentlemen +which crowded the Hall of Representatives, delivered a most just, +comprehensive, and admirable address upon the martyr's great career and +character. + +Since his withdrawal from President Arthur's Cabinet and his retirement +to private life at Augusta, Mr. Blaine has busied himself with his +history, entitled Twenty Years of Congress, the first volume of which +was given to the public last April. When finished, this work will cover +the period from Lincoln to Garfield, with a review of the events which +led to the political revolution of 1860. The story he tells in his first +volume is given with the simplicity and compactness of a trained +journalist, and yet with sufficient fulness to make the picture distinct +and clear in almost every detail. The book is as easy to read as a +well-written novel; it is clear and interesting, and commands the +attention throughout, the more for the absence of anything like +oratorical display or forensic combativeness. In literary polish it is +not beyond criticism, though occasional infelicities of expression and +instances of carelessness do not outweigh the general clearness and +force of style. It is not at all points unerring in portraiture, nor +infallible in judgment, though the writer's impartiality of spirit and +desire to be just are conspicuous, and he gives cogent reasons for +opinions expressed. But in broad and comprehensive appreciation of the +forces by which the development of public opinion has been affected, the +work is one of great merit. It seems to be entirely free from those +personal qualities which have characterized Mr. Blaine in politics. It +is very remarkable that a man so prominent as a partisan in political +affairs could have written a book so free from partisanship. + +Mr. Blaine is now in his fifty-fifth year. Although above medium height, +he is so compactly and powerfully built that he scarcely seems tall. His +features are large and expressive; he is slightly bald and his neatly +trimmed beard is prematurely gray; his brows are lowering--his eyes +keen. On the floor of Congress he manifested marvelous power and nerve. +His voice is rich and melodious; his delivery is fluent and vigorous; +his gestures are full of grace and force; his self-possession is never +lost. He has appeared on the stump in almost every Northern State, and +is an exceedingly popular and effective campaign speaker. But it is not +when on the platform, speaking alone, that he has shown his greatest +strength. He is strongest when hard pressed by opponents in +parliamentary debate. He is a thorough believer in the organization of +men who think alike for advancing their views. He believes that in order +to carry out any great project it is necessary to have a party +organization, not for the purpose of advancing individual interests, but +to push ahead a great line of policy. He is a positive with the courage +of his convictions, and believes in aggressive politics. As a +consequence of this he has always had both very strong friends and very +bitter enemies. It is probable that no man in this country has had a +stronger personal following since the days of Harry Clay. + +Blaine is a man of great physical capacities. He has great powers of +application. His mind works quickly. He is as restless as the ocean and +has the power of accomplishing an immense amount of work. Another +quality which he possesses--rare but invaluable to a public man--is that +of remembering names and faces, of remembering men and all about them. +This ability is partly natural, partly the result of his training. He +has made it a study to get acquainted with men. + +His knowledge of facts, dates, events, men in our history, is not only +remarkable, but almost unprecedented. It would be difficult to find a +man in the United States who can, on the instant, without reference to +book or note, give so many facts and statistics relating to the social +and political history of our country. This has been the study of his +life, and his memory is truly encyclopaedic. + +Mr. Blaine was not a poor man when he entered Congress in 1863, and he +is not a millionaire now. For twenty years he has owned a valuable coal +tract of several hundred acres near Pittsburgh. This yielded him a +handsome income before he entered Congress, and the investment has been +a profitable one during his public life. He is said to have speculated +more or less, and to have made and lost millions. Yet in general his +business affairs have been managed with prudence and shrewdness, and he +now has a handsome fortune. His home in Augusta, near the State House, +is a plain two-story house. Several institutions in the State have +received benefactions from him, and his charity and generosity are +appreciated at home. He is a member of the Congregational Church in +Augusta, and constant attendance at divine service is a practice that he +has always inculcated upon his family. He has constantly refused to take +religious matters into politics, but his respect for his mother's belief +has made him tolerant and charitable toward all sects. In his own house +he is a man of culture and refinement, a genial host, a courteous +gentlemen. No man in public life is more fortunate in his domestic +relations. He is the companion and confidant of every one of his six +children, and they fear him no more than they fear one of their own +number. Mrs. Blaine is a model wife and mother. The eldest son, Walker +Blaine, is a graduate of Yale College and of the Law School of Columbia +College. He is a member of the bar of several States, and has been +creditably engaged in public life in Washington. The second son, Emmons +Blaine, is a graduate of Harvard College and the Cambridge Law School. +The third is James G. Blaine, Jr., who was graduated from Exeter Academy +last year. The three daughters are named Alice, Margaret, and Harriet. +The eldest was married more than a year ago to Brevet-Colonel J.J. +Coppinger, U.S.A. + +But however Mr. Blaine may have distinguished himself as an author, a +diplomatist, or a man of varied experience and knowledge, in the present +political campaign, in which he is destined to play so important a part, +he will necessarily be largely judged in a political sense, and as a +politician. What does the record show in these directions? Has he been +true or false to his political convictions? Assuredly no man, be he +friend or foe, can point to a single instance in Mr. Blaine's long and +varied political career, in which he has betrayed his political trust or +failed to respond to the demands of his political professions. Through +the anti-slavery period; during the trying years of the war; through the +boisterous struggle for reconstruction, and constantly since, Mr. +Blaine's voice has always been heard pleading for the cause of equality, +arguing for freedom, and combating all propositions that aimed to +restrict human rights or fetter human progress. That he has sometimes +been swayed by partisan rather than statesmanlike considerations is +highly probable, but even that can but prove his zeal and devotion to +party principles. + +No one claims for him political infallibility, and his warmest admirer +will admit that he, like other men, has faults. But those who look upon +Mr. Blaine as an impetuous and rash politician have but to read his +letter of acceptance to see how unjust that judgment is. Calm, +dignified, and scholarly, it discusses with consummate ability the +issues that to-day are engaging the attention of the American people, +and whether it be the tariff question or our foreign policy, he shows a +familiarity with the subject that at once stamps him as a man of +remarkable versatility and rare accomplishments. As the standard-bearer +of the great Republican party, he will unquestionably inspire in his +followers great enthusiasm and determination, and, if elected to the +high office to which he has been nominated, there is every reason to +believe that he will make a Chief Magistrate of whom the entire people +will justly be proud. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE BOUNDARY LINES OF OLD GROTON.--III. + +By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green. + + +The running of the Provincial line in 1741 cut off a large part of +Dunstable, and left it on the New Hampshire side of the boundary. It +separated even the meeting-house from that portion of the town still +remaining in Massachusetts, and this fact added not a little to the deep +animosity felt by the inhabitants when the disputed question was +settled. It is no exaggeration to say that, throughout the old township, +the feelings and sympathies of the inhabitants on both sides of the line +were entirely with Massachusetts. A short time before this period the +town of Nottingham had been incorporated by the General Court, and its +territory taken from Dunstable. It comprised all the lands of that town, +lying on the easterly side of the Merrimack River; and the difficulty of +attending public worship led to the division. When the Provincial line +was established, it affected Nottingham, like many other towns, most +unfavorably. It divided its territory and left a tract of land in +Massachusetts, too small for a separate township, but by its +associations belonging to Dunstable. This tract is to-day that part of +Tyngsborough lying east of the river. + +The question of a new meeting-house was now agitating the inhabitants +of Dunstable. Their former building was in another Province, where +different laws prevailed respecting the qualifications and settlement of +ministers. It was clearly evident that another structure must be built, +and the customary dispute of small communities arose in regard to its +site. Some persons favored one locality, and others another; some wanted +the centre of territory, and others the centre of population. Akin to +this subject I give the words of the Reverend Joseph Emerson, of +Pepperell,--as quoted by Mr. Butler, in his History of Groton (page +306),--taken from a sermon delivered on March 8, 1770, at the dedication +of the second meeting-house in Pepperell: "It hath been observed that +some of the hottest contentions in this land hath been about settling of +ministers and building meeting-houses; and what is the reason? The devil +is a great enemy to settling ministers and building meeting-houses; +wherefore he sets on his own children to work and make difficulties, and +to the utmost of his power stirs up the corruptions of the children of +God in some way lo oppose or obstruct so good a work." This explanation +was considered highly satisfactory, as the hand of the evil one was +always seen in such disputes. + +During this period of local excitement an effort was made to annex +Nottingham to Dunstable; and at the same time Joint Grass to Dunstable. +Joint Grass was a district in the northeastern part of Groton, settled +by a few families, and so named from a brook running through the +neighborhood. It is evident from the documents that the questions of +annexation and the site of the meeting-house were closely connected. The +petition in favor of annexation was granted by the General Court on +certain conditions, which were not fulfilled, and consequently the +attempt fell to the ground. Some of the papers relating to it are as +follows: + +A Petition of sundry Inhabitants of the most northerly Part of the first +Parish in _Groton_, praying that they may be set off from said +_Groton_ to _Dunstable_, for the Reasons mentioned. + +Read and _Ordered_, That the Petitioners serve the Towns of +_Groton_ and _Dunstable_ with Copies of this Petition, that +they show Cause, if any they have, on the first Friday of the next +Sitting of this Court, why the Prayer thereof should not be granted. + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 264), March 11, 1746.] + + +_Francis Foxcroft_, Esq; brought down the Petition of the northerly +Part of _Groton_, as entred the 11th of _March_ last, and refer'd. +Pass'd in Council, _viz._ In Council _May_ 29th 1747. Read again, +together with the Answers of the Towns of _Groton_ and _Dunstable_, +and _Ordered_, That _Joseph Wilder_ and _John Quincy_, Esqrs; together +with such as the honourable House shall join, be a Committee to take +under Consideration this Petition, together with the other Petitions and +Papers referring to the Affair within mentioned, and report what they +judge proper for this Court to do thereon. Sent down for Concurrence. + +Read and concur'd, and Major _Jones_, Mr. _Fox_, and Col. +_Gerrish_, are joined in the Affair. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 11), May 29, 1747.] + + +_John Hill_, Esq; brought down the Petition of the Inhabitants of +_Groton_ and _Nottingham_, with the Report of a Committee of +both Houses thereon. + +Signed _Joseph Wilder_, per Order. + +Pass'd in Council, _viz._ In Council _June_ 5th 1747. The +within Report was read and accepted, and _Ordered_, That the +Petition of _John Swallow_ and others, Inhabitants of the northerly +Part of _Groton_ be so far granted, as that the Petitioners, with +their Estates petition'd for, be set off from _Groton_, and annexed +to the Town of _Dunstable_, agreable to _Groton_ Town Vote of +the 18th of _May_ last; and that the Petition of the Inhabitants of +_Nottingham_ be granted, and that that Part of _Nottingham_ +left to the Province, with the Inhabitants theron, be annexed to said +_Dunstable,_ and that they thus Incorporated, do Duty and receive +Priviledges as other Towns within this Province do or by Law ought to +enjoy. + +And it is further _Ordered_, That the House for publick Worship be +placed two Hundred and forty eight Rods distant from Mr. _John Tyng's_ +North-East Corner, to run from said Corner North fifty two Degrees West, +or as near that Place as the Land will admit of. + +Sent down for Concurrence. + +Read and concur'd with the Amendment, _viz._ instead of those +Words, ... _And it is further Ordered, That the House for publick +Worship be_ ... insert the following Words ... _Provided that +within one Year a House for the publick Worship of_ GOD _be +erected, and_.... + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Repesentatives (page 26), June 6, 1747.] + + +To his Excellency William Shirley Esquire Captain General and Governour +in Chief in and over his Majestys Province of the Massachusetts Bay in +New England The Hon'ble: the Council and Hon'ble: House of +Representatives of the said Province in General Court Assembled at +Boston the 31'st. of May 1749. + +The petition of the Inhabitants of the Town of Dunstable in the Province +of the Massachusetts Bay + +Most Humbly Shew + +That in the Year 1747, that part of Nottingham which lyes within this +Government and part of the Town of Groton Called Joint Grass preferred +two petitions to this Great and Hon'ble: Court praying that they might +be Annexed to the Town of Dunstable which petitions Your Excellency and +Honours were pleased to Grant upon Conditions that a meeting house for +the Publick Worship of God should be built two hundred and forty Eight +Rods 52 Deg's: West of the North from North East Corner of M. John Tyngs +land But the Inhabitants of the Town Apprehending Your Excellency and +Honours were not fully Acquainted with the Inconveniencys that would +Attend placeing the Meeting House there Soon after Convened in Publick +Town Meeting Legally Called to Conclude upon a place for fixing said +meeting house where it would best Accommodate all the Inhabitants at +which meeting proposals were made by some of the Inhabitants to take the +Advice and Assistance of three men of other Towns which proposal was +Accepted by the Town and they accordingly made Choice of The Hon'ble: +James Minot Esq'r. Maj'r: Lawrence and M'r. Brewer and then Adjourned +the Meeting. + +That the said Gentlemen mett at the Towns Request and Determined upon a +place for fixing the said meeting house which was approved of by the +Town and they Accordingly Voted to Raise the sum of one hundred pounds +towards defraying the Charge of Building the said House But Upon +Reviewing the Spot pitched upon as aforesaid many of the Inhabitants +Apprehended it was more to the southward than the Committee Intended it +should be And thereupon a Meeting was Called on the Twenty Sixth day of +May last when the Town voted to Build the meeting house on the East side +of the Road that leads from Cap't: Cummings's to M'r Simon Tompsons +where some part of the Timber now lyes being about Forty Rods Northward +of Isaac Colburns house which they Apprehended to be the Spot of Ground +the Committee Intended to fix upon. + +And for as much as the place Last Voted by the Town to Build their +meeting house upon will best Accommodate all the Inhabitants, + +Your pet'rs. therefore most humbly pray Your Excellency and Honours +would be pleased to Confirm the said Vote of the Town of the 26'th: day +of May last and order the meeting house for the Publick Worship of God +to be Erected on the peice of Ground aforementioned, + +And in duty bound they will ever pray &c. + + Simon tompson + Eben Parkhurst + + Com'tee for the + Town of Dunstable + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxv, 507, 508.] + + +The Committee appointed on the Petition of a Committee for the Town of +_Dunstable,_ reported according to Order. + +Read and accepted, and thereupon the following Order pass'd, _viz._ _In +as much as the House for the publick Worship of_ _GOD in_ Dunstable _was +not erected within the Line limitted in the Order of this Court of_ June +6th 1747, _the Inhabitants of_ Groton _and_ Nottingham _have lost the +Benefit of Incorporation with the Town of_ Dunstable: Therefore + +_Voted_, That a Meeting House for the publick Worship of GOD be +erected as soon as may be on the East Side of the Road that leads from +Capt. _Cummins_ to _Simon Thompson's,_ where the Timber for +such a House now lies, agreeable to a Vote of the said Town of +_Dunstable_ on the 26th of _May_ last; and that the said Inhabitants +of _Groton_ and _Nottingham_ be and continue to be set off and +annexed to the Town of _Dunstable_, to do Duty and receive +Priviledge there, their Neglect of Compliance with the said Order of +_June_ 6th 1747, notwithstanding, unless the major Part of the +Inhabitants and rateable Estate belonging to said _Groton_ and +_Nottingham_ respectively, shall on or before the first Day of +_September_ next in writing under their Hands, transmit to the +Secretary's Office their Desire not to continue so incorporated with the +town of _Dunstable_ as aforesaid; provided also, That in Case the +said Inhabitants of _Groton_ and _Nottingham_ shall signify +such their Desire in Manner and Time as aforesaid, they be nevertheless +subjected to pay and discharge their Proportion of all Publick Town or +Ministerial Rates or Taxes hitherto granted or regularly laid on them; +excepting the last Sum granted for building a Meeting House. And that +the present Town Officers stand and execute their Offices respectively +until the Anniversary Town-Meeting at _Dunstable_ in _March_ +next. Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (pages 46, 47), June 26, 1749.] + + +Whereas the Great & Generall Court of the the [_sic_] Province of +the Massachusetts Bay in June Last, On the Petitions of Dunstable & +Nottingham has Ordered that the Inhabitants of Groton and Nottingham, +Which by Order of the s'd Court the 6th of June 1747 Were On Certain +Conditions Annexed to s'd Dunstable & (Which Conditions not being +Complyed with) be Annexed to s'd. Dunstable to do duty & Receive +priviledge there their neglect of Complyance notwithstanding, Unless the +major part of the Inhabitants and ratable Estate belonging to the s'd. +Groton & Nottingham respectively Shall on or before the first day of +September next in Writing under their hands Transmitt to the Secretarys +Office their desire not to Continue so Incorporated With the town of +Dunstable as afores'd. Now therefore Wee the Subscribers Inhabitants of +Groton & Nottingham Sett of as afores'd. do hereby Signifie Our desire +not to Continue so Incorporated with the town of Dunstable as afores'd. +but to be Sett at Liberty As tho that Order of Court had not ben passed + +Dated the 10th day of July 1749 + +Inhabitants of Groton + + Timothy Read + Joseph fletcher + John Swallow + Samuel Comings + Benjamin Robbins + Joseph Spalding iuner + + +Inhabitants of Nottingham + + Samuell Gould + Robert Fletcher + Joseph perriaham Daken [Deacon?] + iohn Collans + Zacheus Spaulding + and ten others + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxv, 515.] + + +A manuscript plan of Dunstable, made by Joseph Blanchard, in the autumn +of 1748, and accompanying these papers among the Archives (cxv, 519), +has considerable interest for the local antiquary. + +In the course of a few years some of these Groton signers reconsidered +the matter, and changed their minds. It appears from the following +communication that the question of the site of the meeting-house had +some influence in the matter:-- + +Groton, May 10, 1753. We have concluded to Joine with Dunstable in +settling the gospell and all other affairs hart & hand in case Dunstable +woud meet us in erecting a meting house in center of Lands or center of +Travel. + + Joseph Spaulding jr. + John Swallow. + Timothy Read. + Samuel Cumings. + Joseph Parkhurst. + +[Nason's History of Dunstable, page 85.] + + +The desired result of annexation was now brought about, and in this way +Joint Grass became a part and portion of Dunstable. The following +extracts give further particulars in regard to it:-- + +A Petition of a Committee in Behalf of the Inhabitants of +_Dunstable_, within this Province, shewing, that that Part of +_Dunstable_ by the late running of the Line is small, and the Land +much broken, unable to support the Ministry, and other necessary +Charges; that there is a small Part of _Groton_ contiguous, and +well situated to be united to them in the same Incorporation, lying to +the West and Northwest of them; that in the Year 1744, the Inhabitants +there requested them that they might be incorporated with them, which +was conceeded to by the Town of _Groton_; that in Consequence of +this, upon Application to this Court they were annexed to the Town of +_Dunstable_ with the following Proviso, viz. "That within one Year +from that Time a House for the publick Worship of GOD should be erected +at a certain Place therein mentioned": Which Place was esteemed by all +Parties both in _Groton_ and _Nottingham_, so incommodious, +that it was not complied withal; that on a further Application to this +Court to alter the Place, Liberty was given to the Inhabitants of +_Groton_ and _Nottingham_, to withdraw, whereby they are deprived of +that contiguous and necessary Assistance which they expected: Now as the +Reasons hold good in every Respect for their Incorporation with them, +they humbly pray that the said Inhabitants of _Groton_ by the same Bounds +as in the former Order stated, may be reannexed to them, for the Reasons +mentioned. + +Read and _Ordered_, That the Petitioners serve the Inhabitants of +_Groton_ therein refer'd to, as also the Clerk of the Town of +_Groton_, with Copies of this Petition, that so the said Inhabitants, +as also the Town of _Groton_, shew Cause, if any they have, on the +first Tuesday of the next _May_ Session, why the Prayer thereof +should not be granted. + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (pages 138, 139), April 4, +1753.] + + +_John Hill_, Esq; brought down the Petition of a Committee of the Town +of _Dunstable_, as entred the 4th of _April_ last, and refer'd. Pass'd +in Council, viz. In Council _June_ 5th 1753. Read again, together with +the Answer of the Inhabitants of that Part of _Groton_ commonly called +_Joint-Grass,_ and likewise _William Lawrence_, Esq; being heard in +Behalf of the Town of _Groton_, and the Matter being fully considered, +_Ordered_, That the Prayer of the Petition be so far granted, as that +_Joseph Fletcher, Joseph Spaulding, Samuel Comings, Benjamin Rabbins, +Timothy Read, John Swallow, Joseph Parkhurst_, and _Ebenezer Parkhurst_, +Jun. with their Families and Estates, and other Lands petitioned for, be +set off from the Town of _Groton_, and annexed to the town of +_Dunstable_, agreable to the Vote of the Town of _Groton_ on the 18th of +_May_ 1747, to receive Priviledge and do Duty there, provided that +_Timothy Read_, Constable for the Town of _Groton_, and Collector of the +said Parish in said Town the last Year, and _Joseph Fletcher_, Constable +for the said Town this present Year, finish their Collection of the +Taxes committed or to be committed to them respectively; and also that +the said Inhabitants pay their Proportion of the Taxes that are already +due or shall be due to the said Town of _Groton_ for the present Year, +for which they may be taxed by the Assessors of _Groton_, as tho' this +Order had not past: provided also that the Meeting-House for the publick +Worship of GOD in _Dunstable_ be erected agreable to the Vote of +_Dunstable_ relating thereto in _May_ 1753. Sent down for Concurrence. + +Read and concur'd. + +[Journal of the House of Representatives (page 21), June 7, 1753.] + + +The part of Nottingham, mentioned in these petitions, was not joined to +Dunstable until a later period. On June 14, 1754, an order passed the +House of Representatives, annexing "a very small Part of Nottingham now +lying in this Province, unable to be made into a District, but very +commodious for Dunstable;" but the matter was delayed in the Council, +and it was a year or two before the end was brought about. + +The west parish of Groton was set off as a precinct on November 26, +1742. It comprised that part of the town lying on the west side of the +Nashua River, north of the road from Groton to Townsend. Its +incorporation as a parish or precinct allowed the inhabitants to manage +their own ecclesiastical affairs, while in all other matters they +continued to act with the parent town. Its partial separation gave them +the benefit of a settled minister in their neighborhood, which, in those +days, was considered of great importance. + +It is an interesting fact to note that, in early times, the main reason +given in the petitions for dividing towns was the long distance to the +meeting-house, by which the inhabitants were prevented from hearing the +stated preaching of the gospel. + +The petitioners for the change first asked for a township, which was not +granted; but subsequently they changed their request to a precinct +instead, which was duly allowed. The papers relating to the matter are +as follows:-- + +Province of The Massechuetts Bay in New England. + +To His Excellency W'm: Shirley Esq'r: Goveinr in & over y'e Same And To +The Hon'le: his Majestis Council & House of Representetives in Gen'll: +Court Assembled June 1742: + +The Petition of Sundry Inhabitants & Resendant in the Northerly Part of +Groton Humbly Sheweth that the Town of Groton is at Least ten miles in +Length North & South & seven miles in wedth East & West And that in +Runing two miles Due North from the Present Meeting House & from thence +to Run Due East to Dunstable West Line. And from the Ende of the S'd: +two miles to Run West till it Comes to the Cuntry Rode that is Laide out +to Townshend & soon S'd: Rode till it Comes to Townshend East Line then +tur[n]ing & Runing Northly to Nestiquaset Corner which is for Groton & +Townshend then tur[n]ing & Runing Easterly on Dunstable South Line & So +on Dunstable Line till it comes to the Line first mentioned, Which Land +Lyeth about Seven miles in Length & four miles & a Quarter in Wedth. + +And Thare is Now Setled in those Lines here after mentioned is about the +Number of Seventy families all Redy And may [many?] more ready to Settle +there and as soon as scet off to the Petitioners & those families +Settled in y'e Lines afore s'd: Would make A Good township & the +Remaining Part of Groton Left in a regular forme And by reason of the +great Distance your Petitioners are from the Present Meeting House are +put to very Great Disadvantages in Attending the Public Worship of God +many of Whom are Oblidged to travel Seven or Eight miles & that the +Remaining Part of Groton Consisting of such good land & y'e +Inhabitants so Numerous that thay Can by no means be Hurt Should your +Petitioners & those families Settled in y'e Lines afore s'd: Be +Erected to a Seprate & Distinct Township: That the in Contestable +situation & accomodations on the s'd: Lands was y'e one great reason +of your Petitioners Settling thare & Had Not those Prospects been so +Clear to us We should by no means have under taken The Hardship We have +already & must go Throu. + +Wherefore Your Petitioners Would farther Shew that Part of y'e Land here +Prayed for all Redy Voted of by the S'd town to be a Presinct & that the +most of them that are in that Lines have Subscribed with us to be a +Dest[i]ncte Township Wherefore Your Petitioners Humbly Pray your Honnors +to Grante us our Desire according to This our Request as we in Duty +Bound Shall Ever Pray &c. + + + Joseph Spaulding iur + Zachariah Lawrance + William Allen + Jeremiah Lawrance + William Blood + Nathaniel Parker + Enoch Lawarnce + Samuel Right + James larwance + Josiah Tucker + Sam'll fisk + Soloman blood + John Woods + Josiah Sartell + benj'n. Swallow + Elies Ellat + Richard Worner + Ebenezer Gillson + Ebenezer Parce + James Blood iu + Joseph Spaulding + Phiniahas Parker iur + Joseph Warner + Phineahas Chambrlin + Isaac laken + Isacc Williams + John Swallow + Joseph Swallow + Benj'n: Robins + Nathan Fisk + John Chamberlin + Jacob Lakin + Seth Phillips + John Cumings + Benj'n: Parker + Gersham Hobart + Joseph Lawrance + John Spaulding + Isaac Woods + + +In the House of Rep'ives June. 10, 1742. + +Read and Ordered that the Pet'rs serve the Town of Groton with a Copy of +this Pet'n that they shew cause if any they have on the first fryday of +the next session of this Court why the Prayer thereof should not be +granted + +Sent up for concurrence + +T Cushing Spkr + +In Council June 15. 1742; + +Read & Non Concur'd + +J Willard Sec'ry + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxiv, 779, 780.] + + +To his Excellency William Shirley Esq'r. Captain General and Governour +in Cheiff in and over his Majesties Province of y'e. Massachusetts Bay +in New England: To y'e. Honourable his Majesties Council and House of +Representatives in General Court Assembled on y'e: Twenty sixth Day of +May. A:D. 1742. + +The Petition of as the Subscribers to your Excellency and Honours +Humbley Sheweth that we are Proprietors and Inhabitants of y'e. Land +Lying on y'e. Westerly Side Lancester River (so called) [now known as +the Nashua River] in y'e North west corner of y'e. Township of +Groton: & Such of us as are Inhabitants thereon Live very Remote from ye +Publick worship of God in s'd Town and at many Times and Season of +y'e. year are Put to Great Difficulty to attend y'e. same: And the +Lands Bounded as Followeth (viz) Southerly on Townshend Rode: Westerly +on Townshend Line: Northerly on Dunstable West Precint, & old Town: and +Easterly on said River as it now Runs to y'e. First mentioned Bounds, +being of y'e. Contents of about Four Miles Square of Good Land, well +Scituated for a Precint: And the Town of Groton hath been Petitioned to +Set of y'e. Lands bounded as afores'd. to be a Distinct and Seperate +Precint and at a Town Meeting of y'e. Inhabitants of s'd. Town of +Groton Assembled on y'e Twenty Fifth Day of May Last Past The Town +voted y'e Prayer of y'e. s'd. Petition and that y'e Lands before +Described should be a Separate Precinct and that y'e. Inhabitants +thereon and Such others as hereafter Shall Settle on s'd. Lands; +should have y'e Powers and Priviledges that other Precincts in s'd. +Province have or Do Enjoy: as p'r. a Coppy from Groton Town Book +herewith Exhibited may Appear: For the Reasons mentioned we the +Subscribers as afores'd. Humbley Prayes your Excellency and Honours to +Set off y'e s'd Lands bounded as afores'd. to be a Distinct and +Sepperate Precinct and Invest y'e Inhabitants thereon (Containing +about y'e N'o. of Forty Famelies) and Such others as Shall hereafter +Settle on s'd. Lands with Such Powers & Priviledges as other Precincts +in s'd. Province have &c or Grant to your Petitioners Such other +Releaf in y'e. Premises as your Excellency and Honours in your Great +Wisdom Shall think Fit: and your Petitioners as in Duty bound Shall Ever +pray &c. + + Benj Swallow + W'm: Spalden + Isaac Williams + Ebenezer Gilson + Elias Ellit + Samuel Shattuck iu + James Shattuck + David Shattuck + David Blood + Jonathan Woods + John Blood iuner + Josiah Parker + Jacob Ames + Jonas Varnum + Moses Woods + Zachery Lawrence Jun'r + Jeremiah Lawrence + John Mozier + Josiah Tucher + W'm Allen + John Shadd + Jam's. Green + John Kemp + Nehemiah Jewett + Eleazar Green + Jonathan Shattuck + Jonathan Shattuck Jun'r + + +In the House of Rep'tives Nov'r. 26. 1742 + +In Answer to the within Petition ordered that that Part of the Town of +Groton Lying on the Westerly Side of Lancaster River within the +following bounds viz't bounding Easterly on said River Southerly on +Townsend Road so called Wisterly on Townsend line and Northerly on +Dunstable West Precinct with the Inhabitants thereon be and hereby are +Set off a distinct and seperate precinct and Vested with the powers & +priviledges which Other Precincts do or by Law ought to enjoy Always +provided that the Inhabitants Dwelling on the Lands abovementioned be +subject to pay their Just part and proportions of all ministeriall Rates +and Taxes in the Town of Groton already Granted or Assessed. + +Sent up for Concurrence. + +T Cushing Spk'r. + +In Council Nov'r. 26 1742 Read and Concurr'd + +J Willard Secry + +Consented to, W Shirley, + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxiv, 768, 769.] + + +When the new Provincial line was run between Massachusetts and New +Hampshire, in the spring of 1741, it left a gore of land, previously +belonging to the west parish of Dunstable, lying north of the territory +of Groton and contiguous to it. It formed a narrow strip, perhaps three +hundred rods in width at the western end, running easterly for three +miles and tapering off to a point at the Nashua River, by which stream +it was entirely separated from Dunstable. Shaped like a thin wedge, it +lay along the border of the province, and belonged geographically to the +west precinct or parish of Groton. Under these circumstances the second +parish petitioned the General Court to have it annexed to their +jurisdiction, which request was granted. William Prescott, one of the +committee appointed to take charge of the matter, nearly a quarter of a +century later was the commander of the American forces at the battle of +Bunker Hill. It has been incorrectly stated by writers that this +triangular parcel of land was the gore ceded, in the summer of 1736, to +the proprietors of Groton, on the petition of Benjamin Prescott. The +documents relating to this matter are as follows:-- + +To his Honnor Spencer Phipes Esq'r Cap't Geniorl and Commander In Cheaf +in and ouer his majists prouince of the Massachusets Bay in New england +and to The Hon'ble his majestys Counsel and House of Representatiues In +Geniral Courte assambled at Boston The 26 of December 1751 + +The Petition of Peleg Lawrance Jarimah Lawrance and william Prescott a +Cum'ttee. for the Second Parish In Groton in The County of Middle sikes. + +Humbly Shew That Theare is a strip of Land of about fiue or six hundred +acors Lys ajoyning To The Town of Groton which be Longs To the town of +Dunstable the said strip of land Lys near fouer mill in Length and +bounds on the North Line of the said second Parrish in Groton and on the +South Side of Newhampsher Line which Peeace by Runing the sd Line of +Newhampsher was Intierly Cut off from the town of Dunstable from +Receueing any Priuelidge their for it Lys not Less then aboute Eight +mill from the Senter of the town of Dunstable and but about two mill and +a half from the meeting house in the said second Parish in Groton so +that they that settel on the sd Strip of Land may be much beter +acommadated to be Joyned to ye town of Groton and to the sd second +Parish than Euer thay Can any other way in this Prouince and the town of +Dunstable being well sencable thare of haue at thare town meeting on the +19 Day of December Currant voted of the sd Strip of Land allso Jarnes +Colburn who now Liues on sd Strip Land from the town of Dunstable to be +annexed to the town of Groton and to the sd second Parish in sd town and +the second Parish haue aCordingly voted to Recue the same all which may +appear by the vote of sd Dunstable and said Parish which will be of +Grate advantige to the owners of the sd. strip of Land and a benefit to +the said second Parish in Groton so that your Petitioners Humbly Pray +that the sd. strip of Land may be annexed to the said second Parish in +Groton so far as Groton Nor west corner to do Duty and Recue Priulidge +theare and your petionrs In Duty bound shall Euer Pray + + Peleg Lawrence + Will'm Prescott + Jeremiah Lawrence + + +Dunstable December 24 1751 + +this may Certifye the Grate and Genirol Courte that I Liue on the slip +of Land within mentioned and it tis my Desier that the prayer of this +Petition be Granted + +James Colburn + +In the House of Rep'tives Jan'ry 4. 1752 + +Voted that the prayer of the Petition be so farr granted that the said +strip of Land prayed for, that is the Jurisdiction of it be Annex'd to +the Town of Groton & to y'e Second Precinct in said Town & to do dutys +there & to recieve Priviledges from them. + +Sent up for Concurrence + +T. Hubbard Spk'r. + +In Council Jan'y 6. 1752 Read & Concur'd + +J Willard Secry. + +Consented to + +S Phips + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxvi, 162, 163.] + + +The west parish of Groton was made a district on April 12, 1753, the day +the Act was signed by the Governor, which was a second step toward its +final and complete separation. It then took the name of Pepperell, and +was vested with still broader political powers. It was so called after +Sir William Pepperrell, who had successfully commanded the New England +troops against Louisburg; and the name was suggested, doubtless, by the +Reverend Joseph Emerson, the first settled minister of the parish. He +had accompanied that famous expedition in the capacity of chaplain, only +the year before he had received a call for his settlement, and his +associations with the commander were fresh in his memory. It will be +noticed that the Act for incorporating the district leaves the name +blank, which was customary in this kind of legislation at that period; +and the governor, perhaps with the advice of his council, was in the +habit subsequently of filling out the name. + +Pepperell, for one "r" is dropped from the name, had now all the +privileges of a town, except the right to choose a representative to the +General Court, and this political connection with Groton was kept up +until the beginning of the Revolution. In the session of the General +Court which met at Watertown, on July 19, 1775, Pepperell was +represented by a member, and in this way acquired the privileges of a +town without any special act of incorporation. Other similar districts +were likewise represented, in accordance with the precept calling that +body together, and they thus obtained municipal rights without the usual +formality. The precedent seems to have been set by the Provincial +Congress of Massachusetts, which was made up of delegates from the +districts as well as from the towns. It was a revolutionary step taken +outside of the law. On March 23, 1786, this anomalous condition of +affairs was settled by an act of the Legislature, which declared all +districts, incorporated before January 1, 1777, to be towns for all +intents and purposes. + +The act for the incorporation of Pepperell is as follows:-- + +Anno Regni Regis Georgij Secundi vicesimo Sexto + +An Act for Erecting the second Precinct in the Town of Groton into a +seperate District + +Be it enacted by the Leiu't. Gov'r: Council and House of Representatives + +That the second Precinct in Groton bounding Southerly on the old Country +Road leading to Townshend, Westerly on Townshend Line Northerly on the +Line last run by the Governm't. of New Hampshire as the Boundary betwixt +that Province and this Easterly to the middle of the River, called +Lancaster [Nashua] River, from where the said Boundary Line crosses said +River, so up the middle of y'e. said River to where the Bridge did +stand, called Kemps Bridge, to the Road first mentioned, be & hereby is +erected into a seperate District by the Name of -------- and that the +said District be and hereby is invested with all the Priviledges Powers +and Immunities that Towns in this Province by Law do or may enjoy, that +of sending a Representative to the generall Assembly only excepted, and +that the Inhabitants of said District shall have full power & Right from +Time to time to joyn with the s'd: Town of Groton in the choice of +Representative or Representatives, in which Choice they shall enjoy all +the Priviledges which by Law they would have been entitled to, if this +Act had not been made. And that the said District shall from Time to +time pay their proportionable part of the Expence of such Representative +or Representatives According to their respective proportions of y'e. +Province Tax. + +And that the s'd. Town of Groton as often as they shall call a Meeting +for the Choice of a Representative shall give seasonable Notice to the +Clerk of said District for the Time being, of the Time and place of +holding such Meeting, to the End that said District may join them +therein, and the Clerk of said District shall set up in some publick +place in s'd. District a Notification thereof accordingly or otherwise +give Seasonable Notice, as the District shall determine. + +Provided Nevertheless and be it further enacted That the said District +shall pay their proportion: of all Town County and Province Taxes +already set on or granted to be raised by s'd. Town as if this Act had +not been made, and also be at one half the charge in building and +repairing the Two Bridges on Lancaster River aforesaid in s'd: +District. + +Provided also and be it further Enacted That no poor Persons residing in +said District and Who have been Warn'd by the Selectmen of said Groton +to depart s'd: Town shall be understood as hereby exempted from any +Process they would have been exposed to if this Act had not been made. + +And be it further enacted that W'm Lawrence[1] Esq'r Be and hereby is +impowered to issue his Warrant directed to some principal Inhabitant in +s'd. District requiring him to notify the Inhabitants of said District +to meet at such Time & place as he shall appoint to choose all such +Officers as by Law they are Impowered to Choose for conducting the +Affairs for s'd. District. + +In the House of Rep'tives April 5, 1753 + +Read three several times and pass'd to be Engross'd + +Sent up for Concurrence + +T. Hubbard Spk'r. + +In Council April 5 1753 AM + +Read a first and Second Time and pass'd a Concurrence + +Tho's. Clarke Dp'ty. Secry + +[Massachusetts Archives, cxvi, 360-362.] + +[Footnote 1: This name apparently inserted after the original draft was +made.] + + * * * * * + + + + +THE BOSTON HERALD. + + +The newspapers of America have had their greatest growth within the past +quarter-century. Their progress in commercial prosperity during this +period has been remarkable. Before the Civil War the journals in this +country which returned large profits on the capital invested could +almost be numbered upon the fingers of one hand. Now they can be counted +up into the hundreds, and a well-established and successful newspaper is +rated as one of the most profitable of business ventures. This advance +in financial value has accompanied, and for the most part is due to, the +improvement in the character of the publications, which has been going +on steadily year by year. There has been a constant increase of +enterprise in all directions, especially in that of gathering news, and +with this has come the exercise of greater care and better taste in +presenting the intelligence collected to the reading public. The quality +of the work of reporters and correspondents has been vastly bettered, +and the number of special writers engaged has been gradually enlarged; +subjects which were once relegated to the monthlies and quarterlies for +discussion are now treated by the daily press in a style which, if less +ponderous, is nevertheless lucid and not unbefitting their importance. +In short, the tone of the American newspaper has been elevated without +the loss of its popular characteristics, and the tastes of its readers +have thereby--unconsciously, perhaps, but none the less surely--been +refined. For at least the length of time mentioned at the beginning of +this article, journalism has been regarded as worthy to rank beside, if +not exactly to be classed with, the "learned professions." The newspaper +writer has emerged from the confines of Bohemia, never to return, and +has taken a recognized position in the literary world. His connection +with a reputable journal gives him an unquestioned standing, of which +his credentials are the diploma. + +In view of these great changes in journalism, the record of the progress +of a successful newspaper during the last four decades contains much +matter of general interest, and if excuse were needed, this would +warrant the publication here of a brief history of The Boston Herald. + +Like most, if not all, of the leading journals of the country, The +Boston Herald had a very humble origin. Forty years ago some journeymen +printers on The Boston Daily Times began publishing a penny paper, +called The American Eagle, in advocacy of the Native American or +"Know-nothing" party. + +Its publishers were "Baker, French, Harmon & Co." The full list of +proprietors was Albert Baker, John A. French, George W. Harmon, George +H. Campbell, Amos C. Clapp, J.W. Monroe, Justin Andrews, Augustus A. +Wallace, and James D. Stowers, and W.H. Waldron was subsequently +associated with them. The Eagle was successful at the outset, but its +fortunes declined with those of the party of which it was the exponent, +and in the summer of 1846 it was found to be moribund. The proprietors +had lost money and labor in the failing enterprise, and now lost +interest. After many protracted discussions they resolved to establish +an evening edition under another name, which should be neutral in +politics, and, if it proved successful, to let the Eagle die. The +Herald, therefore, came into existence on August 31, 1846, and an +edition of two thousand was printed of its first number. The editor of +the new sheet was William O. Eaton, a Bostonian, then but twenty-two +years of age, of little previous experience in journalism. + +The Herald, it must be admitted, was not a handsome sheet at the outset. +Its four pages contained but five columns each, and measured only nine +by fourteen inches. But, unpromising as was its appearance, it was +really the liveliest of the Boston dailies from the hour of its birth, +and received praise on all hands for the quality of its matter. + +The total force of brain-workers consisted of but two men, Mr. Eaton +having the assistance, after the middle of September, of Thomas W. +Tucker. David Leavitt joined the "staff" later on, in 1847, and made a +specialty of local news. The editorial, composing, and press rooms were +the same as those of the Eagle, in Wilson's Lane, now Devonshire Street. + +"Running a newspaper" in Boston in 1846 was a different thing altogether +from journalism at the present day. The telegraph was in operation +between Boston and New York, but the tolls were high and the dailies +could not afford to use it except upon the most important occasions. +Moreover, readers had not been educated up to the point of expecting to +see reports of events in all parts of the world printed on the same day +of their occurrence or, at the latest, the day following. + +For several years before the extension of the wires overland to Nova +Scotia, the newsgatherers of Boston and New York resorted to various +devices in order to obtain the earliest reports from Europe. From 1846 +to 1850 the revolutionary movements in many of the countries on the +continent were of a nature to be especially interesting to the people of +the United States, and this stimulated enterprise among the American +newspapers. Mr. D.H. Craig, afterward widely known as agent of the +Associated Press, conceived the idea of anticipating the news of each +incoming ocean-steamer by means of a pigeon-express, which he put into +successful operation in the year first named. He procured a number of +carrier-pigeons, and several days before the expected arrival of every +English mail-steamer took three of them to Halifax. There he boarded the +vessels, procured the latest British papers, collated and summarized +their news upon thin paper, secured the dispatches thus prepared to the +pigeons, and fifty miles or so outside of Boston released the birds. The +winged messengers, flying homeward, reached the city far in advance of +the steamers, and the intelligence they brought was at once delivered to +Mr. W.G. Blanchard, then connected with the Boston press, who had the +brief dispatches "extended," put in type, and printed as an "extra" for +all the papers subscribing to the enterprise. Sheets bearing the head +"New York Herald Extra" were also printed in Boston and sent to the +metropolis by the Sound steamers, thus anticipating the arrival of the +regular mail. + +It is interesting, in these days of lightning, to read an account of how +the Herald beat its local rivals in getting out an account of the +President's Message in 1849. A column synopsis was received by telegraph +from New York, and published in the morning edition, and the second +edition, issued a few hours later, contained the long document in full, +and was put on the street at least a half-hour earlier than the other +dailies. How the message was brought from Washington is thus described: +J.F. Calhoun, of New Haven, was the messenger, and he started from the +capital by rail at two o'clock on the morning of December 24; a steamtug +in waiting conveyed him, on his arrival, from Jersey City to New York; a +horse and chaise took him from the wharf to the New Haven depot, then in +Thirty-second Street, where he mounted a special engine and at 10 P.M. +started for Boston. He reached Boston at 6.20 the next morning, after an +eventful journey, having lost a half-hour by a derailed tender and an +hour and a half by the smashup of a freight-train. + +The Herald, feeble as it was in many respects at first, managed to +struggle through the financial diseases incident to newspaper infancy so +stoutly that at the opening of 1847, when it had attained the age of +four months, its sponsors were able to give it a New-Year dress of new +type, to increase the size of its pages to seven columns, measuring +twenty-one by seventeen inches, and to add a morning and a weekly +edition. The paper in its new form, with a neat head in Roman letters +replacing the former unsightly title, and printed on a new Adams press, +presented a marked improvement. + +Mr. Eaton continued in charge of the evening edition, while the new +morning issue was placed in the hands of Mr. George W. Tyler. The Herald +under this joint management presented its readers with from eight to ten +columns of reading-matter daily. Two columns of editorials, four of +local news, and two of clippings from "exchanges," were about the +average. News by telegraph was not plenty, and, as has already been +intimated, very little of it was printed during the first year. Yet, the +Herald was a live and lively paper, and published nothing but "live +matter." Much prominence was given to reports of affairs about home, and +in consequence the circulation soon exhibited a marked improvement. + +At this time the proprietors entered on a novel journalistic experiment. +They allowed one editor to give "Whig" views and another to talk +"Democracy." The public did not take kindly to this mixed diet, and Mr. +Eaton, the purveyor of Democratic wisdom, was permitted to withdraw, +leaving Mr. Tyler, the Whiggite, in possession of the field. + +Meantime, Mr. French had bought out the original proprietors one by one, +with the exception of Mr. Stowers, and in March their names appeared as +publishers at the head of the paper. The publication-office was removed +to more spacious quarters, and the press was thereafter run by +steam-power rented from a neighboring manufactory. At the end of the +month a statement of the circulation showed a total of eleven thousand +two hundred and seventy. + +In May, 1847, The American Eagle died peacefully. About this period +Messrs. Tucker and Tyler left the Herald, and Mr. Stowers disposed of +his interest to Samuel K. Head. The new editor of the paper was William +Joseph Snelling, who acquired considerable local fame as a bold and +fearless writer. He died in the December of the following year. Under a +new manager, Mr. Samuel R. Glen, the Herald developed into a successful +news gatherer. + +Special telegrams were regularly received from New York, a Washington +correspondent was secured, and the paper covered a much broader field +than it ever had before. Eight to ten columns of reading-matter were +printed daily, and it was invariably bright and entertaining. The +circulation showed a steady increase, and on August 17, 1848, was +declared to be eighteen thousand seven hundred and fifteen daily, a +figure from which it did not recede during the autumn and winter. After +the death of Mr. Snelling, Mr. Tyler was recalled to the chief editorial +chair, and heartily co-operated with Mr. Glen and the proprietors in +keeping the paper abreast of the times. On April 2, 1849, the custom of +printing four editions daily was inaugurated. The first was dated 5 +o'clock, A.M., the second, 8, the third, 12 M., and the fourth, 2.30 +P.M. That day the force of compositors was increased by four men, and +the paper was for the first time printed on a Hoe double-cylinder press, +run by steam-power, and capable of producing six thousand impressions an +hour. Mr. Head withdrew from the firm about this time, and Mr. French +was announced as sole proprietor throughout the remainder of the year. +In October the announcement was made that the Herald had a larger +circulation than any other paper published in Boston or elsewhere, and +the publisher made a successful demand for the post-office advertising, +which by law was to be given to the paper having the greatest +circulation. + +During this year (1849) the Herald distanced its competitors and +accomplished a feat that was the talk of the town for a long time +afterwards, by reporting in full the trial of Professor Webster +for the murder of Dr. Parkman. Extras giving longhand reports of this +extraordinary case were issued hourly during the day, and the morning +edition contained a shorthand report of the testimony and proceedings +of the day previous. The extras were issued in New York as well as in +Boston, the report having been telegraphed sheet by sheet as fast as +written, and printed there simultaneously with the Herald's. The type +of the verbatim report was kept standing, and within an hour after the +verdict was rendered pamphlets containing a complete record of the +trial were for sale on the street. The year 1850 found the Herald as +prosperous as it had been during the previous twelvemonth. In September, +the editorial, composing, and press rooms were transferred to No. 6 +Williams Court, where they remained until abandoned for the new Herald +Building, February 9, 1878, and the business-office was removed to No. +203 (now No. 241) Washington Street. Early in 1851, through some +inexplicable cause, Mr. French suddenly found himself financially +embarrassed. In July he disposed of the paper to John M. Barnard, and +soon after retired to a farm in Maine. Mr. Tyler was retained in charge +of the editorial department; but Mr. Glen resigned and was succeeded as +managing editor by Mr. A.A. Wallace. During the remainder of the year +the Herald did not display much enterprise in gathering news. Its +special telegraphic reports were meagre and averaged no more than a +"stickful" daily, and it was cut off from the privileges of the +Associated Press dispatches. In 1852 there was a marked improvement in +the paper, but it did not reach the standard it established in 1850. +Two new presses, one of Hoe's and the other a Taylor's Napier, were this +year put in use, which bettered the typography of the sheet. In 1853 the +Herald was little more than a record of local events, its telegraphic +reports being almost as brief and unsatisfactory as during the first +year of its existence. But the circulation kept up wonderfully well, +growing, according to the sworn statements of the proprietor, from +sixteen thousand five hundred and five in January to twenty-three +thousand two hundred and ten in December. The Herald of 1854 was a much +better paper than that of the year previous, exerting far more energy in +obtaining and printing news. On April 1 it was enlarged for the second +time and came out with columns lengthened two inches, the pages +measuring twenty-three by seventeen inches. The circulation continued to +increase, and, by the sworn statements published, grew from twenty-five +thousand two hundred and sixteen in January to thirty thousand eight +hundred and fifty-eight in June. Success continued through the year +1855. In February, Mr. Barnard, while remaining proprietor, withdrew +from active management, and Edwin C. Bailey and A. Milton Lawrence +became the publishers. There were also some changes in the editorial and +reportorial staff. Henry R. Tracy became assistant editor, and Charles +H. Andrews (now one of the editors and proprietors) was engaged as a +reporter. There were then engaged in the composing-room a foreman and +eight compositors, one of whom, George G. Bailey, subsequently became +foreman, and later one of the proprietors. Printers will be interested +to know that the weekly composition bill averaged one hundred and +seventy-five dollars. This year but one edition was published in the +morning, while the first evening edition was dated 12 M., the second, +1.30 P.M., and a "postscript" was issued at 2.30 P.M., to contain the +latest news for city circulation. Twelve to fourteen columns of +reading-matter were printed daily, two of which were editorial, two news +by telegraph, two gleanings from "exchanges," and the remainder local +reports, correspondence, etc. The average daily circulation during 1855 +was claimed to have been thirty thousand, but was probably something +less. + +Early in 1856 a change took place in the proprietorship, Mr. Barnard +selling out to Mr. Bailey, and Mr. Lawrence retiring. + +Mr. Bailey brought to his new task a great deal of native energy and +enterprise, and he was ably seconded by the other gentlemen connected +with the paper, in his efforts to make the Herald a thoroughly live +journal. He strengthened his staff by engaging as assistant editor, +Justin Andrews, who had for some years held a similar position on The +Daily Times, and who subsequently became one of the news-managers of the +Herald, holding the office until, as one of the proprietors, he disposed +of his interest in 1873. + +During Mr. Bailey's first year as proprietor he enlarged the facilities +for obtaining news, and paid particular attention to reporting the +events of the political campaign when Fremont was run against Buchanan +for the presidency. The result of the election was announced with a +degree of detail never before displayed in the Herald's columns or in +those of its contemporaries. The editorial course of the paper that year +is perhaps best explained by the following paragraph, printed a few days +after the election: "One of our contemporaries says the Herald has +alternately pleased and displeased both parties during this campaign. +That is our opinion. How could it be different if we told them the +truth? And that was our only aim." The circulation during election week +averaged forty-one thousand six hundred and ninety-three copies daily; +throughout the year it was nearly thirty thousand--considerably larger +than during the preceding year--and the boast that it was more than +double that of any other paper in Boston undoubtedly was justified by +the facts. Mechanically, the paper was well got up; in July the two +presses which had been in use for a number of years were discarded, +and a new four-cylinder Hoe press, having a capacity of ten thousand +impressions an hour, was set up in their place. Ten compositors were +employed, and the weekly composition bill averaged one hundred and sixty +dollars. In 1857 the Herald was a much better paper than it had ever +been, the Messrs. Andrews, upon whom the burden of its management +devolved, sparing no effort to make it newsy and bright in every +department. Beginning the year with a daily circulation of about thirty +thousand, in April it reached forty-two thousand, and when on the +twenty-third of that month the subscription list, carriers' routes, +agencies, etc., of The Daily Times were acquired by purchase, there was +another considerable increase, the issue of May 30 reaching forty-five +thousand one hundred and twenty. In 1858 the Herald continued its +prosperous career in the same general direction. Its telegraphic +facilities were improved, and events in all parts of the country were +well reported, while local news was most carefully attended to. The +editors and reporters this year numbered eleven, and the force in the +mechanical departments was correspondingly increased. A new six-cylinder +Hoe press was put in use, alongside the four-cylinder machine, and both +were frequently taxed to their utmost capacity to print the large +editions demanded by the public. The bills for white paper during the +year were upwards of seventy thousand dollars, which, in those ante-war +times, was a large sum. The circulation averaged over forty thousand +per diem. In 1859 the system of keeping an accurate account of the +circulation was inaugurated, and the actual figures of each day's issue +were recorded and published. From this record it is learned that the +Herald, from a circulation of forty-one thousand one hundred and +ninety-three in January, rose to fifty-three thousand and twenty-six in +December. Twelve compositors were regularly employed this year, and the +weekly composition bill was two hundred dollars. The year 1860 brought +the exciting presidential campaign which resulted in the election of +Abraham Lincoln. Great pains were taken to keep the Herald's readers +fully informed of the movements of all the political parties, and its +long reports of the national conventions, meetings, speeches, etc., in +all parts of the country, especially in New England, brought it to the +notice of many new readers. The average daily circulation for the year +was a little over fifty-four thousand, and the issue on the morning +after the November election reached seventy-three thousand seven hundred +and fifty-two, the largest edition since the Webster trial. E.B. +Haskell, now one of the proprietors, entered the office as a reporter in +1860, and was soon promoted to an editorial position. A year later R.M. +Pulsifer, another of the present proprietors, entered the business +department. + +The breaking out of the Civil War in the spring of 1861 created a great +demand for news, and an increase in the circulation of all the daily +papers was the immediate result. It is hardly necessary to say here that +the Herald warmly espoused the cause of the Union, and that the events +of that stirring period were faithfully chronicled in its columns. To +meet a call for news on Sunday, a morning edition for that day was +established on May 26; the new sheet was received with favor by the +reading public, and from an issue of ten thousand at the outset its +circulation has reached, at the present time, nearly one hundred +thousand. The Herald's enterprise was appreciated all through the war, +and as there were no essential changes in the methods of its management +or in the members of its staff, a recapitulation of statistics taken +from its books will suffice here as a record of its progress. In 1861 +the average circulation was sixty thousand; the largest edition +(reporting the attack on the sixth Massachusetts regiment in Baltimore), +ninety-two thousand four hundred and forty-eight; the white paper bill, +one hundred and eight thousand dollars; the salary list, forty thousand +dollars; telegraph tolls, sixty-five hundred dollars. In 1862 the +average circulation was sixty-five thousand one hundred and sixteen; the +largest edition, eighty-four thousand; the white paper bill, +ninety-three thousand five hundred dollars; the salary list, forty-three +thousand dollars; telegraph tolls, eight thousand dollars. In 1863 the +average circulation was thirty-six thousand one hundred and +twenty-eight; the largest issue, seventy-four thousand; the paper bill, +ninety-five thousand dollars; salaries, forty-six thousand five hundred +dollars; telegraphing, eight thousand dollars. In July the four-cylinder +Hoe press was replaced by one with six cylinders, from the same maker. +In 1864 the average circulation was thirty-seven thousand and +eighty-eight; largest issue, fifty thousand eight hundred and eighty; +paper bill, one hundred and twenty-eight thousand dollars; salaries, +fifty-eight thousand dollars; telegraph, ten thousand five hundred +dollars. The cost of white paper rose to such a figure that the +proprietors of Boston dailies were compelled to increase the price of +their journals, and a mutual agreement was made on August 15 whereby the +Herald charged three cents a copy and the others five cents. On June 1, +1865, the price of the Herald was reduced to its former rate of two +cents. The average circulation that year was thirty-seven thousand six +hundred and seventeen; the largest day's issue, eighty-three thousand +five hundred and twenty; the paper bill was about the same as in 1864, +but the telegraphic expenses ran up to fifteen thousand dollars. The +circulation in 1866 averaged forty-five thousand eight hundred and +forty-eight, and on several occasions rose to seventy thousand and more. +Twenty-one compositors were regularly employed, and the average weekly +composition bill was five hundred dollars. Paper that year cost one +hundred and fifty-two thousand dollars, and the telegraph bill was +fifteen thousand five hundred dollars. In 1867 seventy persons were on +the Herald's payroll, a larger number than ever before. The circulation +showed a steady gain, and the average for the year was fifty-two +thousand one hundred and eighteen. The paper bill was one hundred +and fifty-six thousand dollars, and the expense of telegraphing, +twenty-three thousand dollars. In 1868 the circulation continued to +increase, and the daily average reached fifty-four thousand seven +hundred and forty; white paper cost one hundred and fifty-three thousand +dollars, and telegraphing, twenty-eight thousand dollars. + +In 1869 occurred an important event in the Herald's history. Mr. Bailey, +who had acquired an interest in 1855 and became sole proprietor a year +later, decided to sell out, and on April 1 it was announced that he had +disposed of the paper to Royal M. Pulsifer, Edwin B. Haskell, Charles H. +Andrews, Justin Andrews, and George G. Bailey. All these gentlemen were +at the time and had for some years previously been connected with the +Herald: the first-named in the business department, the next three on +the editorial staff, and the last as foreman of the composing-room. In +announcing their purchase, the firm, which was then and ever since has +been styled R.M. Pulsifer and Company, said in the editorial column: "We +shall use our best endeavors to make the Herald strictly a newspaper, +with the freshest and most trustworthy intelligence of all that is going +on in this busy age; and to this end we shall spare no expense in any +department.... The Herald will be in the future, as it has been in the +past, essentially a people's paper, the organ of no clique or party, +advocating at all proper times those measures which tend to promote the +welfare of our country, and to secure the greatest good to the greatest +number. It will exert its influence in favor of simplicity and economy +in the administration of the government, and toleration and liberality +in our social institutions. It will not hesitate to point out abuses or +to commend good measures, from whatever source they come, and it will +contain candid reports of all proceedings which go to make up the +discussions of current topics. It will give its readers all the news, +condensed when necessary and in an intelligible and readable form, with +a free use of the telegraph by reliable reporters and correspondents." +That these promises have been sacredly fulfilled up to the present +moment cannot be denied even by readers and contemporary sheets whose +opinions have been in direct opposition to those expressed in the +Herald's editorial columns. No pains or expense have been spared to +obtain the news from all quarters of the globe, and the paper's most +violent opponent will find it impossible to substantiate a charge that +the intelligence collected with such care and thoroughness has in a +single instance been distorted or colored in the publication to suit the +editorial policy pursued at the time. The expression of opinions has +always, under the present management, been confined to the editorial +columns, and here a course of absolute independence has been followed. + +The Herald, immediately upon coming under the control of the new +proprietors, showed a marked accession of enterprise, and that this +change for the better was appreciated by the reading public was proved +by the fact that during the year 1869 the circulation rose from a daily +average of fifty-three thousand four hundred and sixty-five in January +to sixty thousand five hundred and thirty-five in December, the increase +having been regular and permanent, and not caused by any "spurts" +arising from extraordinary events. On New Year's day, 1870, the Herald +was enlarged for the third time, to its present size, by the addition of +another column and lengthening the pages to correspond. On September 3, +of that year, the circulation for the first time passed above one +hundred thousand, the issue containing an account of the battle of Sedan +reaching a sale of over one hundred and five thousand copies. The +average daily circulation for the year was more than seventy-three +thousand. Finding it impossible, from the growing circulation of the +paper, to supply the demand with the two six-cylinder presses printing +from type, it was determined, early in the year, to stereotype the +forms, so that duplicate plates could be used simultaneously on both. +The requisite machinery was introduced therefor, and on June 8, 1870, +was put in use for the first time. For nearly ten years the Herald was +the only paper in Boston printed from stereotype plates. In 1871 the +average daily circulatian was eighty-three thousand nine hundred, a gain +of nearly eleven thousand over the previous year. On a number of +occasions the edition reached as high as one hundred and twelve +thousand. On October 1 George G. Bailey disposed of his interest in the +paper to the other proprietors, and retired from the firm. In 1872 there +was a further increase in the circulation, the daily average having been +ninety-three thousand five hundred. One issue (after the Great Fire) +reached two hundred and twenty thousand, and several were not much below +that figure. The first Bullock perfecting-press ever used east of New +York was put in operation in the Herald office in June, 1872; this press +feeds itself from a continuous roll of paper, and prints both sides, +cutting and delivering the papers complete. On January 1, 1873, Justin +Andrews, who had been connected with the Herald, as one of its editors +since 1856, and as one of the proprietors who succeeded Mr. Bailey in +1869, sold his interest to his partners, and retired from newspaper life +altogether. Since that date, the ownership in the Herald has been vested +in R.M. Pulsifer, E.B. Haskell, and Charles H. Andrews. The circulation +in 1873 exceeded one hundred and one thousand daily; in 1874 one hundred +and seven thousand; in 1875 one hundred and twelve thousand; in 1876 one +hundred and sixteen thousand five hundred. On November 8, of that year, +the day after the presidential election, the issue was two hundred and +twenty-three thousand two hundred and fifty-six. The two six-cylinder +Hoe presses had given place, in 1874, to two more Bullock machines, and +a Mayall press was added in 1876; the four were run to their utmost +capacity on the occasion just mentioned, and the magnitude of the day's +work will be better understood when it is stated that between 4 A.M. and +11 P.M. fourteen tons of paper were printed and sold, an amount which +would make a continuous sheet the width of the Herald two hundred and +fifty miles long. In 1877 a fourth Bullock press was put in use, and the +Mayall was removed to Hawley Street, where type, stands for fifty +compositors, a complete apparatus for stereotyping, and all the +necessary machinery, materials, and implements are kept in readiness to +"start up" at any moment, in case a fire or other disaster prevents the +issue of the regular editions in the main office. + +On February 9, 1878, the Herald was issued for the first time from the +new building erected by its proprietors at No. 255 Washington Street. +This structure has a lofty and ornate front of gray granite with +trimmings of red granite; it covers an irregular shaped lot, something +in the form of the letter L. From Washington Street, where it has a +width of thirty-one feet nine inches, it extends back one hundred and +seventy-nine feet, and from the rear a wing runs northward to Williams +Court forty feet. This wing was originally twenty-five feet wide on the +court; but in 1882 an adjoining lot, formerly occupied by the old Herald +Building, was purchased and built upon, increasing the width of the wing +and its frontage on the court to eighty-five feet. The structure forms +one of the finest and most convenient newspaper-offices in the country. +In the basement are the pressroom, where at the present time six Bullock +perfecting-presses (two with folders attached) are run by two +45-horse-power engines; the stereotype-room, where the latest +improvements in machinery have enabled the casting, finishing, and +placing on the press of two plates in less than eight minutes after the +receipt of a "form"; the two dynamos and the engine running them, which +supply the electricity for the incandescent lights with which every room +in the building is illuminated; and the storage-room for paper and other +supplies. On the first floor are the business-office, a very handsome +and spacious apartment facing Washington Street, and finished in +mahogany, rare marbles, and brasswork; the delivery and mailing rooms, +whence the editions are sent out for distribution at the Williams-court +door. On the second floor are the reception-room, the library, and the +apartments of the editor-in-chief, managing editor, and department +editors. On the third floor are the general manager's office and the +rooms of the news and city editors and the reporters. The entire fourth +floor is used as a composing-room, where stand "frames" for ninety-six +compositors; the foreman and his assistants have each a private office, +and a private room is assigned to the proofreaders. All the editors' and +reporters' rooms are spacious, well lighted, and admirably ventilated; +they are finished in native woods, varnished, and are handsomely +furnished. Electric call-bells, speaking-tubes, and pneumatic-tubes +furnish means of communication with all the departments, and no expense +has been spared in supplying every convenience for facilitating work and +the comfort of the employees. + +With increased facilities came continued prosperity. The business +depression in 1877 affected the circulation of the Herald, as it did +that of every newspaper in the country, and the circulation that year +was not so large as during the year previous; still, the daily average +was one hundred and three thousand copies. + +The array of men employed in the various departments of the Herald at +the present time would astonish the founders of the paper. In 1846 the +editorial and reportorial staff consisted of two men; now it comprises +seventy-seven. Six compositors were employed then; now there are one +hundred and forty-seven. One pressman and an assistant easily printed +the Herald, and another daily paper as well, in those days, upon one +small handpress; now forty men find constant employment in attending the +engines and the six latest improved perfecting-presses required to issue +the editions on time. The business department was then conducted with +ease by one man, who generally found time to attend to the mailing and +sale of papers; now twenty-one persons have plenty to do in the +counting-room, and the delivery-room engages the services of twenty. +Then stereotyping the forms of a daily newspaper was an unheard-of +proceeding; now fourteen men are employed in the Herald's foundery. The +salaries and bills for composition aggregated scarcely one hundred and +fifty dollars a week then; now the weekly composition bill averages over +three thousand dollars, and the payroll of the other departments reaches +three thousand dollars every week, and frequently exceeds that sum. Then +the Herald depended for outside news upon the meagre dispatches of +telegraph agencies in New York (the Associated Press system was not +inaugurated until 1848-49, and New England papers were not admitted to +its privileges until some years later), and such occasional +correspondence as its friends in this and other States sent in free of +charge. Now it not only receives the full dispatches of the Associated +Press, but has news bureaus of its own in London, Paris, New York, and +Washington, and special correspondents in every city of any considerable +size throughout the country. All these are in constant communication +with the office and are instructed to use the telegraph without stint +when the occasion demands. The Herald has grown from a little four-paged +sheet, nine by fourteen inches in dimensions, to such an extent that +daily supplements are required to do justice to readers as well as +advertisers, and it is necessary to print an eight-paged edition as +often as four times a week during the busy season of the year. + +The Herald has achieved a great success; it has broadened from year to +year since the present proprietors assumed control. It has been their +steadily followed purpose gradually to elevate the tone of their paper, +till it should reach the highest level of American journalism. They have +done this, and, at the same time, they have retained their enormous +constituency. The wonderful educating power of a great newspaper cannot +easily be overestimated. It is the popular university to which thousands +upon thousands of readers resort daily for intelligent comment on the +events of the world--the great wars, the suggestions of science, the +achievements of the engineers, home and foreign politics, etc. That such +a great newspaper as the Herald, wherein the elucidating comment is kept +up from day to day by cultivated writers trained in journalism, must +perform many of the functions of a university is clear. The news columns +of the Herald are a perfect mirror of the great world's busy life. The +ocean-cable is employed to an extent which would have seemed recklessly +extravagant ten years ago. It has its news bureaus in the great capitals +of civilization; its roving correspondents may be found, at the date of +this writing, exploring the Panama Canal, the interior of Mexico, +studying the railway system of Great Britain, investigating Mormon +homelife, scouring the vast level stretches of Dakota, traversing the +great Central States of the Union for presidential "pointers," making a +tour of the Southern States to secure trustworthy data as to the +progress achieved in education there, and journeying along the coast of +hundred-harbored Maine for the latest information as to the growth of +the newer summer resorts in that picturesque region. In large and quiet +rooms in the home office a force of copy-readers is preparing the +correspondence from all over the world for the compositors; at the news +desks trained men are working day and night over telegrams flashed from +far and near, eliminating useless words, punctuating, putting on +"heads," and otherwise dressing copy for the typesetters. The enormous +amount of detail work in a great paper is not easily to be conveyed to +the non-professional reader. From the managing editor, whose brain is +employed in inventing new ideas for his subordinates to carry into +execution, to that very important functionary, the proof-reader, who +corrects the errors of the types, there is a distracting amount of +detail work performed every day. The Herald is managed with very little +friction; the great machine runs as if oiled. With an abundance of +capital, an ungrudging expenditure of money in the pursuit of news, a +great working-force well disciplined and systematized, it goes on +weekday after weekday, turning out nine editions daily, and on Sundays +giving to the public sixteen closely-crowded pages, an intellectual +bill-of-fare from which all may select according to individual +preference. + +The organization of the Herald force is almost ideally perfect. Its +three proprietors, all of whom are still on the ascending grade of the +hill of life, share in the daily duties of their vast establishment. +Colonel Royal M. Pulsifer is the publisher of the paper, and has charge +of the counting-room, the delivery, press, and composition rooms, the +three last departments being under competent foremen. A large share of +the wonderful business success of the Herald is due to his sagacity and +liberality. He is a publisher who expends at long range, not expecting +immediate returns. Under this generous and wisely prudent policy of +spending liberally for large future returns the Herald has grown to its +present proportions. The editor-in-chief of the paper is Mr. Edwin B. +Haskell, who directs the political and general editorial policy of the +paper. He has the courage of his independence, and is independent even +of the Independents. Since he assumed the editorial chair, the Herald +has fought consistently for honest money, for a reformed civil service, +for the purification of municipal politics, for freer trade, and local +self-government. The editor of the Herald writes strong Saxon-English, +believing that in a daily newspaper the people should be addressed in a +plain, understandable style. He has an unexpected way of putting things, +his arguments are enlivened by a rare humor, and clinched frequently by +some anecdote or popular allusion. The third partner, Mr. Charles H. +Andrews, is one of those newspaper men who are born journalists. He has +the gift of common sense. His judgment is always sound. The news end of +the Herald establishment is under control of Mr. Andrews, and to no man +more than to him is due the wonderful development of the Herald's news +features. The executive officer of the Herald ship is the managing +editor, Mr. John H. Holmes, who is known to newspaper workers all over +the country as a man of great journalistic ability. He has the +cosmopolitan mind; is free from local prejudices, and can take in the +value of news three thousand miles away as quickly as if the happening +were at the office door. An untiring, sleepless man, prodigal of his +energies in the development of the Herald into a great world-paper, +Mr. Holmes is a type of that distinctively modern development, the +"newspaper man." Men of adventurous minds, of breadth of view, and +delighting in positive achievements, take to journalism in these days as +in the sixteenth century they became navigators of the globe, explorers +of distant regions, and founders of new empires. + +Years ago the Herald outgrew the provincial idea that the happenings of +the streets must be of more importance, and, consequently, demanding +more space, than events of universal interest in the chief centres of +the world. The policy of the paper has been, while neglecting nothing of +news value at home, and while photographing all events of local +importance with fulness and accuracy, to keep its readers _au courant_ +with the world's progress. In all departments of sporting intelligence +the Herald is an acknowledged authority; its dramatic news is fuller +than that of any paper in the country; it "covers," to use a newspaper +technicality, the world's metropolis on the banks of the Thames not with +a single correspondent, but with a corps of able writers; during the +recent troubles in Ireland one of its special correspondents traversed +that distracted country, giving to his paper the most graphic picture of +Irish distress and discontent, and he capped the climax of journalistic +achievement by interviewing the leading British statesmen on the Irish +theme, making a long letter, which was cabled to the Herald and +recabled back the same day to the London press, which had to take, at +second-hand, the enterprise of the great New-England daily. At Paris, +the world's pleasure capital, the chief seat of science, it is ably +represented, and its Italian correspondence has been ample and +excellent. When public attention was first drawn to Mexico by the +opening up of that land of mystery and revolutions by American +railway-builders, the Herald put three correspondents into that field, +and made Mexico an open book to the reading public. It is one of the +characteristics of the paper's policy to take up and exhaust all topics +of great current interest, and then to pass quickly on to something new. +In dealing with topics of interest of local importance, the paper has +long been noted for exhaustive special articles by writers of accuracy +and fitness for their task. Its New York City staff comprises a general +correspondent, a political observer, a chronicler of business failures, +an accomplished art critic, a fashion writer, a theatrical +correspondent, and three general news correspondents, using the wires. +The Herald is something more than a Boston paper. It has a wide reach, +and employs electricity more freely than did the oldtime newspaper the +post-horse. + +In its closely-printed columns the Herald has, during the last decade, +given to its readers a cyclopaedia of the world's daily doings. +Portraitures of men of affairs done by skilled writers, the fullest +records of contemporaneous events, the gossip and news of the chief +towns of the globe,--all this has made up a complete record to which the +future historian may turn. + +To manage such a paper requires a cooerdination of forces and an +intellectual breadth of view deserving to be ranked with the work and +attributes of a successful general. Not to wait for the slow processes +of legislation, to be up and ahead of the government itself, to be alert +and untiring--this is the newspaper ideal. How near the Herald has come +to this, its enduring popularity, its great profits, and its wide fame +and influence, best show. + + * * * * * + + + + +WACHUSETT MOUNTAIN AND PRINCETON. + +By Atherton P. Mason. + + +Almost the first land seen by a person on board a vessel approaching the +Massachusetts coast is the summit of Wachusett Mountain; and any one +standing upon its rocky top beholds more of Massachusetts than can be +seen from any other mountain in the State. For these two reasons, if for +no others, a short historical and sceno-graphical description of this +lonely and majestic eminence, and of the beautiful township in which it +lies, would seem to be interesting. + +Wachusett, or "Great Watchusett Hill," as it was originally called, lies +in the northern part of the township of Princeton, and is about fifty +miles due west from Boston. The Nashaways, or Nashuas, originally held +this tract and all the land west of the river that still bears their +name, and they gave to this mountain and the region around its base the +name of "Watchusett." Rising by a gradual ascent from its base, it has +the appearance of a vast dome. The Reverend Peter Whitney[2] speaking of +its dimensions, says: "The circumference of this monstrous mass is about +three miles, and its height is 3,012 feet above the level of the sea, as +was found by the Hon. John Winthrop, Esq., LL.D., in the year 1777: and +this must be 1,800 or 1,900 feet above the level of the adjacent +country." More recent measurements have not materially changed these +figures, so they may be regarded as substantially correct. + +The first mention, and probably the first sight, of this mountain, or of +any portion of the region now comprised in Worcester County, is recorded +in Governor Winthrop's journal, in which, under the date of January 27, +1632, is written: "The Governour and some company with him, went up by +Charles River about eight miles above Watertown." The party after +climbing an eminence in the vicinity of their halting-place saw "a very +high hill, due west about forty miles off, and to the N.W. the high +hills by Merrimack, above sixty miles off," The "very high hill" seen by +them for the first time was unquestionably Wachusett. + +"On the 20th of October, 1759, the General Court of Massachusetts, +passed an act for incorporating the east wing, so called, of Rutland, +together with sundry farms and some publick lands contiguous thereto," +as a district under the name of Prince Town, "to perpetuate the name and +memory of the late Rev. Thomas Prince, colleague pastor of the Old South +church in Boston, and a large proprietor of this tract of land." The +district thus incorporated contained about nineteen thousand acres; but +on April 24, 1771, its inhabitants petitioned the General Court, that +it, "with all the lands adjoining said District, not included in any +other town or District," be incorporated into a town by the name of +Princeton; and by the granting of this petition, the area of the town +was increased to twenty-two thousand acres. + +The principal citizen of Princeton at this period was the Honorable +Moses Gill, who married the daughter of the Reverend Thomas Prince. He +was a man of considerable note in the county also, holding office as one +of the judges of the court of common pleas for the county of Worcester, +and being "for several years Counsellor of this Commonwealth." His +country-seat, located at Princeton, was a very extensive estate, +comprising nearly three thousand acres. Mr. Whitney appears to have been +personally familiar with this place, and his description of it is so +graphic and enthusiastic, that it may be interesting to quote a portion +of it. + +"His noble and elegant seat is about one mile and a quarter from the +meeting-house, to the south. The mansion-house is large, being fifty by +fifty feet, with four stacks of chimneys. The farmhouse is forty feet by +thirty-six. In a line with this stands the coach and chaise house, fifty +feet by thirty-six. This is joined to the barn by a shed seventy feet in +length--the barn is two hundred feet by thirty-two. Very elegant fences +are erected around the mansion-house, the outhouses, and the garden. +When we view this seat, these buildings, and this farm of so many +hundred acres under a high degree of profitable cultivation, and are +told that in the year 1776 it was a perfect wilderness, we are struck +with wonder, admiration, and astonishment. Upon the whole, the seat of +Judge Gill, all the agreeable circumstances respecting it being +attentively considered, is not paralleled by any in the New England +States: perhaps not by any this side the Delaware." + +Judge Gill was a very benevolent and enterprising man, and did much to +advance the welfare of the town in its infancy. During the first thirty +years of its existence, it increased rapidly in wealth and population, +having in 1790 one thousand and sixteen inhabitants. For the next +half-century it increased slowly, having in 1840 thirteen hundred and +forty-seven inhabitants. Since then, like all our beautiful New-England +farming-towns, it has fallen off in population, having at the present +time but little over one thousand people dwelling within its limits. Yet +neither the town nor the character of the people has degenerated in the +last century. Persevering industry has brought into existence in this +town some of the most beautiful farms in New England, and in 1875 the +value of farm products was nearly a quarter of a million dollars. +Manufacturing has never been carried on to any great extent in this +town. "In Princeton there are four grist mills, five saw mills, and one +fulling mill and clothiers' works," says Whitney in 1793. Now lumber and +chair-stock are the principal manufactured products, and in 1875 the +value of these, together with the products of other smaller +manufacturing industries, was nearly seventy thousand dollars. + +Princeton is the birthplace of several men who have become well known, +among whom may be mentioned Edward Savage (1761-1817), noted as a +skilful portrait-painter; David Everett (1770-1813), the journalist, and +author of those familiar schoolboy verses beginning:-- + + "You'd scarce expect one of my age + To speak in public on the stage"; + + +and Leonard Woods, D.D., the eminent theologian. + +This locality derives additional interest from the fact that Mrs. +Rowlandson, in her book entitled Twenty Removes, designates it as the +place where King Philip released her from captivity in the spring of +1676. Tradition still points out the spot where this release took place, +in a meadow near a large bowlder at the eastern base of the mountain. +The bowlder is known to this day as "Redemption Rock." It is quite near +the margin of Wachusett Lake, a beautiful sheet of water covering over +one hundred acres. This is a favorite place for picnic parties from +neighboring towns, and the several excellent hotels and boarding-houses +in the immediate vicinity afford accommodations for summer visitors, who +frequent this locality in large numbers. + +The Indian history of this region is brief, but what there is of it is +interesting to us on account of King Philip's connection with it. At the +outbreak of the Narragansett War, in 1675, the Wachusetts, in spite of +their solemn compact with the colonists, joined King Philip, and, after +his defeat, "the lands about the Wachusetts" became one of his +headquarters, and he was frequently in that region. For many years their +wigwams were scattered about the base of the mountain and along the +border of the lake, and tradition informs us that on a large flat rock +near the lake their council-fires were often lighted. + +Until 1751, but three families had settled in the Wachusett tract. In +May of that year Robert Keyes, a noted hunter, settled there with his +family, upon the eastern slope of the mountain, near where the present +carriage-road to the summit begins. On April 14, 1755, a child of his +named Lucy, about five years old, strayed away, presumably to follow +her sisters who had gone to the lake, about a mile distant. She was +never heard of again, though the woods were diligently searched for +weeks. Whitney speaks of this incident, and concludes that "she was +taken by the Indians and carried into their country, and soon forgot +her relations, lost her native language, and became as one of the +aborigines." In 1765 Keyes petitioned the General Court to grant him "ye +easterly half of said Wachusett hill" in consideration of the loss of +"100 pounds lawful money" incurred by him in seeking for his lost child. +This petition was endorsed "negatived" in the handwriting of the +secretary. With this one exception the early settlers of Princeton seem +to have suffered very little at the hands of the Indians. + +Princeton, in common with its neighbors, underwent much religious +controversy during the first half-century of its existence. The first +meeting-house, "50 foots long and 40 foots wide," was erected in 1762 +"on the highest part of the land, near three pine trees, being near a +large flat rock." This edifice was taken down in 1796, and replaced by a +more "elegant" building, which in turn was removed in 1838. The three +pine trees are now no more, but the flat rock remains, and on account of +the fine sunset view obtained from it has been named "Sunset Rock." + +The first minister in Princeton was the Reverend Timothy Fuller, settled +in 1767. In 1768 the General Court granted him Wachusett Mountain to +compensate him for his settlement over "a heavily burdened people in a +wilderness country." It was certainly at that time neither a profitable +nor useful gift, and it was a pity to have this grand old pile pass into +private hands. Mr. Fuller continued as pastor until 1776. His successors +were the Reverend Thomas Crafts, the Reverend Joseph Russell, and the +Reverend James Murdock, D.D. At the time when Dr. Murdock left, in 1815, +Unitarian sentiments had developed extensively, and "the town and a +minority of the church" called the Reverend Samuel Clarke, who had been +a pupil of Dr. Channing. The call was accepted and, as a result, a +portion of the church seceded and built a small house of worship; but in +1836 the church and society reunited and have remained so ever since. + +In 1817 a Baptist society was organized, and had several pastors; but in +1844 the society began to diminish, and not long after ceased to exist. +The meeting-house was sold and is now an hotel--the Prospect House. In +1839 a Methodist Episcopal Church was organized which still flourishes. + +Besides Wachusett Mountain there are two other hills in Princeton that +are deserving of mention--Pine Hill and Little Wachusett. The former is +about two miles from the centre of the town and not far from Wachusett, +and the latter is about half a mile to the north of the centre. Neither +of these hills is large or high, their elevation being about one +thousand feet less than that of Wachusett, but they appear like two +beautiful children of the majestic father that looms above them. All +these hills were once heavily wooded, but much timber has been cut off +during the last century, and forest-fires have devastated portions at +different times; yet there is still an abundance left. Whitney speaks of +the region as abounding in oak of various kinds, chestnut, white ash, +beech, birch, and maple, with some butternut and walnut trees. The +vigorous growth of the primeval forest indicated the strength and +richness of the soil which has since been turned to such profitable use +by the farmers. The houses in which the people live are all substantial, +convenient, and, in many cases, beautiful, being surrounded by neatly +kept grounds and well-tilled land. + +In a hilly country such as this is, springs and brooks of course abound. +The height of land upon which Princeton is situated is a watershed +between the Connecticut and Merrimack Rivers, and of the three beautiful +brooks having their source in the township, one, Wachusett Brook, runs +into Ware River, and thence to the Connecticut, while the other two, +East Wachusett and Keyes Brooks, get to the Merrimack by Still River and +the Nashua. + +Mention has been made of Wachusett Lake. Properly speaking, this cannot +perhaps be considered as being in Princeton, inasmuch as about four +fifths of its surface lie in the adjoining township of Westminster. +Besides Wachusett Lake there is another called Quinnepoxet, which lies +in the southwestern part of the township, a small portion of it being in +Holden. It is smaller than its northern neighbor, covering only about +seventy acres, but it is a very charming sheet of water. + +A brief account of the geology of this region may perhaps prove +interesting. In the eastern portion of Princeton the underlying rock is +a kind of micaceous schist, and in the western is granitic gneiss. The +gneiss abounds in sulphuret of iron, and for this reason is peculiarly +liable to undergo disintegration; hence the excellent character of the +soil in this portion of Worcester County where naked rock is seldom seen +in place, except in case of the summits of the hills scattered here and +there; and these summits are rounded, and show the effects of +weathering. As we go westerly upon this gneiss range, and get into the +limits of Franklin and Hampshire Counties, a larger amount of naked rock +appears, the hills are more craggy and precipitous, and in general the +soil is poorer. The three principal elevations in Princeton are mainly +composed of gneiss. This variety of rock is identical with granite in +its composition, the distinctive point between the two being that gneiss +has lines of stratification while granite has none. The rock of which +Wachusett is mainly composed has rather obscure stratification, and +hence may be called granitic gneiss. What stratification there is does +not show the irregularity that one would suppose would result from the +elevation of the mountain to so great a height above the surrounding +country; on the other hand the rock does not differ essentially in +hardness from that in the regions below, and hence the theory that all +the adjacent land was once as high as the summit of the mountain, and +was subsequently worn away by the action of water and weather, is hardly +tenable. The gneiss of this region is not especially rich in other +mineral contents. Some fine specimens of mica have however been obtained +from the summit of Wachusett. The only other extraneous mineral found +there to any great extent is the sulphuret of iron before mentioned. The +common name of this mineral is iron pyrites, and being of a yellow color +has in many localities in New England, in times past, caused a vast +waste of time and money in a vain search for gold. It does not appear +that the inhabitants of Princeton were ever thus deceived, though +Whitney wrote in 1793: "Perhaps its bowels may contain very valuable hid +treasure, which in some future period may be descried." In describing +the summit of the mountain he speaks of it as "a flat rock, or ledge of +rocks for some rods round; and there is a small pond of water generally +upon the top of it, of two or three rods square; and where there is any +earth it is covered with blueberry bushes for acres round." The small +pond and blueberry bushes are visible at present, or were a year or two +ago at any rate, but the area of bare rock has increased somewhat as +time went on, though the top is not as bare as is that of its New +Hampshire brother, Monadnock, nor are its sides so craggy and +precipitous. + +The people of Princeton have always kept abreast of the times. From the +first they were ardent supporters of the measures of the Revolution, and +foremost among them in patriotic spirit was the Honorable Moses Gill, +previously mentioned in this paper, who, on account of his devotion to +the good cause, was called by Samuel Adams "The Duke of Princeton." +Their strong adherence to the "state rights" principle led the people +of the town to vote against the adoption of the Constitution of the +United States; but when it was adopted they abided by it, and when the +Union was menaced in the recent Rebellion they nobly responded to the +call of the nation with one hundred and twenty-seven men and nearly +twenty thousand dollars in money--exceeding in both items the demand +made upon them. Nor is their record in the pursuits of peace less +honorable, for in dairy products and in the rearing of fine cattle they +have earned an enviable and well-deserved reputation. As a community it +is cultured and industrious, and has ever been in full sympathy with +progress in education, religion, and social relations. + +But few towns in Massachusetts offer to summer visitors as many +attractions as does Princeton. The air is clear and bracing, the +landscape charming, and the pleasant, shady woodroads afford +opportunities for drives through most picturesque scenery. Near at hand +is the lake, and above it towers Wachusett. It has been proposed to run +a railroad up to and around the mountain, but thus far, fortunately, +nothing has come of it. A fine road of easy ascent winds up the +mountain, and on the summit is a good hotel which is annually patronized +by thousands of transient visitors. + +The view from here is magnificent on a clear day. The misty blue of the +Atlantic, the silver thread of the Connecticut, Mounts Tom and Holyoke, +and cloud-clapped Monadnock, the cities of Worcester and Fitchburg--all +these and many other beautiful objects are spread out before the +spectator. But it cannot be described--it must be seen to be +appreciated; and the throngs of visitors that flit through the town +every summer afford abundant evidence that the love of the beautiful and +grand in nature still lives in the hearts of the people. + +Brief is the sketch of this beautiful mountain town, which is neither +large nor possessed of very eventful history: but in its quiet seclusion +dwell peace and prosperity, and its worthy inhabitants are most deeply +attached to the beautiful heritage handed down to them by their +ancestors. + +[Footnote 2: History of Worcester County. Worcester: 1793.] + + * * * * * + + + + +WASHINGTON AND THE FLAG. + +By Henry B. Carrington. + + + "Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings!" + + + NOTE--On a pavement slab in Brighton Chapel, Northamptonshire, England, + the Washington coat-of-arms appears: a bird rising from nest (coronet), + upon azure field with five-pointed stars, and parallel red-and-white + bands on field below; suggesting origin of the national escutcheon. + + +I. + + Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings; + And fill with melody the clear blue sky! + Give swell to chorus full,--to gladness wings, + And let swift heralds with the tidings fly! + Faint not, nor tire, but glorify the record + Which honors him who gave the nation life; + Fill up the story, and with one accord + Our people hush their conflicts--end their strife! + +II. + + Tell me, ye people, why doth this appeal + Go forth in measure swift as it has force, + To quicken souls, and make the nation's weal + Advance, unfettered, in its onward course, + Unless that they who live in these our times + May grasp the grand, o'erwhelming thought, + That he who led our troops in battle-lines, + But our best interests ever sought! + +III. + + What is this story, thus redolent of praise? + Why challenge Liberty herself to lend her voice? + Why must ye hallelujah anthems raise, + And bid the world in plaudits loud rejoice? + Why lift the banner with its star-lit folds, + And give it honors, grandest and the best, + Unless its blood-stripes and its stars of gold + Bring ransom to the toilers--to the weary rest? + +IV. + + O yes, there's a secret in the stars and stripes: + It was the emblem of our nation's sire; + And from the record of his father's stripes, + He gathered zeal which did his youth inspire. + Fearless and keen in the border battle, + Careless of risk while dealing blow for blow, + What did he care for yell or rifle-rattle + If he in peril only duty e'er could know! + +V. + + As thus in youth he measured well his work, + And filled that measure ever full and true, + So then to him to lead the nation looked, + When all to arms in holy frenzy flew. + Great faith was that, to inspire our sires, + And honor him, so true, with chief command, + And fervid be our joy, while beacon-fires + Do honor to this hero through the land. + +VI. + + Strike, strike! O Liberty, thy silver strings! + Bid nations many in the contest try! + Tell them, O, tell, of all thy mercy brings + For all that languish, be it far or nigh! + For all oppressed the time shall surely come, + When, stripped of fear, and hushed each plaintive cry, + All, all, will find in Washington + The model guide, for now--for aye, for aye. + + * * * * * + + + + +A SUMMER ON THE GREAT LAKES. + +By Fred. Myron Colby. + + +Where shall we go this year? is the annual recurring question as the +summer heats draw near. We must go somewhere, for it will be no less +unwholesome than unfashionable to remain in town. The body needs rest; +the brain, no less wearied, unites in the demand for change, for +recreation. A relief from the wear and tear of professional life is a +necessity. The seaside? Cape May and York Beach are among our first +remembrances. We believe in change. The mountains? Their inexhaustible +variety will never pall, but then we have "done" the White Mountains, +explored the Catskills, and encamped among the Adirondacks in years gone +by. Saratoga? We have never been there, but we have an abhorrence for a +great fashionable crowd. To say the truth, we are heartily sick of +"summer resorts," with their gambling, smoking, and drinking. The great +watering-places hold no charms for us. "The world, the flesh, and the +devil" there hold undisputed sway: we desire a gentler rule. + +"What do you say to a trip on the Great Lakes?" suggests my friend, +Ralph Vincent, with indefatigable patience. + +"I--I don't know," I answered, thoughtfully. + +"Don't know!" cried "the Historian"--(we called Hugh Warren by that +title from his ability to always give information on any mooted point). +He was a walking encyclopaedia of historical lore. "Don't know! Yes, you +do. It is just what we want. It will be a delightful voyage, with scenes +of beauty at every sunset and every sunrise. The Sault de Ste. Marie +with its fairy isles, the waters of Lake Huron so darkly, deeply, +beautifully green, and the storied waves of Superior with their memories +of the martyr missionaries, of old French broils and the musical flow of +Hiawatha. The very thought is enough to make one enthusiastic. How came +you to think of it, Vincent?" + +"I never think: I scorn the imputation," repled Vincent, with a look of +assumed disdain. "It was a inspiration." + +"And you have inspired us to a glorious undertaking. The Crusades were +nothing to it. Say, Montague," to me, "you are agreed?" + +"Yes, I am agreed," I assented. "We will spend our summer on the Great +Lakes. It will be novel, it will be refreshing, it will be classical." + +So it was concluded. A week from that time found us at Oswego. Our +proposed route was an elaborate one. It was to start at Oswego, take a +beeline across Lake Ontario to Toronto, hence up the lake and through +the Welland Canal into Lake Erie, along the shores of that historical +inland sea, touching at Erie, Cleveland, Sandusky, and Toledo, up +Detroit River, through the Lake and River of St. Clair, then gliding +over the waters of Lake Huron, dash down along the shores of Lake +Michigan to Chicago, and back past Milwaukee, through the Straits of +Mackinaw and the ship-canal into the placid waves of Superior, making +Duluth the terminus of our journey. Our return would be leisurely, +stopping here and there, at out-of-the-way places, camping-out whenever +the fancy seized us and the opportunity offered, to hunt, to fish, to +rest, being for the time knight-errants of pleasure, or, as the +Historian dubbed us, peripatetic philosophers, in search, not of the +touchstone to make gold, but the touchstone to make health. Our trip was +to occupy two months. + +It was well toward the latter part of June in 1881, on one of the +brightest of summer mornings, that our steamer, belonging to the regular +daily line to Toronto, steamed slowly out from the harbor of Oswego. So +we were at last on the "beautiful water," for that is the meaning of +Ontario in the Indian tongue. Here, two hundred years before us, the +war-canoes of De Champlain and his Huron allies had spurned the foaming +tide. Here, a hundred years later the batteaux of that great soldier, +Montcalm, had swept round the bluff to win the fortress on its height, +then in English hands. Historic memories haunted it. The very waves +sparkling in the morning sunshine whispered of romantic tales. + +Seated at the stern of the boat we looked back upon the fading city. +Hugh Warren was smoking, and his slow-moving blue eyes were fixed +dreamily upon the shore. He did not seem to be gazing at anything, and +yet we knew he saw more than any of us. + +"A centime for your thoughts, Hugh!" cried Vincent, rising and +stretching his limbs. + +"I was thinking," said the Historian, "of that Frenchman, Montcalm, who +one summer day came down on the English at Oswego unawares with his +gunboats and Indians and gendarmes. Of the twenty-five thousand people +in yonder city I don't suppose there are a dozen who know what his plans +were. They were grand ones. In no country on the face of the globe has +nature traced outlines of internal navigation on so grand a scale as +upon our American continent. Entering the mouth of the St. Lawrence we +are carried by that river through the Great Lakes to the head of Lake +Superior, a distance of more than two thousand miles. On the south we +find the Mississippi pouring its waters into the Gulf of Mexico, within +a few degrees of the tropics after a course of three thousand miles. +'The Great Water,' as its name signifies, and its numerous branches +drain the surface of about one million one hundred thousand square +miles, or an area twenty times greater than England and Wales. The +tributaries of the Mississippi equal the largest rivers of Europe. The +course of the Missouri is probably not less than twenty-five hundred +miles. The Ohio winds above a thousand miles through fertile countries. +The tributaries of _these_ tributaries are great rivers. The Wabash, a +feeder of the Ohio, has a course of above five hundred miles, four +hundred of which are navigable. If the contemplated canal is ever +completed which will unite Lake Michigan with the head of navigation on +the Illinois River, it will be possible to proceed by lines of inland +navigation from Quebec to New Orleans. There is space within the regions +enjoying these advantages of water communication, and already peopled by +the Anglo-Saxon race, for four hundred millions of the human race, or +more than double the population of Europe at the present time. +Imagination cannot conceive the new influences which will be exercised +on the affairs of the world when the great valley of the Mississippi, +and the continent from Lake Superior to New Orleans, is thronged with +population. In the valley of the Mississippi alone there is abundant +room for a population of a hundred million. + +"In Montcalm's day all this territory belonged to France. It was that +soldier's dream, and he was no less a statesman than a soldier, to make +here a great nation. Toward that end a great chain of forts was to be +built along the line from Ontario to New Orleans. Sandusky, Mackinaw, +Detroit, Oswego, Du Quesne, were but a few links in the contemplated +chain that was to bind the continent forever to French interests. It was +for this he battled through all those bloody, brilliant campaigns of the +old French war. But the English were too strong for him. Montcalm +perished, and the power of France was at an end in the New World. But it +almost overwhelms me at the thought of what a mighty empire was lost +when the English huzza rose above the French clarion on the Plains of +Abraham." + +"Better for the continent and the world that England won," said Vincent. + +"Perhaps so," allowed Hugh. "Though we cannot tell what might have been. +But that does not concern this Ulysses and his crew. Onward, voyagers +and voyageresses." + +"Your simile is an unfortunate one. Ulysses was wrecked off Circe's +island and at other places. Rather let us be the Argonauts in search of +the Golden Fleece." + +"Mercenary wretch!" exclaimed Hugh. "My taste is different. I am going +in search of a dinner." + +Hugh Warren's ability for discovering anything of that sort was +proverbially good, so we, having the same disposition, followed him +below to the dining-saloon. + +We arrived at Toronto, one hundred and sixty miles from Oswego, a little +before dusk. This city, the capital of the province of Ontario, is +situated on an arm of the lake. Its bay is a beautiful inlet about four +miles long and two miles wide, forming a capacious and well-protected +harbor. The site of the town is low, but rises gently from the water's +edge. The streets are regular and wide, crossing each other generally at +right angles. There is an esplanade fronting the bay which extends for a +distance of two miles. The population of the city has increased from +twelve hundred in 1817 to nearly sixty thousand at present. In the +morning we took a hurried survey of its chief buildings, visited Queen's +Park in the centre of the city, and got round in season to take the +afternoon steamer for Buffalo. + +The district situated between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, as it has been +longest settled, so also is it the best-cultivated part of Western +Canada. The vicinity to the two Great Lakes renders the climate more +agreeable, by diminishing the severity of the winters and tempering the +summers' heats. Fruits of various kind arrive at great perfection, +cargoes of which are exported to Montreal, Quebec, and other places +situated in the less genial parts of the eastern province. Mrs. Jameson +speaks of this district as "superlatively beautiful." The only place +approaching a town in size and the number of inhabitants, from the Falls +along the shores of Lake Erie for a great distance, beyond even Grand +River, is Chippewa, situated on the river Welland, or Chippewa, which +empties itself into Niagara Strait, just where the rapids commence and +navigation terminates. One or more steamers run between Chippewa and +Buffalo. Chippewa is still but a small village, but, as it lies directly +on the great route from the Western States of the Union to the Falls of +Niagara and the Eastern States, it will probably rise into importance. +Its greatest celebrity at present arises from the fact of there having +been a great battle fought near by between the British and Americans in +the war of 1812. + +The line of navigation by the St. Lawrence did not extend beyond Lake +Ontario until the Welland Canal was constructed. This important work is +thirty-two miles long, and admits ships of one hundred and twenty-five +guns, which is about the average tonnage of the trading-vessels on the +lakes. The Niagara Strait is nearly parallel to the Welland Canal, and +more than one third of it is not navigable. The canal, by opening this +communication between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, has conferred an +immense benefit on all the districts west of Ontario. The great Erie +Canal has been still more beneficial, by connecting the lakes with New +York and the Atlantic by the Hudson River, which the canal joins after a +course of three hundred and sixty miles. The effect of these two canals +was quickly perceptible in the increased activity of commerce on Lake +Erie, and the Erie Canal has rendered this lake the great line of +transit from New York to the Western States. + +Lake Erie is the most shallow of all the lakes, its average depth being +only sixty or seventy feet. Owing to this shallowness the lake is +readily disturbed by the wind; and for this reason, and for its paucity +of good harbors, it has the reputation of being the most dangerous +to navigate of any of the Great Lakes. Neither are its shores as +picturesquely beautiful as those of Ontario, Huron, and Superior. Still +it is a lovely and romantic body of water, and its historic memories are +interesting and important. In this last respect all the Great Lakes are +remarkable. Some of the most picturesque and interesting chapters of our +colonial and military history have for their scenes the shores and the +waters of these vast inland seas. A host of great names--Champlain, +Frontenac, La Salle, Marquette, Perry, Tecumseh, and Harrison--has +wreathed the lakes with glory. The scene of the stirring events in which +Pontiac was the conspicuous figure is now marked on the map by such +names as Detroit, Sandusky, Green Bay, and Mackinaw. The thunder of the +battles of Lundy's Lane and the Thames was heard not far off, and the +very waters of Lake Erie were once canopied with the sulphur smoke from +the cannon of Perry's conquering fleet. + +We spent two days in Buffalo, and they were days well spent. This city +is the second in size of the five Great Lake ports, being outranked only +by Chicago. Founded in 1801, it now boasts of a population of one +hundred and sixty thousand souls. The site is a plain, which, from a +point about two miles distant from the lake, slopes gently to the +water's edge. The city has a water front of two and a half miles on the +lake and of about the same extent on Niagara River. It has one of the +finest harbors on the lake. The public buildings are costly and imposing +edifices, and many of the private residences are elegant. The pride of +the city is its public park of five hundred and thirty acres, laid out +by Frederick Law Olmstead in 1870. It has the reputation of being the +healthiest city of the United States. + +Buffalo was the home of Millard Fillmore, the thirteenth President of +the United States. Here the great man spent the larger part of his life. +He went there a poor youth of twenty, with four dollars in his pocket. +He died there more than fifty years afterward worth one hundred and +fifty thousand dollars, and after having filled the highest offices his +country could bestow upon him. He owned a beautiful and elegant +residence in the city, situated on one of the avenues, with a frontage +toward the lake, of which a fine view is obtained. It is a modern +mansion, three stories in height, with large stately rooms. It looks +very little different externally from some of its neighbors, but the +fact that it was for thirty years the home of one of our Presidents +gives it importance and invests it with historic charm. + +On board a steamer bound for Detroit we again plowed the waves. The day +was a delightful one; the morning had been cloudy and some rain had +fallen, but by ten o'clock the sky was clear, and the sunbeams went +dancing over the laughing waters. Hugh was on his high-horse, and full +of historic reminiscences. + +"Do you know that this year is the two hundredth anniversary of a +remarkable event for this lake?" he began. "Well, it is. It was in 1681, +in the summer of the year, that the keel of the first vessel launched in +Western waters was laid at a point six miles this side of the Niagara +Falls. She was built by Count Frontenac who named her the Griffen. I +should like to have sailed in it." + +"Its speed could hardly equal that of the Detroit," observed Vincent, +complacently. + +"You hard, cold utilitarian!" exclaimed the Historian; "who cares +anything about that? It is the romance of the thing that would charm +me." + +"And the romance consists in its being distant. We always talk of the +good old times as though they were really any better than our own age! +It is a beautiful delusion. Don't you know how in walking the shady +places are always behind us?" + +The Historian's only answer to this banter was to shrug his shoulders +scornfully and to light a fresh cigar. + +Lake Erie is about two hundred and forty miles in length and has a mean +breadth of forty miles. Its surface is three hundred and thirty feet +above Lake Ontario, and five hundred and sixty-five above the level of +the sea. It receives the waters of the upper lakes by means of the +Detroit River, and discharges them again by the Niagara into Lake +Ontario. Lake Erie has a shallow depth, but Ontario, which is five +hundred and two feet deep, is two hundred and thirty feet below the tide +level of the ocean, or as low as most parts of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, +and the bottoms of Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Superior, although their +surface is much higher, are all, from their vast depths, on a level with +the bottom of Ontario. Now, as the discharge through Detroit River, +after allowing all the probable portion carried off by evaporation, does +not appear by any means equal to the quantity of water which the other +three lakes receive, it has been conjectured that a subterranean river +may run from Lake Ontario. This conjecture is not improbable, and +accounts for the singular fact that salmon and herring are caught in all +the lakes communicating with the St. Lawrence, but no others. As the +Falls of Niagara must always have existed, it would puzzle the +naturalists to say how those fish got into the upper lakes unless there +is a subterranean river; moreover, any periodical obstruction of the +river would furnish a not improbable solution of the mysterious flux and +influx of the lakes. + +Some after noon we steamed past a small city on the southern coast which +had a large natural harbor. + +"Erie and Presque Isle Bay," announced the Historian. "A famous place. +From it sailed Oliver Hazard Perry with his fleet of nine sail to most +unmercifully drub the British lion on that tenth day of September, 1813. +The battle took place some distance from here over against Sandusky. I +will tell you all about it when we get there. My grandfather was one of +the actors." + +He said no more, and for a long time the conversation was sustained by +Vincent and myself. The steamer put in at Cleveland just at dusk. The +stop was brief, however, and we left the beautiful and thriving city +looking like a queen on the Ohio shore under the bridal veil of night. +The evening was brilliant with moonlight. The lake was like a mirror or +an enchanted sea. Hour after hour passed, and we still sat on deck +gazing on the scene. Far to the south we saw the many lights of a city +shining. It was Sandusky. + +"How delightful it is!" murmured Vincent. + +"Beautiful," I replied. "If it were only the Ionian Sea, now, or the +clear AEgean"-- + +"Those classic waters cannot match this lake," interrupted Hugh. +"The battle of Erie will outlive Salamis or Actium. The laurels of +Themistokles and Augustus fade even now before those of Perry. He was +a hero worth talking about, something more human altogether than any +of Plutarch's men. I feel it to be so now at least. It was right here +somewhere that the battle raged." + +"He was quite a young man, I believe," said I, glad to show that I knew +something of the hero. I had seen his house at Newport many times, one +of the old colonial kind, and his picture, that of a tall, slim man, +with dash and bravery in his face, was not unfamiliar to me. + +"Yes; only twenty-seven, and just married," continued the Historian, +settling down to work. "Before the battle he read over his wife's +letters for the last time, and then tore them up, so that the enemy +should not see those records of the heart, if victorious. 'This is the +most important day of my life,' he said to his officers, as the first +shot from the British came crashing among the sails of the Lawrence; +'but we know how to beat those fellows,' he added, with a laugh. He had +nine vessels, with fifty-four guns and four hundred and ninety officers +and men. The British had six ships mounting sixty-three guns, with five +hundred and two officers and men. + +"In the beginning of the battle the British had the advantage. Their +guns were of longer range, and Perry was exposed to their fire half an +hour before he got in position where he could do execution. When he had +succeeded in this the British concentrated their fire on his flag-ship. +Enveloped in flame and smoke, Perry strove desperately to maintain his +ground till the rest of his ships could get into action. For more than +two hours he sustained the unequal conflict without flinching. It was +his first battle, and, moreover, he was enfeebled by a fever from which +he had just risen; but he never lost his ease and confidence. When most +of his men had fallen, when his ship lay an unmanageable wreck on the +water, 'every brace and bowline shot away,' and all his guns were +rendered ineffective, he still remained calm and unmoved. + +"Eighteen men out of one hundred stood alive on his deck; many of those +were wounded. Lieutenant. Yarnell, with a red handkerchief tied round +his head and another round his neck to stanch the blood flowing from two +wounds, stood bravely by his commander. But all seemed lost when, +through the smoke, Perry saw the Niagara approaching uncrippled. + +"'If a victory is to be won I will win it,' he said to the lieutenant. +He tore down his flag with its glorious motto,--'Don't give up the +ship,'--and leaping into a boat with half a dozen others, told the +sailors to give way with a will. The Niagara was half a mile distant to +the windward, and the enemy, as soon as they observed his movement, +directed their fire upon his boat. Oars were splintered in the rowers' +hands by musket-balls, and the men themselves covered with spray from +the roundshot and grape that smote the water on every side. But they +passed safely through the iron storm, and at last reached the deck of +the Niagara, where they were welcomed with thundering cheers. Lieutenant +Elliot of the Niagara, leaving his own ship, took command of the Somers, +and brought up the smaller vessels of the fleet, which had as yet been +little in the action. Perry ran up his signal for close action, and from +vessel to vessel the answering signals went up in the sunlight and the +cheers rang over the water. All together now bore down upon the enemy +and, passing through his line, opened a raking crossfire. So close and +terrible was that fire that the crew of the Lady Prevost ran below, +leaving the wounded and stunned commander alone on the deck. Shrieks and +groans rose from every side. In fifteen minutes from the time the signal +was made Captain Barclay, the British commander, flung out the white +flag. The firing then ceased; the smoke slowly cleared away, revealing +the two fleets commingled, shattered, and torn, and the decks strewn +with dead. The loss on each side was the same, one hundred and +thirty-five killed and wounded. The combat had lasted about three hours. +When Perry saw that victory was secure he wrote with a pencil on the +back of an old letter, resting it on his navy cap, the despatch to +General Harrison: 'We have met the enemy, and they are ours: two ships, +two brigs, one schooner, and one sloop.' + +"It was a great victory," concluded the eloquent narrator. "The young +conqueror did not sleep a wink that night. Until the morning light he +was on the quarter-deck of the Lawrence, doing what he could to relieve +his suffering comrades, while the stifled groans of the wounded men +echoed from ship to ship. The next day the dead, both the British and +the American, were buried in a wild and solitary spot on the shore. And +there they sleep the sleep of the brave, with the sullen waves to sing +their perpetual requiem." + +We sat in silence a long time after; no one was disposed to speak. It +came to us with power there on the moonlit lake, a realization of the +hard-fought battle, the gallant bearing of the young commander, his +daring passage in an open boat through the enemy's fire to the Niagara, +the motto on his flag, the manner in which he carried his vessel alone +through the enemy's line, and then closed in half pistol-shot, his +laconic account of the victory to his superior officer, the ships +stripped of their spars and canvas, the groans of the wounded, and the +mournful spectacle of the burial on the lake shore. + +Our next stopping-place was at Detroit, the metropolis of Michigan, on +the river of the same name, the colony of the old Frenchman De la Mothe +Cadillac, the colonial Pontchartrain, the scene of Pontiac's defeat and +of Hull's treachery, cowardice, or incapacity, grandly seated on the +green Michigan shore, overlooking the best harbor on the Great Lakes, +and with a population of more than one hundred thousand. Two stormy days +kept us within doors most of the time. The third day we were again "on +board," steaming up Detroit River into Lake St. Clair. On and on we +kept, till the green waters of Huron sparkled beneath the keel of our +steamer. All the way over the lake we kept the shores of Michigan in +sight, beaches of white sand alternating with others of limestone +shingle, and the forests behind, a tangled growth of cedar, fir, and +spruce in impenetrable swamps, or a scanty, scrubby growth upon a sandy +soil. Two hours were spent at Thunder Bay, where the steamer stopped for +a supply of wood, and we went steaming on toward Mackinaw, a hundred +miles away. At sunset of that day the shores of the green rocky island +dawned upon us. The steamer swept up to an excellent dock, as the +sinking sun was pouring a stream of molten gold across the flood, out of +the amber gates of the west. + +"At last Mackinaw, great in history and story," announced the Historian +leaning on the taffrail and gazing at the clear pebbly bottom and +through forty feet of water. + +"My history consists of a series of statues and tableaux--statues of the +great men, tableaux of the great events," said Vincent. "Were there any +such at Mackinaw?" + +"Yes," answered Hugh, "two statues and one tableau--the former Marquette +and Mae-che-ne-mock-qua, the latter the massacre at Fort +Michilimakinack." + +"The event happened during Pontiac's war, I believe," I hastened to +observe. "The Indians took the place by stratagem, did they not?" + +"They did. It was on the fourth of July, 1763. The fort contained a +hundred soldiers under the command of Major Etherington. In the +neighborhood were four hundred Indians apparently friendly. On the day +specified the savages played a great game of ball or baggatiway on the +parade before the fort. Many of the soldiers went out to witness it and +the gate was left open. During the game the ball was many times pitched +over the pickets of the fort. Instantly it was followed by the whole +body of players, in the unrestrained pursuit of a rude athletic +exercise. The garrison feared nothing; but suddenly the Indians drawing +their concealed weapons began the massacre. No resistance was offered, +so sudden and unexpected was the surprise. Seventy of the soldiers were +murdered, the remainder were sold for slaves. Only one Englishman +escaped. He was a trader named Henry. He was in his own house writing a +letter to his Montreal friends by the canoe which was just on the eve of +departure, when the massacre began. Only a low board fence separated his +grounds from those of M. Longlade, a Frenchman, who had great influence +with the savages. He obtained entrance into the house, where he was +concealed by one of the women, and though the savages made vigorous +search for him, he remained undiscovered. You can imagine the horrible +sight the fort presented when the sun went down, the soldiers in their +red uniforms lying there scalped and mangled, a ghastly heap under the +summer sky. And to just think it was only a short time ago, a little +more than a hundred years." + +We could hardly realize it as we gazed up the rocky eminence at the +United States fort, one hundred and fifty feet high, overlooking the +little village. And yet Mackinaw's history is very little different from +that of most Western settlements and military Stations. Dark, +sanguinary, and bloody tragedies were constantly enacted upon the +frontiers for generations. As every one acquainted with our history must +know, the war on the border has been an almost interminable one. As the +tide of emigration has rolled westward it has ever met that fiery +counter-surge, and only overcome it by incessant battling and effort. +And even now, as the distant shores of the Pacific are wellnigh reached, +that resisting wave still gives forth its lurid flashes of conflict. + +Mackinaw Island is only about three miles long and two in breadth, with +a circuit of nine miles in all. It rises out of the lake to an average +height of three hundred feet, and is heavily wooded with cedar, beech, +maple, and yew. Three of its sides are bold and rocky, the fourth slopes +down gradually toward the north to meet the blue waters of the lake. The +island is intersected in all directions with carriage-roads and paths, +and in the bay are always to be seen the row and sail boats belonging to +pleasure-seekers. From four to seven steamers call at the wharf daily, +while fleets of sailing-vessels may at any time be descried from old +Fort Holmes, creeping noiselessly on to the commercial marts of those +great inland seas. + +Tradition lends its enchantment to the isle. According to the Indian +legend it rose suddenly from the calm bosom of the lake at the sunset +hour. In their fancy it took the form of a huge turtle, and so they +bestowed upon it the name of Moc-che-ne-nock-e-nung. In the Ojibway +mythology it became the home of the Great Fairies, and to this day it is +said to be a sacred spot to all Indians who preserve the memory of the +primal times. The fairies lived in a subterranean abode under the +island, and an old sagamore, Chees-a-kee, is related to have been +conducted _a la_ AEneus, in Virgil, to the halls of the spirits and +to have seen them all assembled in the spacious wigwam. Had some bard +taken up the tale of this fortunate individual, the literature of the +red man might have boasted an epic ranking perhaps with the AEneid or the +Iliad. + +From the walls of old Fort Holmes, two hundred feet above the lake, a +fine view is obtained of the island and its surroundings. Westward is +Point St. Ignace, a sharply defined cape running out from the mainland +into the strait. There rest the bones of good Father Marquette, who, in +1671, erected a chapel on the island and began to Christianize the wild +natives of this region. On the northwest we see the "Sitting Rabbits," +two curious-looking rockhills which bear a singular resemblance to our +common American hare. Eastward stretches away the boundless inland sea, +a beautiful greenish-blue, to the horizon. The mountains of St. Martin, +and the hills from which flow Carp and Pine Rivers meet the northern +vision. To the south is Boisblanc Island, lying like an emerald paradise +on the bosom of Lake Huron, and close beside it, as if seeking +protection, is lovely Round Island. Among all these islands, and laving +the shores of the adjacent mainland, are the rippling waves of the lake, +now lying as if asleep in the flooding light, anon white-capped and +angry, driven by the strong winds. Beneath us are the undulations of +billowy green foliage, calm and cool, intersected with carriage-roads, +and showing yonder the white stones of the soldiers' and citizens' +graves. Here, down by the water, and close under the fort, the white, +quaint houses lie wrapped in light and quiet. Breezes cool and +delightful, breezes that have traversed the broad expanse of the lakes, +blow over your face softly, as in Indian myth blows the wind from the +Land of Souls. The scene and the hour lulls you into a sense of +delicious quietude. You are aroused by the shrill whistle of a steamer, +and you descend dockward to note the fresh arrivals. + +Several days' excursions do not exhaust the island. One day we go to +see Arch Rock, a beautiful natural bridge of rock spanning a chasm some +eighty feet in height and forty in width. The summit is one hundred and +fifty feet above the level. Another day we visit Sugar-loaf Rock, an +isolated conical shape one hundred and forty feet high, rising from a +plateau in the centre of the island. A hole half-way up its side is +large enough to hold a dozen persons, and has in it the names of a +hundred eager aspirants after immortality. On the southwest side of the +island is a perpendicular rock bluff, rising one hundred and fifty feet +from the lake and called "Lover's Leap." The legend was told us one +afternoon by Hugh, as follows:-- + +"In the ancient time, when the red men held their councils in this heart +of the waters, and the lake around rippled to the canoe fleets of +warrior tribes going and returning, a young Ojibway girl had her home on +this sacred isle. Her name was Mae-che-ne-mock-qua, and she was +beautiful as the sunrise of a summer morning. She had many lovers, but +only to one brave did the blooming Indian girl give her heart. Often +would Mae-che-ne-mock-qua wander to this solitary rock and gaze out upon +the wide waters after the receding canoes of the combined Ojibway and +Ottawa bands, speeding south for scalps and glory. There, too, she +always watched for their return, for among them was the one she loved, +an eagle-plumed warrior, Ge-win-e-gnon, the bravest of the brave. The +west wind often wafted the shouts of the victorious braves far in +advance of them as they returned from the mainland, and highest above +all she always heard the voice of Ge-win-e-gnon. But one time, in the +chorus of shouts, the maiden heard no longer the voice of her lover. Her +heart told her that he had gone to the spirit-land behind the sunset, +and she should no more behold his face among the chieftains. So it was: +a Huron arrow had pierced his heart, and his last words were of his +maiden in the Fairy Isle. Sad grew the heart of the lovely +Mae-che-ne-mock-qua. She had no wish to live. She could only stand on +the cliff and gaze at the west, where the form of her lover appeared +beckoning her to follow him. One morning her mangled body was found at +the foot of the cliff; she had gone to meet her lover in the +spirit-land. So love gained its sacrifice and a maiden became immortal." + +A well-earned night's sleep, bathed in this highly ozoned lake +atmosphere, which magically soothes every nerve and refreshes every +sense like an elixir, and we are off again on the broad bosom of the +Mackinaw strait, threading a verdant labyrinth of emerald islets and +following the course of Father Jacques Marquette, who two hundred years +before us had set off from the island in two canoes, with his friend +Louis Joliet, to explore and Christianize the region of the Mississippi. +We looked back upon the Fairy Island with regretful eyes, and as it sunk +into the lake Hugh repeated the lines of the poet:-- + + "A gem amid gems, set in blue yielding waters, + Is Mackinac Island with cliffs girded round, + For her eagle-plumed braves and her true-hearted daughters; + Long, long ere the pale face came widely renowned. + + "Tradition invests thee with Spirit and Fairy; + Thy dead soldiers' sleep shall no drum-beat awake, + While about thee the cool winds do lovingly tarry + And kiss thy green brows with the breath of the lake. + + "Thy memory shall haunt me wherever life reaches, + Thy day-dreams of fancy, thy night's balmy sleep, + The plash of thy waters along the smooth beaches, + The shade of thine evergreens, grateful and deep. + + "O Mackinac Island! rest long in thy glory! + Sweet native to peacefulness, home of delight! + Beneath thy soft ministry, care and sad worry + Shall flee from the weary eyes blessed with thy sight." + + +"That poet had taste," remarked our friend when he had concluded. +"Beautiful Isle! No wonder the great missionary wished his bones to rest +within sight of its shores. Marquette never seemed to me so great as +now. He was one of those Jesuits like Zinzendorf and Sebastian Ralle, +wonderful men, all of them, full of energy and adventure and missionary +zeal, and devoted to the welfare of their order. At the age of thirty he +was sent among the Hurons as a missionary. He founded the mission of +Sault de Ste. Marie in Lake Superior, in 1668, and three years later +that of Mackinaw. In 1673, in company with Joliet and five other +Frenchmen, the adventurous missionary set out on a voyage toward the +South Sea. They followed the Mississippi to the Gulf, and returning, +arrived at Green Bay in September. In four months they had traveled a +distance of twenty-five hundred miles in an open canoe. Marquette was +sick a whole year, but in 1674, at the solicitation of his superior, set +out to preach to the Kaskaskia Indians. He was compelled to halt on the +way by his infirmities, and remained all winter at the place, with only +two Frenchmen to minister to his wants. As soon as it was spring, +knowing full well that he could not live, he attempted to return to +Mackinaw. He died on the way, on a small river that bears his name, +which empties into Lake Michigan on the western shore. His memory +en-wreathes the very names of Superior and Michigan with the halo of +romance." + +"Thank you," said Vincent, looking out over the dark water. "I can fancy +his ghost haunting the lake at midnight." + +"Speak not of that down at the Queen City," returned Hugh, with a tragic +air. "Pork and grain are more substantial things than ghosts at Chicago, +and they might look on you as an escaped lunatic. Nathless, it was a +pretty idea to promulgate among the Indians two centuries ago. Observe +how civilization has changed. Two hundred years ago we sent missionaries +among them: now we send soldiers to shoot them down, after we have +plundered them of their lands." + +Neither of us were disposed to discuss the Indian question with Hugh +Warren, and the conversation dropped after a while. + +At noon of the next day the steamer made Milwaukee, and the evening of +the day after Chicago. These two cities are excellent types of the +Western city, and both show, in a wonderful degree, the rapid growth of +towns in the great West. Neither had an inhabitant before 1825, and now +one has a population of one hundred thousand, and the other of five +hundred thousand. Chicago is, in fact, a wonder of the world. Its +unparalleled growth, its phoenix-like rise from the devastation of the +great fire of 1871, and its cosmopolitan character, all contribute to +render it a remarkable city. + +The city looks out upon the lake like a queen, as in fact she is, +crowned by the triple diadem of beauty, wealth, and dignity. She is the +commercial metropolis of the whole Northwest, an emporium second only to +New York in the quantity of her imports and exports. The commodious +harbor is thronged with shipping. Her water communication has a vast +area. Foreign consuls from Austria, France, Great Britain, Belgium, +Italy, Sweden, Germany, and the Netherlands, have their residence in the +city. It is an art-centre, and almost equally with Brooklyn is entitled +to be called a city of churches. + +A week is a short time to devote to seeing all that this queen city has +that is interesting, and that included every day we spent there. Neither +in a sketch like the present shall we have space to give more than we +have done--a general idea of the city. One day about noon we steamed out +of the harbor, on a magnificent lake-steamer, bound for Duluth. We were +to have a run of over seven hundred miles with but a single +stopping-place the whole distance. It would be three days before we +should step on land again. + +"Farewell, a long farewell, to the city of the Indian sachem," said +Hugh, as the grand emporium and railway-centre grew dim in the distance. +"By the way," continued he, "are you aware that the correct etymology of +the name Chicago is not generally known?" + +Vincent and I confessed that we did not even know the supposed etymology +of the name. + +"No matter about that," went on the Historian. "The name is undoubtedly +Indian, corrupted from Chercaqua, the name of a long line of chiefs, +meaning strong, also applied to a wild onion. Long before the white men +knew the region the site of Chicago was a favorite rendezvous of several +Indian tribes. The first geographical notice of the place occurs in a +map dated Quebec, Canada, 1683, as 'Fort Chicagon.' Marquette camped on +the site during the winter of 1674-5. A fort was built there by the +French and afterward abandoned. So you see that Chicago has a history +that is long anterior to the existence of the present city. Have a +cigar, Montague?" + +Clouds of fragrant tobacco-smoke soon obscured the view of the Queen +City of the Northwest, busy with life above the graves of the Indian +sagamores whose memories she has forgotten. + +On the third day we steamed past Mackinaw, and soon made the ship-canal +which was constructed for the passage of large ships, a channel a dozen +miles long and half a mile wide. And now, hurrah! We are on the waters +of Lake Superior, the "Gitche Gumee, the shining Big Sea-Water," of +Longfellow's musical verse. The lake is a great sea. Its greatest length +is three hundred and sixty miles, its greatest breadth one hundred and +forty miles; the whole length of its coast is fifteen hundred miles. It +has an area of thirty-two thousand square miles, and a mean depth of one +thousand feet. These dimensions show it to be by far the largest body of +fresh water on the globe. + +Nothing can be conceived more charming than a cruise on this lake in +summer. The memories of the lake are striking and romantic in the +extreme. There is a background of history and romance which renders +Superior a classic water. It was a favorite fishing-ground for several +tribes of Indians, and its aboriginal name Ojibwakechegun, was derived +from one of these, the Ojibways, who lived on the southern shore when +the lake first became known to white men. The waters of the lake vary in +color from a dazzling green to a sea-blue, and are stocked with all +kinds of excellent fish. Numerous islands are scattered about the lake, +some low and green, others rocky and rising precipitately to great +heights directly up from the deep water. The coast of the lake is for +the most part rocky. Nowhere upon the inland waters of North America is +the scenery so bold and grand as around Lake Superior. Famous among +travelers are those precipitous walls of red sandstone on the south +coast, described in all the earlier accounts of the lake as the +"Pictured Rocks." They stand opposite the greatest width of the lake and +exposed to the greatest force of the heavy storms from the north. The +effect of the waves upon them is not only seen in their irregular shape, +but the sand derived from their disintegration is swept down the coast +below and raised by the winds into long lines of sandy cliffs. At the +place called the Grand Sable these are from one hundred to three hundred +feet high, and the region around consists of hills of drifting sand. + +Half-way across the lake Keweenaw Point stretches out into the water. +Here the steamer halted for wood. We landed on the shore in a beautiful +grove. "What a place for a dinner!" cried one of the party. + +"Glorious! glorious!" chimed in a dozen voices. + +"How long has the boat to wait?" asked Hugh. + +"One hour," was the answer of the weather-beaten son of Neptune. + +"That gives us plenty of time," was the general verdict. So without more +ado lunch-baskets were brought ashore. The steamer's steward was +prevailed upon, by a silver dollar thrust slyly into his hand, to help +us, and presently the whole party was feasting by the lakeside. And what +a royal dining-room was that grove, its outer pillars rising from the +very lake itself, its smooth brown floor of pine-needles, arabesqued +with a flitting tracery of sun shadows and fluttering leaves, and giving +through the true Gothic arches of its myriad windows glorious views of +the lake that lay like an enchanted sea before us! And whoever dined +more regally, more divinely, even, though upon nectar and ambrosia, than +our merry-makers as they sat at their well-spread board, with such +glowing, heaven-tinted pictures before their eyes, such balmy airs +floating about their happy heads, and such music as the sunshiny waves +made in their glad, listening ears? It was like a picture out of +Hiawatha. At least it seemed to strike our young lady so, who in a voice +of peculiar sweetness and power recited the opening of the twenty-second +book of that poem:-- + + + "By the shore of Gitche Gumee, + By the shining Big Sea-Water, + At the doorway of his wigwam, + In the pleasant Summer morning, + Hiawatha stood and waited. + + All the air was full of freshness. + All the earth was bright and joyous, + And before him, through the sunshine, + Westward toward the neighboring forest + Passed in golden swarms the Ahmo, + Passed the bees, the honey-makers, + Burning, singing in the sunshine. + + Bright above him shone the heavens, + Level spread the lake before him; + From its bosom leaped the sturgeon, + Sparkling, flashing in the sunshine; + On its margin the great forest + Stood reflected in the water, + Every treetop had its shadow + Motionless beneath the water." + + +"Thank you, Miss," said Hugh, gallantly. "We only need a wigwam with +smoke curling from it under these trees, and a 'birch canoe with +paddles, rising, sinking on the water, dripping, flashing in the +sunshine,' to complete the picture. It's a pity the Indians ever left +this shore." + +"So the settlers of Minnesota thought in '62," observed Vincent, +ironically. + +"The Indians would have been all right if the white man had stayed +away," replied the Historian, hotly. + +"In that case we should not be here now, and, consequently"-- + +What promised to be quite a warm discussion was killed in the embryo by +the captain's clear cry, "All aboard!" + +Once more we were steaming westward toward the land of the Dacotahs. +That night we all sat up till after midnight to see the last of our +lake, for in the morning Duluth would be in sight. It was a night never +to be forgotten. The idle words and deeds of my companions have faded +from my mind, but never will the memory of the bright lake rippling +under that moonlit sky. + +A city picturesquely situated on the side of a hill which overlooks the +lake and rises gradually toward the northwest, reaching the height of +six hundred feet a mile from the shore, with a river on one side. That +is Duluth. The city takes its name from Juan du Luth, a French officer, +who visited the region in 1679. In 1860 there were only seventy white +inhabitants in the place, and in 1869 the number had not much increased. +The selection of the village as the eastern terminus of the Northern +Pacific Railroad gave it an impetus, and now Duluth is a city of fifteen +thousand inhabitants, and rapidly growing. The harbor is a good one, and +is open about two hundred days in the year. Six regular lines of +steamers run to Chicago, Cleveland, Canadian ports, and ports on the +south shore of Lake Superior. The commerce of Duluth, situated as it is +in the vicinity of the mineral districts on both shores of the lake, +surrounded by a well-timbered country, and offering the most convenient +outlet for the products of the wheat region further west, is of growing +importance. In half a century Duluth will be outranked in wealth and +population by no more than a dozen cities in America. + +Our stay at Duluth was protracted many days. One finds himself at home +in this new Western city, and there are a thousand ways in which to +amuse yourself. If you are disposed for a walk, there are any number of +delightful woodpaths leading to famous bits of beach where you may sit +and dream the livelong day without fear of interruption or notice. If +you would try camping-out, there are guides and canoes right at your +hand, and the choice of scores of beautiful and delightful spots within +easy reach of your hotel or along the shore of the lake and its numerous +beautiful islands, or as far away into the forest as you care to +penetrate. Lastly, if piscatorially inclined, here is a boathouse with +every kind of boat from the steam-yacht down to the birch canoe, and +there is the lake, full of "lakers," sturgeon, whitefish, and speckled +trout, some of the latter weighing from thirty to forty pounds +apiece,--a condition of things alike satisfactory and tempting to every +owner of a rod and line. + +The guides, of whom there are large numbers to be found at Duluth, as +indeed at all of the northern border towns, are a class of men too +interesting and peculiar to be passed over without more than a cursory +notice. These men are mostly French-Canadians and Indians, with now and +then a native, and for hardihood, skill, and reliability, cannot be +surpassed by any other similar class of men the world over. They are +usually men of many parts, can act equally well as guide, boatman, +baggage-carrier, purveyor, and cook. They are respectful and chivalrous: +no woman, be she old or young, fair or faded, fails to receive the most +polite and courteous treatment at their hands, and with these qualities +they possess a manly independence that is as far removed from servility +as forwardness. Some of these men are strikingly handsome, with shapely +statuesque figures that recall the Antinous and the Apollo Belvidere. +Their life is necessarily a hard one, exposed as they are to all sorts +of weather and the dangers incidental to their profession. At a +comparatively early age they break down, and extended excursions are +left to the younger and more active members of the fraternity. + +Camping-out, provided the weather is reasonably agreeable, is one of the +most delightful and healthful ways to spend vacation. It is a sort of +woodman's or frontier life. It means living in a tent, sleeping on +boughs or leaves, cooking your own meals, washing your own dishes and +clothes perhaps, getting up your own fuel, making your own fire, and +foraging for your own provender. It means activity, variety, novelty, +and fun alive; and the more you have of it the more you like it; and the +longer you stay the less willing you are to give it up. There is a +freedom in it that you do not get elsewhere. All the stiff formalties of +conventional life are put aside: you are left free to enjoy yourself as +you choose. All in all, it is the very best way we know to enjoy a +"glorious vacation." + +At Duluth, at Sault de Ste. Marie, at Mackinaw, at Saginaw, we wandered +away days at a time, with nothing but our birch canoe, rifles, and +fishing-rods, and for provisions, hard bread, pork, potatoes, coffee, +tea, rice, butter, and sugar, closely packed. Any camper-out can make +himself comfortable with an outfit as simple as the one named. How +memory clings around some of those bright spots we visited! I pass over +them again, in thought, as I write these lines, longing to nestle amid +them forever. + +Following along the coast, now in small yachts hired for the occasion, +now in a birch canoe of our own, we passed from one village to another. +Wherever we happened to be at night, we encamped. Many a time it was on +a lonely shore. Standing at sunset on a pleasant strand, more than once +we saw the glow of the vanished sun behind the western mountains or the +western waves, darkly piled in mist and shadow along the sky; near at +hand, the dead pine, mighty in decay, stretching its ragged arms athwart +the burning heavens, the crow perched on its top like an image carved in +jet; and aloft, the night-hawk, circling in his flight, and, with a +strange whining sound, diving through the air each moment for the +insects he makes his prey. + +But all good things, as well as others, have an end. The season drew to +a close at last. August nights are chilly for sleeping in tents. Our +flitting must cease, and our thoughts and steps turn homeward. But a few +days are still left us. At Buffalo once more we go to see the Falls. +Then by boat to Hamilton, thence to Kingston at the foot of the lake, +and so on through the Thousand Isles to Montreal, and finally to +Quebec,--a tour as fascinating in its innumerable and singularly wild +and beautiful "sights" as heart could desire. + + * * * * * + + + + +OUR NATIONAL CEMETERIES. + +By Charles Cowley, LL.D. + + +There are circumstances generally attending the death of the soldier or +the sailor, whether on battle-field or gun-deck, whether in the +captives' prison, the cockpit, or the field-hospital, which touch our +sensibilities far more deeply than any circumstances which usually +attend the death of men of any other class; moving within us mingled +emotions of pathos and pity, of mystery and awe. + + "There is a tear for all that die, + A mourner o'er the humblest grave; + But nations swell the funeral cry, + And freedom weeps above the brave; + + "For them is sorrow's purest sigh, + O'er ocean's heaving bosom sent; + In vain their bones unburied lie,-- + All earth becomes their monument. + + "A tomb is their's on every page; + An epitaph on every tongue; + The present hours, the future age, + Nor them bewail, to them belong. + + "A theme to crowds that knew them not, + Lamented by admiring foes, + Who would not share their glorious lot? + Who would not die the death they chose?" + + +A similar halo invests our National Cemeteries--which are the most +permanent mementos of our sanguinary Civil War. + +Nature labors diligently to cover up her scars. Most of the +battle-fields of the Rebellion now show growths of use and beauty. Many +of the structures of that great conflict have already ceased to be. Some +of them have been swept away by the winds or overgrown with weeds; +others, like Fort Wagner, have been washed away by the waves. But +neither winds nor waves are likely to disturb the monuments or the +cemeteries of our soldiers and sailors. Where they were placed, there +they remain; "and there they will remain forever." + +The seventy-eight National Cemeteries distributed over the country +contain the remains of three hundred and eighteen thousand four hundred +and fifty-five men, classed as follows: known, 170,960; unknown, +147,495; total, 318,455. And these are not half of those whose deaths +are attributable to their service in the armies and navies of the United +States and the Confederate States, who are buried in all sections of the +Union and in foreign lands. + +In some of these cemeteries, as at Gettysburg, Antietam, City Point, +Winchester, Marietta, Woodlawn, Hampton, and Beaufort, by means of +public appropriations and private subscriptions, statues and other +monuments have at different times been erected; and many others +doubtless will be erected in them hereafter. Some of them are in +secluded situations, where for many mites the population is sparse, and +the few people that live near them cherish tenderer recollections of the +"Lost Cause" than of that which finally won. But such of them as are +contiguous to cities are places of interest to more or less of the +neighboring population; and, in some of them, there are commemorative +services upon Memorial Days. + +These cemeteries have many features in common; and much that may be said +of one of them may also be said of the others--merely changing the +names. + +It happened to the present writer to visit the National Cemetery at +Beaufort, South Carolina, to deliver an oration on Memorial Day, 1881, +in the midst of ten thousand graves of the soldiers and sailors of the +department of the South and South Atlantic blockading squadron. The dead +interred in these thirty acres of graves are: known, 4,748, unknown, +4,493; total, 9,241. Among the trees planted in this cemetery is a +willow, grown from a branch of the historic tree which once overshadowed +the grave of Napoleon at St. Helena. + +Generals Thomas W. Sherman and John G. Foster, who commanded that +department, and Admirals Dupont and Dahlgren, who commanded that +squadron, all died in their Northern homes since the peace, and their +graves are not to be looked for here. The same may be said of hundreds +of military and naval officers who performed valuable services on these +shores and along these coasts, and have since "passed over to the great +majority." + +That neither General Strong nor General Schimmelfennig is buried here +might be accounted for by the fact that, though they died by reason of +their having served in this department, they died at the North. But even +General Mitchell, whose flag of command was last unfurled in this +department, who died in Beaufort, and was originally buried under the +sycamores of the Episcopal churchyard, now sleeps in the shades of +Greenwood, and not (as he would probably have preferred, could he have +foreseen this cemetery) among the brave men whom he commanded. + +The best known names among those here buried (to use a pardonable +Hibernianism) are among the "unknown." For here, as we may believe, in +unknown graves, rest the remains of Colonel Robert G. Shaw, of the +Fifty-fourth Massachusetts (colored), Colonel Haldimand S. Putnam, of +the Seventh New Hampshire, Lieutenant-Colonel James M. Green, of the +Forty-eighth New York, and many other gallant officers and men who were +killed in the assault on Fort Wagner, July 18, 1863, and who were first +buried by the Confederates in the sands of Morris Island. + +Many a Northern college is represented here. Among those to whom tablets +have been erected in the Memorial Hall of Harvard University, who are +buried here, besides Colonel Shaw, are Captains Winthrop P. Boynton and +William D. Crane, who were killed at Honey Hill, November 30, 1864; and +Captain Cabot J. Russell, who fell with Shaw at Fort Wagner. Yet these +are but the beginning of the list of the sons of Massachusetts who rest +in this "garden of graves." + +Among the many gallant men of the navy buried here is Acting-Master +Charles W. Howard, of the ironclad steam-frigate New Ironsides, whom +Lieutentant Glassell shot during his bold attempt to blow up the New +Ironsides with the torpedo steamer David, October 5, 1863. Another is +Thomas Jackson, coxswain of the Wabash, the _beau ideal_ of an +American sailor, who was killed in the battle of Port Royal, November 7, +1861. + +Death, like a true democrat, levels all distinctions. Still, it may be +mentioned that Lieutenant-Colonel William N. Reed, who was mortally +wounded at Olustee while in command of the Thirty-fifth United States +colored troops, February 20, 1864, was, while living, the highest +officer in rank, whose grave is known here. Other gallant officers, +killed at Olustee, are buried near him. Among these, probably, is +Colonel Charles W. Fribley, of the Eighth United States colored troops; +though he may be still sleeping beneath the sighing pines of Olustee. + +As far as practicable, all Federal soldiers and sailors buried along the +seaboard of South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, have been removed to +Beaufort Cemetery; and, as Governor Alexander H. Bullock said: "Wherever +they offered up their lives, amid the thunder of battle, or on the +exhausting march, in victory or in defeat, in hospital or in prison, +officers and privates, soldiers and sailors, patriots all, they fell +like the beauty of Israel on their high places, burying all distinctions +of rank in the august equality of death." + +One section of the cemetery is devoted to the Confederates. There are +more than a hundred of these, including several commissioned officers; +and on Memorial Days the same ladies who decorate the graves of the +Federals decorate also in the same manner the graves of the +Confederates; recognizing that, though in life they were arrayed as +mortal enemies, they are now reconciled in "the awful but kindly +brotherhood of death." Sir Walter Scott enjoins:-- + + "Speak not for those a separate doom, + Whom fate made brothers in the tomb." + + +And One infinitely greater than Sir Walter has inculcated still loftier +sentiments. + +Among the graves to which the attention of the writer was particularly +attracted was that of Charley ----, a boy of Colonel Putnam's regiment, +who had now been dead more years than he had lived. His parents, living +on the shores of Lake Winnipiseogee, and walking daily over the paths +which he had often trod, had plucked the earliest flower of their +northern clime and sent it to the superintendent of the cemetery, to be +planted at Charley's grave. The burning sun of South Carolina had not +spared that flower; but something of it still remained. Its mute +eloquence spoke to the heart of the tender recollections of a father and +of a mother's undying love. How truly does Wordsworth say,-- + + "The meanest flower that blows can give + Thoughts that do often lie too deep for tears." + + +For us who have survived the perils of battle and the far more fatal +diseases that wasted our forces, and for all who cherish the memory of +these dead, it will always be a consoling thought that the Federal +government has done so much to provide honorable sepulture for those who +fell in defence of the Union. We can all appreciate Lord Byron's lament +for the great Florentine poet and patriot;-- + + "Ungrateful Florence! Dante sleeps afar, + Like Scipio, buried by the upbraiding shore." + + +But we can have no such regret for our lost comrades, buried not upon a +foreign, nor upon an unfriendly shore, but in the bosom of the soil +which their blood redeemed. Sacred is the tear that is shed for the +unreturning brave. + + "'T is the tear through many a long day wept, + 'T is life's whole path o'ershaded; + 'T is the one remembrance, fondly kept, + When all lighter griefs have faded." + + + * * * * * + + + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bay State Monthly, Vol. II, No. 1, +October, 1884, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BAY STATE MONTHLY, VOL. II *** + +***** This file should be named 15926.txt or 15926.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/9/2/15926/ + +Produced by Cornell University, Joshua Hutchinson, David +Garcia and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/15926.zip b/15926.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2995bba --- /dev/null +++ b/15926.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52edaf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #15926 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15926) |
